agenda technical committee on testing and maintenance of ......ansi/asa s1.4 part 3/iec 61672-3,...

Agenda Technical Committee on

Testing and Maintenance of Fire Alarm and Signaling Systems (SIG-TMS) First Draft Meeting Salt Lake City, UT July 28 - 29, 2016

Item 16-7-1. Call to Order

Item 16-7-2. Roll Call and Introductions

Item 16-7-3. Approval of Meeting Agenda

Item 16-7-4. Approval of Meeting Minutes

Item 16-7-5. Staff/Chair Remarks

Item 16-7-6. Task Group Reports

Item 16-7-7. Public Inputs, Committee Inputs and First Revisions

Item 16-7-8. Old Business

Item 16-7-9. New Business

Item 16-7-10. Review Dates and Times for Future Meetings/Conference Calls

Item 16-7-11. Adjournment and Closing Remarks

Minutes Technical Committee on Testing and Maintenance of Fire Alarm and Signaling Systems

June 23, 2014 NFPA 72 Second Draft Meeting

La Jolla, CA Item No Subject 14‐6‐1 Call to Order and Meeting commenced at 08:14 by Chairman Jeffrey Moore 14‐6‐2 Roll Call of all Principals, Alternates and Guests 14‐6‐3 Approval of Agenda 14‐6‐4 No previous minutes from First Draft meeting available for approval 14‐6‐5 Chairman Moore outlined the task groups, task group leaders and each group’s

respective focus

Task Group 1: Herb Hurst – Battery Testing (PCs: 160, 164, 18, 167, and 168) Lou Chavez James Lugar Richard Carter Stan Maciaszek Vic Humm Scott Carlson Richard Je Sung (Guest)

Task Group 2: Frank Van Overmeiren – Qualifications (PCs 152, 153, 157, 77, 161, 163, 164, 231) Tim Soverino Michael Leeser Esteban Cota Joe Palmieri Charlie Brockett Tom Presnak Bob Kelly Chuck Koval

Task Group 3: Peter Larrimer – All other Public Comments (PCs 225, 230, 85, 124, 172, 86, 40, 9) Mike Slattery E.J. Kleintop Shane Courbier Rick Heffernan Derek Shackley Joe Scibetta

14‐6‐6 NFPA Staff, Dick Roux, provided overview of procedures/processes for the Second Draft

Meeting. 14‐6‐7 Committee meeting adjourned at 09:03 for Task Group meetings. Task group meetings

adjourned at 11:30. Committee meeting re‐convened at 12:55. 14‐6‐8 Task Group Reports submitted to the Committee by Task Group leaders

14‐6‐9 Committee reviewed, voted on and processed the Public Comments. 14‐6‐10 All battery‐related PCs were voted on as Reject but Hold the Comment. Accordingly, a

TIA will be submitted to accompany the 2016 edition. 14‐6‐11 The Committee reviewed and agreed with the action by CC on Committee Inputs, CIs

207 and 303 14‐6‐12 Other Business: Herb Hurst will head up a task group to formulate the aforementioned

TIA. Volunteers needed. Frank Van Overmeiren asked for subjects pertaining to Chapter 14 to be forwarded to him in preparation for the 2019 edition revision cycle. Frank requested Chairman Moore to submit a nomination for a Committee Service Award to be presented to Vic Humm for his work with TMS over the past 42 years.

14‐6‐13 Agenda completed and meeting adjourned at 16:13 on June 23, 2014.

Public Input No. 720-NFPA 72-2016 [ Global Input ]

As applicable in the body of the code as well as any related annexes, all references to NFPA 70, TheNational Electrical Code, should be made to the entire document instead of a specific article unlesstechnically required.

Statement of Problem and Substantiation for Public Input

Referencing a specific article in the NEC can lead to confusion and potential enforcement issues. For example many times only Article 760 is referenced leading some to believe that is the only part of the NEC that applies and not following or acknowledging the charging requirements established in Article 90-.

Submitter Information Verification

Submitter Full Name: Thomas Parrish

Organization: Telgian Corporation

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Wed Jun 29 15:38:04 EDT 2016

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentPara...

38 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM


Replace the terms Fire Alarm Control Panel and FACP through the document (including alldiagrams) with the terms Fire Alarm Control Unit and FACU respectively.


The terms Fire Alarm Control Panel and FACP are not defined in the code. The terms Fire Alarm Control Unit and FACU are defined in section 3.3.100*


Submitter Full Name: Daniel Gauvin

Organization: Tyco Fire Suppression and Building Products

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Mon Jun 13 09:10:07 EDT 2016


2 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM


Any place in Chapters 10, and 14 and the related annex that Two-Way Radio CommunicationsEnhancement Systems are referenced they should be deleted as the requirents for these systemshas beed transferred to NFPA 1221.


The requirements for these systems have been deleted from this document and have been transferred to NFPA 1221.




Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:



37 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM


The NFPA 72 Correlating Committee Task Group on Metric Values would like to submit the followingGlobal Input , Any place in the body of annex D that the value 10 inches Is used the metricequivalent shall be 254 mm.


This Task Group was established to provide conversion values from inch-pound units to Metric units in a consistent manner throughout the document. This will establish a baseline value for the use of each unit of measurement to provide consistency.


Submitter FullName:

Thomas Parrish


Affilliation:NFPA SIG-AAC Metric Task Group, Tom Parrish, A. M. Fred Leber,and Jeffery G. Van Keuren

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Tue Jun 28 14:50:29 EDT 2016


9 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM


The NFPA 72 Correlating Committee Task Group on Metric Values would like to submitthe following Global Input , Any place in the body of Chapter 14 or its annex that thevalue 3 inches Is used the metric equivalent shall be 75 mm


This Task Group was established to provide conversion values from inch-pound units to Metric units in a consistent manner throughout the document. This will establish a baseline value for the use of each unit of measurement to provide consistency.


Submitter FullName:

Thomas Parrish


Affilliation:NFPA SIG-AAC Metric Task Group, Tom Parrish, A. M. Fred Leber,and Jeffery G. Van Keuren

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:



23 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

Public Input No. 2-NFPA 72-2015 [ Chapter 2 ]

Chapter 2 Referenced Publications

2.1 General.

The documents or portions thereof listed in this chapter are referenced within this Code and shall beconsidered part of the requirements of this document.

2.2 NFPA Publications.

National Fire Protection Association, 1 Batterymarch Park, Quincy, MA 02169-7471.

NFPA 10, Standard for Portable Fire Extinguishers, 2013 edition.

NFPA 13, Standard for the Installation of Sprinkler Systems, 2016 edition.

NFPA 25, Standard for the Inspection, Testing, and Maintenance of Water-Based Fire Protection Systems,2014 edition.

NFPA 37, Standard for the Installation and Use of Stationary Combustion Engines and Gas Turbines, 2015edition.

NFPA 70® , National Electrical Code®, 2014 edition.

NFPA 75, Standard for the Fire Protection of Information Technology Equipment, 2016 edition.

NFPA 90A, Standard for the Installation of Air-Conditioning and Ventilating Systems, 2015 edition.

NFPA 101® , Life Safety Code®, 2015 edition.

NFPA 110, Standard for Emergency and Standby Power Systems, 2016 edition.

NFPA 111, Standard on Stored Electrical Energy Emergency and Standby Power Systems, 2016 edition.

NFPA 170, Standard for Fire Safety and Emergency Symbols, 2015 edition.

NFPA 601, Standard for Security Services in Fire Loss Prevention, 2015 edition.

NFPA 720, Standard for the Installation of Carbon Monoxide (CO) Detection and Warning Equipment, 2015edition.

NFPA 1031, Standard for Professional Qualifications for Fire Inspector and Plan Examiner, 2014 edition.

NFPA 1221, Standard for the Installation, Maintenance, and Use of Emergency Services CommunicationsSystems, 2016 edition.

NFPA 1600® , Standard on Disaster/Emergency Management and Business Continuity Programs, 2013edition.

NFPA 1620, Standard for Pre-Incident Planning, 2015 edition.

2.3 Other Publications.


47 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

2.3.1 ANSI Publications.

American National Standards Institute, Inc., 25 West 43rd Street, 4th Floor, New York, NY 10036.

ANSI A-58.1, Building Code Requirements for Minimum Design Loads in Buildings and Other Structures.(Superseded by ASCE 7)

ANSI S1.4a, Specifications for Sound Level Meters, 1985, reaffirmed 2006. (Superseded by ANSI/ASAS1.4 Part 3)

ANSI /ASA S1.4 Part 3/IEC 61672-3, Electroacoustics-Sound Level Meters - Periodic Tests, 2014.

ANSI /ASA S3.41, American National Standard Audible Emergency Evacuation Signal, 1990, reaffirmed2008.ANSI/ 2015 .

2.3.2 ASCE Publications.

American Society Of Civil Engineers, 1801 Alexander Bell Drive, Reston, VA 20191.

ASCE 7-10, Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and Other Structures, 2010, Supplement 1 andrevised commentary, 2013.

2.3.3 ASME Publications.

ASME A17.1/CSA B44–13, Safety Code for Elevators and Escalators , 2013.

ANSI/IEEE

2.3.4. EIA Publications.

Electronic Industries Alliance, 2500 Wilson Boulevard, Arlington, VA 22201-3834.

EIA Tr 41.3, Telephones .

2.3.5. IEEE Publications.

IEEE, 449 and 501 Hoes Lane, Piscataway, NJ 08854-4141.

IEEE C2, National Electrical Safety Code ,

2007.ANSI/TIA

2016.

2.3.6. IMSA Publication.

International Municipal Signal Association, 597 Haverty Court, Suite 100, Rockledge, FL 32955 .

“IMSA Official Wire and Cable Specifications,” 2012.

2.3.7 ISO Publications.

International Organization for Standardization, ISO Central Secretariat, Chemen de Blandonnet 8, CP401, 1214 Vernier, Geneva Switzerland .

ISO 7731, Danger signals for public and work places — Auditory danger signals , 2003.

2.3.8 Telcordia Publications.

Telcordia Technologies, One Telcordia Drive, Piscataway, NJ 08854.

GR-506-CORE, LATA Switching Systems Generic Requirements: Signaling for Analog Interface, 2006.

GR-909-CORE, Fiber in the Loop Systems Generic Requirements, 2004.


48 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

2.3.9. TIA Publications.

Telecommunications Industry Association, 1320 North Courthouse Road, Suite 200, Arlington, VA 22201.

TIA -568-C.3, Optical Fiber Cabling Components Standard , June 2008 , Addendum 1, 2011 .

ANSI/

2.3.10. UL Publications.

Underwriters Laboratory, 333 Pfingsten Road, Northbrook, IL 60062-2096.

UL 217, Standard for Single and Multiple Station Smoke Alarms ,

6th

8 th edition,

2006, revised 2012

2015 .

ANSI/

UL 268, Standard for Smoke Detectors for Fire Alarm Systems , 6th edition, 2009.

ANSI/

UL 827, Standard for Central-Station Alarm Services ,

7th

8 th edition,

2008

2014 , revised

2013

2015 .

ANSI/

UL 864, Standard for Control Units and Accessories for Fire Alarm Systems ,

9th

10 th edition,

2003, revised 2012

2014 .

ANSI/

UL 985, Standard for Household Fire Warning System Units ,

5th

6 th edition,

2000, revised 2008

2015 .

ANSI/

UL 1638, Visual Signaling Appliances — Private Mode Emergency and General Utility Signaling , 4thedition, 2001, revised 2013.

ANSI/

UL 1730, Standard for Smoke Detector Monitors and Accessories for Individual Living Units of MultifamilyResidences and Hotel/Motel Rooms , 4th edition, 2006, revised 2012.

ANSI/

UL 1971, Standard for Signaling Devices for the Hearing Impaired , 3rd edition, 2002, revised 2013.


49 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ANSI/

UL 1981, Central Station Automation Systems ,

2nd

3rd edition,

2003

2014 , revised

2012

2015 .

ANSI/

UL 2017, Standard for General-Purpose Signaling Devices and Systems , 2nd edition, 2008, revised 2011.

ANSI/

UL 2572, Mass Notification Systems , 1st edition, 2011, revised 2012.

ANSI/

UL 60950, Information Technology Equipment — Safety — Part 1: General Requirements , 2nd edition,2007, revised

2011

2014 .

2.3. 2 EIA Publications.

Electronic Industries Alliance, 2500 Wilson Boulevard, Arlington, VA 22201-3834.

EIA Tr 41.3, Telephones .

2.3.3 IMSA Publication.

International Municipal Signal Association, 165 East Union Street, Newark, NY 14513-0539.

“IMSA Official Wire and Cable Specifications,” 2012.

2.3.4 ISO Publications.

International Organization for Standardization, 1, ch. de la Voie-Creuse, Case postale 56, CH-1211Geneva 20, Switzerland.

ISO 7731, Danger signals for public and work places — Auditory danger signals , 2003 (reconfirmed2009).

2.3.5 Telcordia Publications.

Telcordia Technologies, One Telcordia Drive, Piscataway, NJ 08854.

GR-506-CORE, LATA Switching Systems Generic Requirements: Signaling for Analog Interface, 2006.

GR-909-CORE, Fiber in the Loop Systems Generic Requirements, 2004.

2.3.6 11. Other Publications.

Merriam-Webster’s Collegiate Dictionary, 11th edition, Merriam-Webster, Inc., Springfield, MA, 2003.


50 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

2.4 References for Extracts in Mandatory Sections.

NFPA 70® , National Electrical Code®, 2014 edition.

NFPA 101® , Life Safety Code®, 2015 edition.

NFPA 654, Standard for the Prevention of Fire and Dust Explosions from the Manufacturing, Processing,and Handling of Combustible Particulate Solids, 2013 edition.

NFPA 720, Standard for the Installation of Carbon Monoxide (CO) Detection and Warning Equipment, 2015edition.

NFPA 1221, Standard for the Installation, Maintenance, and Use of Emergency Services CommunicationsSystems, 2016 edition.

NFPA 5000® , Building Construction and Safety Code®, 2015 edition.


Referenced current SDO names, addresses, standard names, numbers, and editions.

Related Public Inputs for This Document

Related Input Relationship

Public Input No. 3-NFPA 72-2015 [Chapter H]


Submitter Full Name: Aaron Adamczyk

Organization: [ Not Specified ]

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Mon Dec 21 17:16:12 EST 2015


51 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

Public Input No. 138-NFPA 72-2016 [ New Section after 2.3 ]

IEEE Standards

2.3.2 IEEE Standards Association Publications . Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, 3Park Avenue, New York, NY 10016-5997

IEEE Std TM 485, Recommended Practice for Sizing Lead-Acid Batteries for Stationary Applications,2010 .

IEEE Std TM 1106, Recommended Practice for Installation, Maintenance, Testing, and Replacement ofVented Nickel-Cadmium Batteries for Stationary Applications, 2005


Add new IEEE Standards Association publications to Chapter 2, Referenced Publications as 2.3.3 and renumber existing 2.3.3 through 2.3.6 as 2.3.4. through 2.3.7

Basis: Added references to IEEE standards for stationary battery applications that appear in body of the Code.

This PI addresses the SIG-TMS Battery Task Group recommendations concerning the battery test methods of Item 9 and other necessary changes within NFPA 72 in support of these recommendations. The recommendations are made with support from the IEEE Stationary Battery Committee project team dedicated to this effort and are based on battery manufacturer’s specifications, IEEE standards, and studies performed by various entities including the Electric Power Research Institute (EPRI), North American Electric Research Corporation (NERC), and Albercorp. Task Group 1 - Battery Testing: Herb Hurst (Chair), Scott Carlson, Richard Carter, Lou Chavez, Vic Humm, James Lugar, Stan Maciaszek



Public Input No. 131-NFPA 72-2016 [Section No. 14.3.1]

Public Input No. 133-NFPA 72-2016 [New Section after 14.4.3.2]

Public Input No. 134-NFPA 72-2016 [Section No. 14.4.3.2]


Public Input No. 136-NFPA 72-2016 [New Section after A.14.4.3.2]


Public Input No. 139-NFPA 72-2016 [New Section after 3.3.30]



Submitter Full Name: Herbert Hurst

Organization: Savannah River Nuclear Solutio

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Thu Apr 21 13:17:50 EDT 2016


53 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

Public Input No. 117-NFPA 72-2016 [ Section No. 2.3.1 ]

2.3.1 ANSI Publications.

American National Standards Institute, Inc., 25 West 43rd Street, 4th Floor, New York, NY 10036.

ANSI A-58.1, Building Code Requirements for Minimum Design Loads in Buildings and Other Structures.

ANSI S1.4a, Specifications for Sound Level Meters, 1985, reaffirmed 2006.

ANSI/ASA S3.41, American National Standard Audible Emergency Evacuation Signal ,1990 Evacuation (E2) and Evacuation Signals with Relocation Instructions (ESRI), 1990 , reaffirmed 2008,revised 2015 .

ANSI/ASME A17.1/CSA B44–13, Safety Code for Elevators and Escalators, 2013.

ANSI/IEEE C2, National Electrical Safety Code, 2007.

ANSI/TIA-568-C.3, Optical Fiber Cabling Components Standard, June 2008.

ANSI/UL 217, Standard for Single and Multiple Station Smoke Alarms, 6th edition, 2006, revised 2012.

ANSI/UL 268, Standard for Smoke Detectors for Fire Alarm Systems, 6th edition, 2009.

ANSI/UL 827, Standard for Central-Station Alarm Services, 7th edition, 2008, revised 2013.

ANSI/UL 864, Standard for Control Units and Accessories for Fire Alarm Systems, 9th edition, 2003,revised 2012.

ANSI/UL 985, Standard for Household Fire Warning System Units, 5th edition, 2000, revised 2008.

ANSI/UL 1638, Visual Signaling Appliances — Private Mode Emergency and General Utility Signaling, 4thedition, 2001, revised 2013.

ANSI/UL 1730, Standard for Smoke Detector Monitors and Accessories for Individual Living Units ofMultifamily Residences and Hotel/Motel Rooms, 4th edition, 2006, revised 2012.

ANSI/UL 1971, Standard for Signaling Devices for the Hearing Impaired, 3rd edition, 2002, revised 2013.

ANSI/UL 1981, Central Station Automation Systems, 2nd edition, 2003, revised 2012.

ANSI/UL 2017, Standard for General-Purpose Signaling Devices and Systems, 2nd edition, 2008, revised2011.

ANSI/UL 2572, Mass Notification Systems, 1st edition, 2011, revised 2012.

ANSI/UL 60950, Information Technology Equipment — Safety — Part 1: General Requirements, 2ndedition, 2007, revised 2011.


Updated the referenced document.


Submitter Full Name: Vince Baclawski

Organization: Nema

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:



55 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM


New Definition -- "Recommendation" with supporting Annex A Explanation

Recommendation – A suggested Fire Alarm System correction, improvement, or enhancement made byInspection, Service, or Testing Personnel via Official Correspondence not required by this or any othercode/standard at the specific point in time when the recommendation is made. (SIG-TMS)

New Annex A Material – A.#.#.# Recommendation -- A recommendation should not be considered arequired system deficiency or impairment repair, but may become one in the future. Examples mightinclude -- manufacturer suggested device replacements, Executive Software updates, corroded electricalbox/fitting/raceway replacement, or other similar items not directly impacting a systems ability to completeits intended function at the point in time when the recommendations was made.


The term "Recommendation" is used frequently by Inspection, Service, Testing, and Sales Personnel in our industry. A formal definition and reference should exist.



Public Input No. 342-NFPA 72-2016 [New Section after 14.2.2.2.2] references "Recommendation"

Public Input No. 345-NFPA 72-2016 [New Section after 3.3]

Public Input No. 678-NFPA 72-2016 [New Section after 14.2.2.2.2]


Submitter Full Name: E. J. Kleintop

Organization: Tyco/SimplexGrinnell

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Thu Jun 16 17:39:46 EDT 2016


67 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM


New Definition -- Official Correspondence

Official Correspondence – Approved methods of communication include written or reproducibleelectronic media format where an audit trial exists providing proof of delivery and acceptance between thecorrespondence originator and recipient in a manner determined acceptable by the Authority HavingJurisdiction (AHJ). (SIG-TMS)


As technology evolves a formal definition of acceptable means of communication is required to address existing "in writing" references.



Public Input No. 341-NFPA 72-2016 [New Section after 3.3]reference to New Definition"Recommendation"

Public Input No. 342-NFPA 72-2016 [New Section after14.2.2.2.2]

reference to "Recommendation"

Public Input No. 340-NFPA 72-2016 [Sections 14.2.2.2.3,14.2.2.2.4]

Public Input No. 526-NFPA 72-2016 [Chapter D]

Public Input No. 527-NFPA 72-2016 [Chapter 26]





Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Fri Jun 17 14:44:22 EDT 2016


68 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

Public Input No. 139-NFPA 72-2016 [ New Section after 3.3.30 ]

New Battery Definitions

3.3.31 Battery. Two or more cells connected together electrically. Cells can be connected in series orparallel, or both, to provide the required operating voltage and current levels. Common usage permits thisdesignation to be applied to a single cell used independently. (SIG-TMS)

3.3.31.1 Battery Capacity. The electrical energy available from a fully charged battery expressed inampere-hours. (SIG-TMS)

3.3.31.2 Battery Charger. A device used to restore and maintain the charge of a secondary battery inwhich electrical energy is converted to chemical energy. (SIG-TMS)

3.3.31.2.1 Float-Charge. A constant-voltage charge applied to a battery to maintain it in a fully chargedcondition. (SIG-TMS)

3.3.31.2.2 Fully Charged. A condition synonymous with 100 percent state of charge. See 3.3.31.2.3,State Of Charge. (SIG-TMS)

3.3.31.2.3 State Of Charge (SOC). The stored or remaining capacity of a battery at a given timeexpressed as a percentage of its rated capacity. (SIG-TMS)

3.3.31.2.4 Trickle-Charge. A continuous, low rate, constant current charge given to a cell or battery tomaintain the unit in a fully charged condition. See 3.3.31.2.1, Float - Charge. (SIG-TMS)

3.3.31.3 Battery Load Test. A controlled discharge of a battery at a specified rate for a given period oftime until a final voltage is achieved in order to determine battery capacity. (SIG-TMS)

3.3.31.4 Battery Unit (Unit). See 3.3.39.3, Unit (Multi-Cell). (SIG-TMS)

3.3.31.5 Rechargeable Battery. An electrochemical cell that is capable of being discharged and thenrecharged. (SIG-TMS)


Add the following new definitions to 3.3.31 General Definitions and renumber 3.3.

Basis: Added per the recommendations of IEEE Stationary Battery Committee and NFPA Battery Task Group to introduce correct battery terminology. The new definitions are based on definitions found in published IEEE battery standards, EPRI technical reports, and battery manufacturer's, technical manuals, that have been adapted for the intended use within NFPA 72 by the SIG-TMS Battery Task Group. Refer to: IEEE standards 450 and 1188, EPRI technical reports 1002925 and 1006757, Power-Sonic’s SLA technical manual and Enersys Battery Application Manual US-NP-AM-003.










73 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM




Public Input No. 145-NFPA 72-2016 [Section No. 10.6.10.2.3]






Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:



74 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

Public Input No. 140-NFPA 72-2016 [ New Section after 3.3.38.4 ]

New Cell Definitions

3.3.39 Cell. The basic electrochemical unit, characterized by an anode and a cathode, used to receive,store, and deliver electrical energy. [70, 480] (SIG-TMS)

3.3.39.1 Primary (Dry) Cell. A non-rechargeable electrochemical cell requiring periodic replacementsuch as a 9-volt alkaline cell. (SIG-FUN)

3.3.39.2 Starved Electrolyte Cell. A cell in which liquid electrolyte is immobilized, also known asAbsorbed Glass Mat (AGM) or Gel Cell. (SIG-TMS)

3.3.39.2.1 Absorbed Glass Mat (AGM) Cell. A cell in which the liquid electrolyte is immobilized infiberglass or polymeric fiber separators. (SIG-TMS)

3.3.39.2.2 Gelled Electrolyte Cell (Gel Cell). A cell in which the electrolyte is immobilized by addition ofa gelling agent. (SIG-TMS)

3.3.39.3 Unit (Multi-Cell). Multiple cells in a single container such as a 12-volt unit comprised of six2-volt cells. (SIG-TMS)

3.3.39.4 Valve-Regulated Lead-Acid (VRLA) Cell. A lead-acid cell that is sealed with the exception of avalve that opens to the atmosphere when the internal pressure in the cell exceeds atmospheric pressure bya pre-selected amount. VRLA cells provide a means for recombination of internally generated oxygen andthe suppression of hydrogen gas evolution to limit water consumption. (SIG-TMS)


Add the following new definitions starting at 3.3.39 General Definitions and renumber 3.3

Basis: Added per the recommendations of IEEE Stationary Battery Committee and NFPA Battery Task Group to introduce correct battery terminology. The new definitions are based on definitions found in published IEEE battery standards, EPRI technical reports, and battery manufacturer's, technical manuals, that have been adapted for the intended use within NFPA 72 by the SIG-TMS Battery Task Group. Refer to: IEEE standards 450 and 1188, EPRI technical reports 1002925 and 1006757, Power-Sonic’s SLA technical manual and Enersys Battery Application Manual US-NP-AM-003.

This PI addresses the SIG-TMS Battery Task Group recommendations concerning the battery test methods of Item 9 and other necessary changes within NFPA 72 in support of these recommendations. The recommendations are made with support from the IEEE Stationary Battery Committee project team dedicated to this effort and are based on battery manufacturer’s specifications, IEEE standards, and studies performed by various entities including the Electric Power Research Institute (EPRI), North American Electric Research Corporation (NERC), and Albercorp.

Task Group 1 - Battery Testing: Herb Hurst (Chair), Scott Carlson, Richard Carter, Lou Chavez, Vic Humm, James Lugar, Stan Maciaszek












79 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM







Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:



80 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM


7 . 1.6

The requirements of Chapters 10 , 12 , 14 , 17 , 18 , 21 , 23 , 24 , 26 , and 27 shall apply unlessotherwise noted in this chapter.


if PI 722 is accepted this is redundant information and would not be required, this can lead to confusion and is additional non-required test that is not enforceable as code language.



Public Input No. 722-NFPA 72-2016 [New Section after 1.3.4] would replace this code section




Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:



113 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM



160 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

7.8.2 Forms for Documentation.


161 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

Forms for documentation shall be as follows:

(1)

(2)

Figure 7.8.2(a) System Record of Completion. (SIG-FUN)

* Unless otherwise permitted or required in 7.5.6 or 7.8.1.2, Figure 7.8.2(a) through Figure 7.8.2(f)shall be used to document the record of completion. (SIG-FUN)

* Unless otherwise permitted or required in 7.6.6 or 7.8.1.2, Figure 7.8.2(g) through Figure 7.8.2(l)shall be used to document the record of inspection and testing. (SIG-TMS)


162 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

Figure 7.8.2(b) Emergency Communications System Supplementary Record of Completion.(SIG-FUN)


163 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

Figure 7.8.2(c) Power Systems Supplementary Record of Completion. (SIG-FUN)


164 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM


165 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

Figure 7.8.2(d) Notification Appliance Power Panel Supplementary Record of Completion.(SIG-FUN)

Figure 7.8.2(e) Interconnected Systems Supplementary Record of Completion. (SIG-FUN)


166 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

Figure 7.8.2(f) Deviations from Adopted Codes and Standards Supplementary Record ofCompletion. (SIG-FUN)

Figure 7.8.2(g) System Record of Inspection and Testing. (SIG-TMS)


167 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM


168 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

Figure 7.8.2(h) Notification Appliance Supplementary Record of Inspection and Testing.(SIG-TMS)


169 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

Figure 7.8.2(i) Initiating Device Supplementary Record of Inspection and Testing. (SIG-TMS)


170 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

Figure 7.8.2(j) Mass Notification System Supplementary Record of Inspection and Testing.(SIG-TMS)


171 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

Figure 7.8.2(k) Emergency Communications Systems Supplementary Record of Inspection andTesting. (SIG-TMS)


172 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM


173 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM


174 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

Figure 7.8.2(l) Interface Component Supplementary Record of Inspection and Testing. (SIG-TMS)


175 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM


Terra does not allow the modification of a form directly. Please use this comment to change "speaker" to ""Textual Audible Notification Appliance"

Additionally there needs to be a "/" between "voice" and "alarm" in (2) for Description of System or Service.

Further the term "communication" should be plural and needs to be changed to "communications"

As part of the CC TG on terms, the term "Speaker" was reviewed throughout the entire document for proper use. In some cases it refers to a physical appliance while other sections use it to refer to a person. In this section the term is for an appliance and the proper term "Textual Audible Notification Appliance" should be used.


Submitter Full Name: Rodger Reiswig

Organization: Tyco SimplexGrinnell

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Wed May 18 07:38:10 EDT 2016


176 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM



177 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM



178 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM


(1)

(2)





179 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM



180 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM



181 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM


182 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM




183 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM




184 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM


185 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

Figure 7.8.2(h) Notification Appliance Supplementary Record of Inspection and Testing.(SIG-TMS)


186 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM



187 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM



188 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM



189 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM


190 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM


191 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM



192 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

Additional Proposed Changes

File Name Description Approved

Proposed_changes_to_Figure_7.8.2_c_.docx Description of proposed changes to form


The power systems supplementary record of completion has a number of redundancies to other forms that are not necessary, and create inefficiencies in repeating information that is already documented. The value of this configuration of a primary form and supplementary forms is in simplifying the amount of information that needs to be filled out for a complete record of completion, and having to list the same information on multiple forms is frustrating. By removing the redundant fields, and relocating the material for supervising station transmitters to the main form, will allow this form to be used to document power extender panel locations and keep it simple. Under the main ROC form, section 5.2 it refers to this supplementary sheet for power extender panels, yet when you get to the supplementary sheet power extender panels are one of four items on the form.


Submitter Full Name: Daniel Decker

Organization: Safety Systems, Inc.

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:



193 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

Proposed changes to figure 7.8.2(c) Power Systems Supplementary Record of Completion In section 2 of the form:

1. Delete 2.1 as this is redundant to the main record of completion form 2. Delete 2.2 as this is redundant to the Emergency Communications Systems supplementary

record of completion form 3. Relocate 2.4 to the main record of completion form



194 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM



195 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM


(1)

(2)





196 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM



197 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM



198 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM


199 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM




200 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM




201 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM


202 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

Figure 7.8.2(h) Notification Appliance Supplementary Record of Inspection and Testing. (SIG-TMS)


203 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM



204 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM


Revise format on page 2 to add check boxes (similar to other forms such as 7.8.2(k).


205 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM



206 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM


207 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM


208 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM



209 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM


A Correlating Committee task group on language/terms reviewed the language of the Code for consistency and grammar.

Review format of 7.8.2(j) (p. 2 of 2) columns 2 and 3 for consistency with other FIGURE 7.8.2 forms (adding check boxes to columns 2 and 3).


Submitter Full Name: Lawrence Shudak

Organization: UL LLC

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:



210 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM



211 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM



212 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM


(1)

(2)

Revise "voice alarm" to "voice/alarm" in the forms.





213 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM



214 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM



215 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM


216 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM




217 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM




218 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM


219 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

Figure 7.8.2(h) Notification Appliance Supplementary Record of Inspection and Testing. (SIG-TMS)


220 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM



221 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM



222 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM



223 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM


224 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM


225 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM



226 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM



Editorial revision to align with all references to voice/alarm in Chapters 21, 23, 24 and 14. Intended to communicate system has both alarm and voice signaling.

FIGURE 7.8.2(b) 2. DESCRIPTION OF SYSTEM OR SERVICE and 2.1 In-Building Fire Emergency Voice Alarm Communications SystemFIGURE 7.8.2(c) 2.2 In-Building Fire Emergency Voice Alarm Communications System or Mass Notification SystemFIGURE 7.8.2(k) 2. DESCRIPTION OF SYSTEM OR SERVICE and 2.1 In-Building Fire Emergency Voice Alarm Communication SystemManufacturer: Model numberFIGURE A.7.8.2(1)(b) 2. DESCRIPTION OF SYSTEM OR SERVICE and 2.1 In-Building Fire Emergency Voice Alarm Communication SystemManufacturer: Model numberFIGURE A.7.8.2(1)(c) 2.2 In-Building Fire Emergency Voice Alarm Communications System or Mass Notification System




Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:



227 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM


Chapter 14 Inspection, Testing, and Maintenance

14.1 Application.

14.1.1

The inspection, testing, and maintenance of systems, their initiating devices, and notification appliancesshall comply with the requirements of this chapter.

14.1.2

The inspection, testing, and maintenance of single- and multiple-station smoke and heat alarms andhousehold fire alarm systems shall comply with the requirements of this chapter.

14.1.3

Procedures that are required by other parties and that exceed the requirements of this chapter shall bepermitted.

14.1.4

The requirements of this chapter shall apply to both new and existing systems.

14.1.5

The requirements of Chapter 7 shall apply where referenced in Chapter 14.

14.2 General.

14.2.1 Purpose.

14.2.1.1*

The purpose for initial and reacceptance inspections is to ensure compliance with approved designdocuments and to ensure installation in accordance with this Code and other required installationstandards.

14.2.1.2*

The purpose for initial and reacceptance tests of fire alarm and signaling systems is to ensure systemoperation in accordance with the design documents.

14.2.1.3*

The purpose for periodic inspections is to assure that obvious damages or changes that might affect thesystem operability are visually identified.

14.2.1.4*

The purpose for periodic testing is to statistically assure operational reliability.

14.2.2 Performance.

14.2.2.1 Performance Verification.

To ensure operational integrity, the system shall have an inspection, testing, and maintenance program.

14.2.2.1.1

Inspection, testing, and maintenance programs shall satisfy the requirements of this Code and conform tothe equipment manufacturer’s published instructions.

14.2.2.1.2

Inspection, testing, and maintenance programs shall verify correct operation of the system.

14.2.2.2 Impairments/Deficiencies.

14.2.2.2.1

The requirements of Section 10.20 shall be applicable when a system is impaired.


268 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

14.2.2.2.2

System deficiencies shall be corrected.

14.2.2.2.3

If a deficiency is not corrected at the conclusion of system inspection, testing, or maintenance, the systemowner or the owner’s designated representative shall be informed of the impairment in writing within24 hours.

14.2.2.2.4

In the event that any equipment is observed to be part of a recall program, the system owner or the systemowner's designated representative shall be notified in writing.

14.2.3 Responsibilities.

14.2.3.1*

The property or building or system owner or the owner’s designated representative shall be responsible forinspection, testing, and maintenance of the system and for alterations or additions to this system.

14.2.3.2

Where the property owner is not the occupant, the property owner shall be permitted to delegate theauthority and responsibility for inspecting, testing, and maintaining the fire protection systems to theoccupant, management firm, or managing individual through specific provisions in the lease, written useagreement, or management contract.

14.2.3.3

Inspection, testing, or maintenance shall be permitted to be done by the building or system owner or aperson or organization other than the building or system owner if conducted under a written contract.

14.2.3.4

Where the building or system owner has delegated any responsibilities for inspection, testing, ormaintenance, a copy of the written delegation required by 14.2.3.3 shall be provided to the authority havingjurisdiction upon request.

14.2.3.5

Testing and maintenance of central station service systems shall be performed under the contractualarrangements specified in 26.3.3.

14.2.3.6* Service Personnel Qualifications and Experience.

Service personnel shall be qualified and experienced in accordance with the requirements of 10.5.3.

14.2.4* Notification.

14.2.4.1

Before proceeding with any testing, all persons and facilities receiving alarm, supervisory, or trouble signalsand all building occupants shall be notified of the testing to prevent unnecessary response.

14.2.4.2

At the conclusion of testing, those previously notified (and others, as necessary) shall be notified thattesting has been concluded.

14.2.4.3

The owner or the owner’s designated representative and service personnel shall coordinate system testingto prevent interruption of critical building systems or equipment.

14.2.5 System Documentation.

Prior to system maintenance or testing, the record of completion and any information required byChapter 7 regarding the system and system alterations, including specifications, wiring diagrams, and floorplans, shall be provided by the owner or a designated representative to the service personnel uponrequest.

14.2.5.1

The provided documentation shall include the current revisions of all fire alarm software and the revisions ofsoftware of any systems with which the fire alarm software interfaces.


269 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

14.2.5.2

The revisions of fire alarm software, and the revisions of the software in the systems with which the firealarm software interfaces, shall be verified for compatibility in accordance with the requirements of23.2.2.1.1.

14.2.6 Releasing Systems.

Requirements pertinent to testing the fire alarm systems initiating fire suppression system releasingfunctions shall be covered by 14.2.6.1 through 14.2.6.6.

14.2.6.1

Testing personnel shall be qualified and experienced in the specific arrangement and operation of asuppression system(s) and a releasing function(s) and shall be cognizant of the hazards associated withinadvertent system discharge.

14.2.6.2

Occupant notification shall be required whenever a fire alarm system configured for releasing service isbeing serviced or tested.

14.2.6.3

Discharge testing of suppression systems shall not be required by this Code.

14.2.6.4

Suppression systems shall be secured from inadvertent actuation, including disconnection of releasingsolenoids or electric actuators, closing of valves, other actions, or combinations thereof, for the specificsystem, for the duration of the fire alarm system testing.

14.2.6.5

Testing shall include verification that the releasing circuits and components energized or actuated by thefire alarm system are electrically monitored for integrity and operate as intended on alarm.

14.2.6.6

Suppression systems and releasing components shall be returned to their functional operating conditionupon completion of system testing.

14.2.7 Interface Equipment and Emergency Control Functions.

14.2.7.1*

Testing personnel shall be qualified and experienced in the arrangement and operation of interfaceequipment and emergency control functions.

14.2.7.2

Testing shall be accomplished in accordance with Table 14.4.3.2.

14.2.8 Automated Testing.

14.2.8.1

Automated testing arrangements that provide equivalent means of testing devices to those specified inTable 14.4.3.2 at a frequency at least equivalent to those specified in Table 14.4.3.2 shall be permitted tobe used to comply with the requirements of this chapter.

14.2.8.2

Failure of a device on an automated test shall result in an audible and visual trouble signal.

14.2.9* Performance-Based Inspection and Testing.

As an alternate means of compliance, subject to the authority having jurisdiction, components and systemsshall be permitted to be inspected and tested under a performance-based program.

14.2.10* Test Plan.

14.2.10.1

A test plan shall be written to clearly establish the scope of the testing for the fire alarm or signaling system.


270 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

14.2.10.2

The test plan and results shall be documented with the testing records.

14.3 Inspection.


271 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

14.3.1*


272 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

Unless otherwise permitted by 14.3.2, visual inspections shall be performed in accordance with theschedules in Table 14.3.1 or more often if required by the authority having jurisdiction.

Table 14.3.1 Visual Inspection

ComponentInitial

AcceptancePeriodic

FrequencyMethod Reference

1. All equipment X Annual

Ensure there are no changes thataffect equipment performance.Inspect for building modifications,occupancy changes, changes inenvironmental conditions, devicelocation, physical obstructions,device orientation, physicaldamage, and degree of cleanliness.

14.3.4

2. Control equipment:

(a) Fire alarm systemsmonitored for alarm,supervisory, and troublesignals

Verify a system normal condition.

(1) Fuses X Annual

(2) Interfacedequipment

X Annual

(3) Lamps and LEDs X Annual

(4) Primary (main)power supply

X Annual

(5) Trouble signals X Semiannual

(b) Fire alarm systemsunmonitored for alarm,supervisory, and troublesignals


(1) Fuses X Weekly


X Weekly

(3) Lamps and LEDs X Weekly


X Weekly

(5) Trouble signals X Weekly

3. Reserved

4.Supervising station alarmsystems — transmitters

Verify location, physical condition,and a system normal condition.

(a) Digital alarmcommunicator transmitter(DACT)

X Annual

(b) Digital alarm radiotransmitter (DART)

X Annual

(c) McCulloh X Annual

(d) Radio alarmtransmitter (RAT)

X Annual

(e) All other types ofcommunicators

X Annual


273 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

AcceptancePeriodic


5.

In-building fire emergencyvoice/alarmcommunicationsequipment

X Semiannual Verify location and condition.

6. Reserved

7. Reserved

8. Reserved

9. Batteries

Inspect for corrosion or leakage.Verify tightness of connections.Verify marking of the month/year ofmanufacture (all types).

10.6.10

(a) Lead-acid X Monthly Visually inspect electrolyte level.

(b) Nickel-cadmium X Semiannual

(c) Primary (dry cell) X Monthly

(d) Sealed lead-acid X Semiannual

10. Reserved

11. Remote annunciators X Semiannual Verify location and condition.

12.Notification appliancecircuit power extenders

X Annual

Verify proper fuse ratings, if any.Verify that lamps and LEDs indicatenormal operating status of theequipment.

10.6

13. Remote power supplies X Annual


10.6

14. Transient suppressors X Semiannual Verify location and condition.

15. Reserved

16.Fiber-optic cableconnections

X Annual Verify location and condition.

17. Initiating devicesVerify location and condition (alldevices).

(a) Air sampling

(1) General X SemiannualVerify that in-line filters, if any, areclean.

17.7.3.6

(2) Sampling systempiping and sampling ports

X N/A

Verify that sampling system pipingand fittings are installed properly,appear airtight, and arepermanently fixed. Confirm thatsampling pipe is conspicuouslyidentified. Verify that sample portsor points are not obstructed.

17.7.3.6

(b) Duct detectors

(1) General X Semiannual

Verify that detector is rigidlymounted. Confirm that nopenetrations in a return air ductexist in the vicinity of the detector.Confirm the detector is installed soas to sample the airstream at theproper location in the duct.

17.7.5.5


274 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

AcceptancePeriodic


(2) Sampling tube X Annual

Verify proper orientation. Confirmthe sampling tube protrudes intothe duct in accordance with systemdesign.

17.7.5.5

(c) Electromechanicalreleasing devices

X Semiannual

(d) Fire extinguishingsystem(s) or suppressionsystem(s) switches

X Semiannual

(e) Manual fire alarmboxes

X Semiannual

(f) Heat detectors X Semiannual

(g) Radiant energy firedetectors

X QuarterlyVerify no point requiring detection isobstructed or outside the detector’sfield of view.

17.8

(h) Video image smokeand fire detectors


17.7.7;17.11.5

(i) Smoke detectors(excluding one- andtwo-family dwellings)

X Semiannual

(j) Projected beamsmoke detectors

X Semiannual Verify beam path is unobstructed.

(k) Supervisory signaldevices

X Quarterly

(l) Waterflow devices X Quarterly

18. Reserved

19. Combination systemsVerify location and condition (alltypes).

(a) Fire extinguisherelectronic monitoringdevice/systems

X Semiannual

(b) Carbon monoxidedetectors/systems

X Semiannual

20.Fire alarm controlinterface and emergencycontrol function interface


21. Guard’s tour equipment X Semiannual Verify location and condition.

22. Notification appliancesVerify location and condition (allappliances).

(a) Audible appliances X Semiannual

(b) Audible textualnotification appliances

X Semiannual

(c) Visible appliances

(1) General X Semiannual 18.5.5

(2) Candela rating X N/AVerify that the candela ratingmarking agrees with the approveddrawings.

18.5.5

23.Exit marking audiblenotification appliances



275 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

AcceptancePeriodic


24. Reserved

25.

Area of refugetwo Two -way emergencycommunication system,types rescue, refuge, andelevator landing


26. Reserved

27.Supervising station alarmsystems — receivers

(a) Signal receipt X Daily Verify receipt of signal.

(b) Receivers X AnnualVerify location and normalcondition.

28.Public emergency alarmreporting systemtransmission equipment

Verify location and condition.

(a) Publicly accessiblealarm box

X Semiannual

(b) Auxiliary box X Annual

(c) Master box

(1) Manual operation X Semiannual

(2) Auxiliaryoperation

X Annual

29. Reserved

30. Mass notification system

(a) Monitored forintegrity


(1) Control equipment

(i) Fuses X Annual

(ii) Interfaces X Annual

(iii) Lamps/LED X Annual

(iv) Primary (main)power supply

X Annual

(2) Secondary powerbatteries

X Annual

(3) Initiating devices X Annual

(4) Notificationappliances

X Annual

(b) Not monitored forintegrity; installed prior toadoption of the 2010edition



(i) Fuses X Semiannual

(ii) Interfaces X Semiannual

(iii) Lamps/LED X Semiannual


X Semiannual


276 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

AcceptancePeriodic



X Semiannual

(3) Initiating devices X Semiannual


X Semiannual

(c) Antenna X Annual Verify location and condition.

(d) Transceivers X Annual Verify location and condition.

Note: N/A = not applicable, no minimum requirement established.

14.3.2

Devices or equipment that is inaccessible for safety considerations (e.g., continuous process operations,energized electrical equipment, radiation, and excessive height) shall be permitted to be inspected duringscheduled shutdowns if approved by the authority having jurisdiction.

14.3.3

Extended intervals shall not exceed 18 months.

14.3.4

Initial and reacceptance inspections shall be made to ensure compliance with approved design documentsand to ensure installation in accordance with this Code and other required installation standards.

14.3.5

Periodic visual inspections in accordance with Table 14.3.1shall be made to assure that there are nochanges that affect equipment performance.

14.4 Testing.

14.4.1 Initial Acceptance Testing.

14.4.1.1

All new systems shall be inspected and tested in accordance with the requirements of Chapter 14.

14.4.1.2

The authority having jurisdiction shall be notified prior to the initial acceptance test.

14.4.2* Reacceptance Testing.

14.4.2.1

When an initiating device, notification appliance, or control relay is added, it shall be functionally tested.

14.4.2.2

When an initiating device, notification appliance, or control relay is deleted, another device, appliance, orcontrol relay on the circuit shall be operated.

14.4.2.3

When modifications or repairs to control equipment hardware are made, the control equipment shall betested in accordance with Table 14.4.3.2, items 2(a) and 2(d).

14.4.2.4

When changes are made to site-specific software, the following shall apply:

(1) All functions known to be affected by the change, or identified by a means that indicates changes,shall be 100 percent tested.

(2) In addition, 10 percent of initiating devices that are not directly affected by the change, up to amaximum of 50 devices, also shall be tested and correct system operation shall be verified.

(3) A revised record of completion in accordance with 7.5.6 shall be prepared to reflect these changes.


277 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

14.4.2.5

Changes to the system executive software shall require a 10 percent functional test of the system, includinga test of at least one device on each input and output circuit to verify critical system functions such asnotification appliances, control functions, and off-premises reporting.

14.4.3* Test Methods.

14.4.3.1*

At the request of the authority having jurisdiction, the central station facility installation shall be inspected forcomplete information regarding the central station system, including specifications, wiring diagrams, andfloor plans that have been submitted for approval prior to installation of equipment and wiring.


278 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

14.4.3.2*


279 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

Systems and associated equipment shall be tested according to Table 14.4.3.2.

Table 14.4.3.2 Testing

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod

1. All equipment X See Table 14.3.1.

2. Control equipment and transponder

(a) Functions X Annually

Verify correct receipt of alarm,supervisory, and trouble signals(inputs); operation of evacuationsignals and auxiliary functions(outputs); circuit supervision,including detection of open circuitsand ground faults; and powersupply supervision for detection ofloss of ac power and disconnectionof secondary batteries.

(b) Fuses X Annually Verify rating and supervision.

(c) Interfaced equipment X Annually

Verify integrity of single or multiplecircuits providing interface betweentwo or more control units. Testinterfaced equipment connectionsby operating or simulatingoperation of the equipment beingsupervised. Verify signals requiredto be transmitted at the control unit.

(d) Lamps and LEDs X Annually Illuminate lamps and LEDs.

(e) Primary (main) power supply X Annually

Test under maximum load,including all alarm appliancesrequiring simultaneous operation.Test redundant power suppliesseparately.

3. Fire alarm control unit trouble signals

(a) Audible and visual X Annually

Verify operation of control unittrouble signals. Verify ring-backfeature for systems using a trouble-silencing switch that requiresresetting.

(b) Disconnect switches X Annually

If control unit has disconnect orisolating switches, verifyperformance of intended function ofeach switch. Verify receipt oftrouble signal when a supervisedfunction is disconnected.

(c) Ground-fault monitoring circuit X Annually

If the system has a grounddetection feature, verify theoccurrence of ground-faultindication whenever any installationconductor is grounded.

(d) Transmission of signals tooff-premises location

X AnnuallyActuate an initiating device andverify receipt of alarm signal at theoff-premises location.

Create a trouble condition andverify receipt of a trouble signal atthe off-premises location.


280 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod

Actuate a supervisory device andverify receipt of a supervisorysignal at the off-premises location.If a transmission carrier is capableof operation under a single- ormultiple-fault condition, activate aninitiating device during such faultcondition and verify receipt of analarm signal and a trouble signal atthe off-premises location.

4.Supervising station alarm systems —transmission equipment

(a) All equipment X Annually

aTest all system functions andfeatures in accordance with theequipment manufacturer’spublished instructions for correctoperation in conformance with theapplicable sections of Chapter 26.

Except for DACT, actuate initiatingdevice and verify receipt of thecorrect initiating device signal atthe supervising station within90 seconds. Upon completion ofthe test, restore the system to itsfunctional operating condition.

If test jacks are used, conduct thefirst and last tests without the useof the test jack.

(b) Digital alarm communicatortransmitter (DACT)

X Annually

Except for DACTs installed prior toadoption of the 2013 edition ofNFPA 72 that are connected to atelephone line (number) that is alsosupervised for adverse conditionsby a derived local channel, ensureconnection of the DACT to twoseparate means of transmission.

Test DACT for line seizurecapability by initiating a signal whileusing the telephone line (primaryline for DACTs using two telephonelines) for a telephone call. Ensurethat the call is interrupted and thatthe communicator connects to thedigital alarm receiver. Verify receiptof the correct signal at thesupervising station. Verify eachtransmission attempt is completedwithin 90 seconds from goingoff-hook to on-hook.

Disconnect the telephone line(primary line for DACTs using twotelephone lines) from the DACT.Verify indication of the DACTtrouble signal occurs at thepremises fire alarm control unitwithin 4 minutes of detection of the


281 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod

fault. Verify receipt of the telephoneline trouble signal at thesupervising station. Restore thetelephone line (primary line forDACTs using two telephone lines),reset the fire alarm control unit, andverify that the telephone line faulttrouble signal returns to normal.Verify that the supervising stationreceives the restoral signal fromthe DACT.

Disconnect the secondary meansof transmission from the DACT.Verify indication of the DACTtrouble signal occurs at thepremises fire alarm control unitwithin 4 minutes of detection of thefault. Verify receipt of thesecondary means trouble signal atthe supervising station. Restore thesecondary means of transmission,reset the fire alarm control unit, andverify that the trouble signal returnsto normal. Verify that thesupervising station receives therestoral signal from the secondarytransmitter.

Cause the DACT to transmit asignal to the DACR while a fault inthe telephone line (number)(primary line for DACTs using twotelephone lines) is simulated. Verifyutilization of the secondarycommunication path by the DACTto complete the transmission to theDACR.

(c) Digital alarm radio transmitter(DART)

X Annually

Disconnect the primary telephoneline. Verify transmission of a troublesignal to the supervising station bythe DART occurs within 4 minutes.

(d) McCulloh transmitter X Annually

Actuate initiating device. Verifyproduction of not less than threecomplete rounds of not less thanthree signal impulses each by theMcCulloh transmitter.

If end-to-end metallic continuity ispresent and with a balanced circuit,cause each of the following fourtransmission channel faultconditions in turn, and verify receiptof correct signals at the supervisingstation:

(1) Open

(2) Ground

(3) Wire-to-wire short


282 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod

(4) Open and ground

If end-to-end metallic continuity isnot present and with a properlybalanced circuit, cause each of thefollowing three transmissionchannel fault conditions in turn, andverify receipt of correct signals atthe supervising station:

(1) Open

(2) Ground


(e) Radio alarm transmitter (RAT) X Annually

Cause a fault between elements ofthe transmitting equipment. Verifyindication of the fault at theprotected premises, ortransmission of trouble signal to thesupervising station.

(f) Performance-based technologies X Annually

Perform tests to ensure themonitoring of integrity of thetransmission technology andtechnology path.

Where shared communicationsequipment is used as permitted by26.6.3.1.14, provided secondary(standby) power sources shall betested in accordance with Table14.4.3.2, item 7, 8, or 9, asapplicable.

Where a single communicationspath is used, disconnect thecommunication path. Manuallyinitiate an alarm signaltransmission or allow the check-in(handshake) signal to be

transmitted automatically.b Verifythe premises unit annunciates thefailure within 200 seconds of thetransmission failure. Restore thecommunication path.

Where multiple communicationpaths are used, disconnect bothcommunication paths. Manuallyinitiate an alarm signaltransmission. Verify the premisescontrol unit annunciates the failurewithin 200 seconds of thetransmission failure. Restore bothcommunication paths.

5.Emergency communicationsequipment

(a) Amplifier/tone generators X AnnuallyVerify correct switching andoperation of backup equipment.


283 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod

(b) Call-in signal silence X AnnuallyOperate/function and verify receiptof correct visual and audiblesignals at control unit.

(c) Off-hook indicator (ring down) X AnnuallyInstall phone set or remove phonefrom hook and verify receipt ofsignal at control unit.

(d) Phone jacks X AnnuallyVisually inspect phone jack andinitiate communications paththrough jack.

(e) Phone set X AnnuallyActivate each phone set and verifycorrect operation.

(f) System performance X Annually

Operate the system with aminimum of any five handsetssimultaneously. Verify voice qualityand clarity.

6. Engine-driven generator X Monthly

If an engine-driven generatordedicated to the system is used asa required power source, verifyoperation of the generator inaccordance with NFPA 110 by thebuilding owner.

7. Secondary (standby) power supplyc X Annually

Disconnect all primary (main)power supplies and verify theoccurrence of required troubleindication for loss of primary power.Measure or verify the system’sstandby and alarm current demandand verify the ability of batteries tomeet standby and alarmrequirements using manufacturer’sdata. Operate general alarmsystems a minimum of 5 minutesand emergency voicecommunications systems for aminimum of 15 minutes. Reconnectprimary (main) power supply at endof test.

8. Uninterruptible power supply (UPS) X Annually

If a UPS system dedicated to thesystem is used as a required powersource, verify by the building owneroperation of the UPS system inaccordance with NFPA 111.

9. Battery tests

Prior to conducting any batterytesting, verify by the personconducting the test, that all systemsoftware stored in volatile memoryis protected from loss.

(a) Lead-acid type

(1) Battery replacement X Annually

Replace batteries in accordancewith the recommendations of thealarm equipment manufacturer orwhen the recharged battery voltageor current falls below themanufacturer’s recommendations.


284 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod

(2) Charger test X Annually

With the batteries fully charged andconnected to the charger, measurethe voltage across the batterieswith a voltmeter. Verify the voltageis 2.30 volts per cell ±0.02 volts at77°F (25°C) or as specified by theequipment manufacturer.

(3) Discharge test X Annually

With the battery chargerdisconnected, load test thebatteries following themanufacturer’s recommendations.Verify the voltage level does not fallbelow the levels specified. Loadtesting can be by means of anartificial load equal to the full firealarm load connected to thebattery.

(4) Load voltage test X Semiannually

With the battery chargerdisconnected, load test thebatteries following themanufacturer’s recommendations.Verify the voltage level does not fallbelow the levels specified. Loadtesting can be by means of anartificial load equal to the full firealarm load connected to thebattery. Verify the battery does notfall below 2.05 volts per cell underload.

(5) Specific gravity X Semiannually

Measure as required the specificgravity of the liquid in the pilot cellor all of the cells. Verify the specificgravity is within the range specifiedby the manufacturer. Although thespecified specific gravity variesfrom manufacturer to manufacturer,a range of 1.205–1.220 is typicalfor regular lead-acid batteries,while 1.240–1.260 is typical forhigh-performance batteries. Do notuse a hydrometer that shows only apass or fail condition of the batteryand does not indicate the specificgravity, because such a readingdoes not give a true indication ofthe battery condition.

(b) Nickel-cadmium type



(2) Charger testd X Annually

With the batteries fully charged andconnected to the charger, place anampere meter in series with the


285 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod

battery under charge. Verify thecharging current is in accordancewith the manufacturer’srecommendations for the type ofbattery used. In the absence ofspecific information, use 1⁄30 to 1⁄25

of the battery rating.




With the battery chargerdisconnected, load test thebatteries following themanufacturer’s recommendations.Verify the voltage level does not fallbelow the levels specified. Loadtesting can be by means of anartificial load equal to the full firealarm load connected to thebattery. Verify the float voltage forthe entire battery is 1.42 volts percell, nominal, under load. Ifpossible, measure cells individually.

(c) Sealed lead-acid type




With the batteries fully charged andconnected to the charger, measurethe voltage across the batterieswith a voltmeter. Verify the voltageis 2.30 volts per cell ±0.02 volts at77°F (25°C) or as specified by theequipment manufacturer.




286 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod

(4) Load voltage test X SemiannuallyVerify the battery performs underload, in accordance with the batterymanufacturer’s specifications.

10.Public emergency alarm reportingsystem — wired system

X Daily

Manual tests of the power supplyfor public reporting circuits shall bemade and recorded at least onceduring each 24-hour period. Suchtests shall include the following:

(1) Current strength of each circuit.Changes in current of any circuitexceeding 10 percent shall beinvestigated immediately.

(2) Voltage across terminals ofeach circuit inside of terminals ofprotective devices. Changes involtage of any circuit exceeding10 percent shall be investigatedimmediately.

(3)e Voltage between ground andcircuits. If this test shows a readingin excess of 50 percent of thatshown in the test specified in (2),the trouble shall be immediatelylocated and cleared. Readings inexcess of 25 percent shall be givenearly attention. These readingsshall be taken with a calibratedvoltmeter of not more than100 ohms resistance per volt.Systems in which each circuit issupplied by an independent currentsource (Forms 3 and 4) requiretests between ground and eachside of each circuit. Commoncurrent source systems (Form 2)require voltage tests betweenground and each terminal of eachbattery and other current source.

(4) Ground current reading shall bepermitted in lieu of (3). If thismethod of testing is used, allgrounds showing a current readingin excess of 5 percent of thesupplied line current shall be givenimmediate attention.

(5) Voltage across terminals ofcommon battery on switchboardside of fuses.

(6) Voltage between commonbattery terminals and ground.Abnormal ground readings shall beinvestigated immediately.

Tests specified in (5) and (6) shallapply only to those systems using acommon battery. If more than one


287 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod

common battery is used, eachcommon battery shall be tested.

11. Remote annunciators X Annually

Verify the correct operation andidentification of annunciators. Ifprovided, verify the correctoperation of annunciator under afault condition.

12. Reserved

13. Reserved

14. Reserved

15. Conductors — metallic

(a) Stray voltage X N/A

Test all installation conductors witha volt/ohmmeter to verify that thereare no stray (unwanted) voltagesbetween installation conductors orbetween installation conductorsand ground. Verify the maximumallowable stray voltage does notexceed 1 volt ac/dc, unless adifferent threshold is specified inthe published manufacturer'sinstructions for the installedequipment.

(b) Ground faults X N/A

Test all installation conductors,other than those intentionally andpermanently grounded, for isolationfrom ground per the installedequipment manufacturer’spublished instructions.

(c) Short-circuit faults X N/A

Test all installation conductors,other than those intentionallyconnected together, for conductor-to-conductor isolation per thepublished manufacturer'sinstructions for the installedequipment. Also test these samecircuits conductor-to-ground.

(d) Loop resistance X N/A

With each initiating and indicatingcircuit installation conductor pairshort-circuited at the far end,measure and record the resistanceof each circuit. Verify that the loopresistance does not exceed thelimits specified in the publishedmanufacturer's instructions for theinstalled equipment.

(e) Circuit integrity X N/A

For initial and reacceptance testing,confirm the introduction of a fault inany circuit monitored for integrityresults in a trouble indication at thefire alarm control unit. Open oneconnection at not less than10 percent of the initiating devices,notification appliances andcontrolled devices on every


288 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod

initiating device circuit, notificationappliance circuit, and signaling linecircuit. Confirm all circuits performas indicated in Sections 23.5, 23.6,and 23.7.

N/A Annually

For periodic testing, test eachinitiating device circuit, notificationappliance circuit, and signaling linecircuit for correct indication at thecontrol unit. Confirm all circuitsperform as indicated in Sections23.5, 23.6, and 23.7.

16. Conductors — nonmetallic

(a) Fiber optics X N/A

Test the fiber-optic transmissionline by the use of an optical powermeter or by an optical time domainreflectometer used to measure therelative power loss of the line. Testresult data must meet or exceedANSI/TIA 568-C.3, Optical FiberCabling Components Standard,related to fiber-optic lines andconnection/splice losses and thecontrol unit manufacturer’spublished specifications.

(b) Circuit integrity X N/A

For initial and reacceptance testing,confirm the introduction of a fault inany circuit monitored for integrityresults in a trouble indication at thefire alarm control unit. Open oneconnection at not less than10 percent of the initiating devices,notification appliances, andcontrolled devices on everyinitiating device circuit, notificationappliance circuit, and signaling linecircuit. Confirm all circuits performas indicated in Sections 23.5, 23.6,and 23.7.

N/A Annually

For periodic testing, test eachinitiating device circuit, notificationappliance circuit, and signaling linecircuit for correct indication at thecontrol unit. Confirm all circuitsperform as indicated in Sections23.5, 23.6, and 23.7.

17. Initiating devicesf

(a) Electromechanical releasingdevice

(1) Nonrestorable-type link X Annually

Verify correct operation by removalof the fusible link and operation ofthe associated device. Lubricateany moving parts as necessary.


289 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod

(2) Restorable-type linkg X Annually

Verify correct operation by removalof the fusible link and operation ofthe associated device. Lubricateany moving parts as necessary.

(b) Fire extinguishing system(s) orsuppression system(s) alarm switch

X AnnuallyOperate the switch mechanically orelectrically and verify receipt ofsignal by the fire alarm control unit.

(c) Fire–gas and other detectors X Annually

Test fire–gas detectors and otherfire detectors as prescribed by themanufacturer and as necessary forthe application.

(d) Heat detectors

(1) Fixed-temperature, rate-of-rise,rate of compensation, restorable line,spot type (excluding pneumatic tubetype)

X

Annually

(see14.4.4.5)

Perform heat test with a listed andlabeled heat source or inaccordance with the manufacturer’spublished instructions. Assure thatthe test method for the installedequipment does not damage thenonrestorable fixed-temperatureelement of a combination rate-of-rise/fixed-temperature elementdetector.

(2) Fixed-temperature,nonrestorable line type

X Annually

Do not perform heat test. Testfunctionality mechanically andelectrically. Measure and recordloop resistance. Investigatechanges from acceptance test.

(3) Fixed-temperature,nonrestorable spot type

X See Method

After 15 years from initialinstallation, replace all devices orhave 2 detectors per 100 laboratorytested. Replace the 2 detectorswith new devices. If a failure occurson any of the detectors removed,remove and test additionaldetectors to determine either ageneral problem involving faultydetectors or a localized probleminvolving 1 or 2 defective detectors.

If detectors are tested instead ofreplaced, repeat tests at intervalsof 5 years.

(4) Nonrestorable (general) X AnnuallyDo not perform heat tests. Testfunctionality mechanically andelectrically.

(5) Restorable line type,pneumatic tube only

X Annually

Perform heat tests (where testchambers are in circuit), with alisted and labeled heat source or inaccordance with the manufacturer'spublished instructions of thedetector or conduct a test withpressure pump.

(6) Single- and multiple-stationheat alarms

X Annually

Conduct functional tests accordingto manufacturer’s publishedinstructions. Do not testnonrestorable heat detectors with


290 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod

heat.

(e) Manual fire alarm boxes X Annually

Operate manual fire alarm boxesper the manufacturer’s publishedinstructions. Test both key-operatedpresignal and general alarmmanual fire alarm boxes.

(f) Radiant energy fire detectors X Semiannually

Test flame detectors andspark/ember detectors inaccordance with the manufacturer’spublished instructions to determinethat each detector is operative.

Determine flame detector andspark/ember detector sensitivityusing any of the following:

(1) Calibrated test method

(2) Manufacturer’s calibratedsensitivity test instrument

(3) Listed control unit arranged forthe purpose

(4) Other approved calibratedsensitivity test method that isdirectly proportional to the inputsignal from a fire, consistent withthe detector listing or approval

If designed to be field adjustable,replace detectors found to beoutside of the approved range ofsensitivity or adjust to bring theminto the approved range.

Do not determine flame detectorand spark/ember detectorsensitivity using a light source thatadministers an unmeasuredquantity of radiation at anundefined distance from thedetector.

(g) Smoke detectors — functionaltest

(1) In other than one- andtwo-family dwellings, system detectors

X Annually

hTest smoke detectors in place toensure smoke entry into thesensing chamber and an alarmresponse. Use smoke or a listedand labeled product acceptable tothe manufacturer or in accordancewith their published instructions.Other methods listed in themanufacturer's publishedinstructions that ensure smokeentry from the protected area,through the vents, into the sensingchamber can be used.

(2) Single- and multiple-stationsmoke alarms connected to protectedpremises systems

X Annually

Perform a functional test on allsingle- and multiple-station smokealarms connected to a protected


291 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod

premises fire alarm system byputting the smoke alarm into analarm condition and verifying thatthe protected premises systemreceives a supervisory signal anddoes not cause a fire alarm signal.

(3) System smoke detectors usedin one- and two-family dwellings

X AnnuallyConduct functional tests accordingto manufacturer’s publishedinstructions.

(4) Air sampling X Annually

Test with smoke or a listed andlabeled product acceptable to themanufacturer or in accordance withtheir published instructions. Testfrom the end sampling port or pointon each pipe run. Verify airflowthrough all other ports or points.

(5) Duct type X Annually

In addition to the testing required inTable 14.4.3.2(g)(1) and Table14.4.3.2(h), test duct smokedetectors that use sampling tubesto ensure that they will properlysample the airstream in the ductusing a method acceptable to themanufacturer or in accordance withtheir published instructions.

(6) Projected beam type X AnnuallyTest the detector by introducingsmoke, other aerosol, or an opticalfilter into the beam path.

(7) Smoke detector with built-inthermal element

X Annually

Operate both portions of thedetector independently asdescribed for the respectivedevices.

(8) Smoke detectors with controloutput functions

X Annually

Verify that the control capabilityremains operable even if all of theinitiating devices connected to thesame initiating device circuit orsignaling line circuit are in an alarmstate.

(h) Smoke detectors — sensitivitytesting

In other than one- and two-familydwellings, system detectors

N/A See 14.4.4.3

iPerform any of the following teststo ensure that each smoke detectoris within its listed and markedsensitivity range:


(2) Manufacturer’s calibratedsensitivity test instrument

(3) Listed control equipmentarranged for the purpose

(4) Smoke detector/control unitarrangement whereby the detectorcauses a signal at the control unitwhen its sensitivity is outside itslisted sensitivity range


292 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod

(5) Other calibrated sensitivity testmethod approved by the authorityhaving jurisdiction

(i) Carbon monoxidedetectors/carbon monoxide alarms forthe purposes of fire detection

X Annually

Test the devices in place to ensureCO entry to the sensing chamberby introduction through the vents,to the sensing chamber of listedand labeled product acceptable tothe manufacturer or in accordancewith their published instructions.

(j) Initiating devices, supervisory

(1) Control valve switch X Semiannual

Operate valve and verify signalreceipt to be within the first tworevolutions of the handwheel orwithin one-fifth of the traveldistance, or per the manufacturer’spublished instructions.

(2) High- or low-air pressureswitch

X Annually

Operate switch and verify receipt ofsignal is obtained where therequired pressure is increased ordecreased a maximum 10 psi(70 kPa) from the requiredpressure level.

(3) Room temperature switch X Annually

Operate switch and verify receipt ofsignal to indicate the decrease inroom temperature to 40°F (4.4°C)and its restoration to above 40°F(4.4°C).

(4) Water level switch X Annually

Operate switch and verify receipt ofsignal indicating the water levelraised or lowered a maximum 3 in.(70 mm) from the required levelwithin a pressure tank, or amaximum 12 in. (300 mm) from therequired level of a nonpressuretank. Also verify its restoral torequired level.

(5) Water temperature switch X Annually

Operate switch and verify receipt ofsignal to indicate the decrease inwater temperature to 40°F (4.4°C)and its restoration to above 40°F(4.4°C).

(k) Mechanical, electrosonic, orpressure-type waterflow device

X Semiannually

Water shall be flowed through aninspector's test connectionindicating the flow of water equal tothat from a single sprinkler of thesmallest orifice size installed in thesystem for wet-pipe systems, or analarm test bypass connection fordry-pipe, pre-action, or delugesystems in accordance withNFPA 25.

(l) Multi-sensor fire detector or multi-criteria fire detector or combination firedetector

X Annually

Test each of the detectionprinciples present within thedetector (e.g., smoke/heat/CO,


293 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod

etc.) independently for the specificdetection principle, regardless ofthe configuration status at the timeof testing. Also test each detectorin accordance with the publishedmanufacturer's instructions.

Test individual sensors together ifthe technology allows individualsensor responses to be verified.

Perform tests as described for therespective devices by introductionof the physical phenomena to thesensing chamber of element. Anelectronic check (magnets, analogvalues, etc.) is not sufficient tocomply with this requirement.

Verify by using the detectormanufacturer's publishedinstructions that the test gas usedwill not impair the operation ofeither sensing chamber of amultisensor, multicriteria, orcombination fire detector.

Confirm the result of each sensortest through indication at thedetector or control unit.

Where individual sensors cannotbe tested individually, test the

primary sensor.j

Record all tests and results.

18. Special hazard equipment

(a) Abort switch (dead-man type) X AnnuallyOperate abort switch and verifycorrect sequence and operation.

(b) Abort switch (recycle type) X AnnuallyOperate abort switch and verifydevelopment of correct matrix witheach sensor operated.

(c) Abort switch (special type) X Annually

Operate abort switch and verifycorrect sequence and operation inaccordance with authority havingjurisdiction. Observe sequencing asspecified on as-built drawings or insystem owner’s manual.

(d) Cross-zone detection circuit X Annually

Operate one sensor or detector oneach zone. Verify occurrence ofcorrect sequence with operation offirst zone and then with operationof second zone.

(e) Matrix-type circuit X AnnuallyOperate all sensors in system.Verify development of correctmatrix with each sensor operated.

(f) Release solenoid circuitk X Annually Verify operation of solenoid.


294 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod

(g) Squibb release circuit X Annually

Use AGI flashbulb or other test lightapproved by the manufacturer.Verify operation of flashbulb orlight.

(h) Verified, sequential, or countingzone circuit

X Annually

Operate required sensors at aminimum of four locations in circuit.Verify correct sequence with boththe first and second detector inalarm.

(i) All above devices or circuits orcombinations thereof

X AnnuallyVerify supervision of circuits bycreating an open circuit.

19. Combination systems

(a) Fire extinguisher electronicmonitoring device/system

X Annually

Test communication between thedevice connecting the fireextinguisher electronic monitoringdevice/system and the fire alarmcontrol unit to ensure propersignals are received at the firealarm control unit and remoteannunciator(s) if applicable.

(b) Carbon monoxidel device/system X Annually

Test communication between thedevice connecting the carbonmonoxide device/system and thefire alarm control unit to ensureproper signals are received at thefire alarm control unit and remoteannunciator(s) if applicable.

20. Interface equipmentm X See 14.4.4.4

Test interface equipmentconnections by operating orsimulating the equipment beingsupervised. Verify signals requiredto be transmitted are received atthe control unit. Test frequency forinterface equipment is the same asthe frequency required by theapplicable NFPA standard(s) forthe equipment being supervised.

21. Guard’s tour equipment X AnnuallyTest the device in accordance withthe manufacturer’s publishedinstructions.

22. Alarm notification appliances

(a) Audiblen X N/A

For initial and reacceptance testing,measure sound pressure levels forsignals with a sound level metermeeting ANSI S1.4a, Specificationsfor Sound Level Meters, Type 2requirements. Measure soundpressure levels throughout theprotected area to confirm that theyare in compliance with Chapter 18.Set the sound level meter inaccordance with ANSI S3.41,American National StandardAudible Evacuation Signal, usingthe time-weighted characteristic F


295 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod

(FAST).

N/A Annually

oFor periodic testing, verify theoperation of the notificationappliances.

(b) Audible textual notificationappliances (speakers and otherappliances to convey voice messages)

X N/A

For initial and reacceptance testing,measure sound pressure levels forsignals with a sound level metermeeting ANSI S1.4a, Specificationsfor Sound Level Meters, Type 2requirements. Measure soundpressure levels throughout theprotected area to confirm that theyare in compliance with Chapter 18.Set the sound level meter inaccordance with ANSI S3.41,American National StandardAudible Evacuation Signal, usingthe time-weighted characteristic F(FAST).

Verify audible information to bedistinguishable and understandableand in compliance with 14.4.11.

N/A Annually

oFor periodic testing, verify theoperation of the notificationappliances.

(c) Visible X N/A

Perform initial and reacceptancetesting in accordance with themanufacturer’s publishedinstructions. Verify appliancelocations to be per approved layoutand confirm that no floor planchanges affect the approvedlayout. Verify that the candelarating marking agrees with theapproved drawing. Confirm thateach appliance flashes.

N/A AnnuallyFor periodic testing, verify thateach appliance flashes.

23.Exit marking audible notificationappliance

X AnnuallyPerform tests in accordance withmanufacturer's publishedinstructions.

24. Emergency control functionsp X Annually

For initial, reacceptance, andperiodic testing, verify emergencycontrol function interface deviceactivation. Where an emergencycontrol function interface device isdisabled or disconnected duringinitiating device testing, verify thatthe disabled or disconnectedemergency control functioninterface device has been properlyrestored.

25.Area of refuge two-waycommunication systemTwo-way emergency communication

X AnnuallyUse the manufacturer’s publishedinstructions and the as-builtdrawings provided by the system


296 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod

system, types rescue, refuge, andelevator landing

supplier to verify correct operationafter the initial testing phase hasbeen performed by the supplier orby the supplier’s designatedrepresentative.

Test the two-way communicationsystem to verify operation andreceipt of visual and audible signalsat the transmitting unit and thereceiving unit, respectively.

Operate systems with more thanfive stations with a minimum of fivestations operating simultaneously.

Verify voice quality and clarity.

Verify directions for the use of thetwo-way communication system,instructions for summoningassistance via the two-waycommunication system, and writtenidentification of the location isposted adjacent to the two-waycommunication system.

Verify that all remote stations arereadily accessible.

Verify the timed automaticcommunications capability toconnect with a constantly attendedmonitoring location per 24.5.3.4.

26. Special procedures

(a) Alarm verification X Annually

Verify time delay and alarmresponse for smoke detectorcircuits identified as having alarmverification.

(b) Multiplex systems X AnnuallyVerify communications betweensending and receiving units underboth primary and secondary power.

Verify communications betweensending and receiving units underopen-circuit and short-circuittrouble conditions.

Verify communications betweensending and receiving units in alldirections where multiplecommunications pathways areprovided.

If redundant central controlequipment is provided, verifyswitchover and all requiredfunctions and operations ofsecondary control equipment.

Verify all system functions andfeatures in accordance withmanufacturer’s publishedinstructions.


297 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod

27.Supervising station alarm systems —receiving equipment

(a) All equipment X Monthly

Perform tests on all systemfunctions and features inaccordance with the equipmentmanufacturer’s publishedinstructions for correct operation inconformance with the applicablesections of Chapter 26.

Actuate initiating device and verifyreceipt of the correct initiatingdevice signal at the supervisingstation within 90 seconds. Uponcompletion of the test, restore thesystem to its functional operatingcondition.

If test jacks are used, perform thefirst and last tests without the useof the test jack.

(b) Digital alarm communicatorreceiver (DACR)

X Monthly

Disconnect each transmissionmeans in turn from the DACR, andverify audible and visualannunciation of a trouble signal inthe supervising station.

Cause a signal to be transmitted oneach individual incoming DACRline (path) at least once every6 hours (24 hours for DACTsinstalled prior to adoption of the2013 edition of NFPA 72). Verifyreceipt of these signals.

(c) Digital alarm radio receiver(DARR)

X Monthly

Cause the following conditions ofall DARRs on all subsidiary andrepeater station receivingequipment. Verify receipt at thesupervising station of correctsignals for each of the followingconditions:

(1) AC power failure of the radioequipment

(2) Receiver malfunction

(3) Antenna and interconnectingcable failure

(4) Indication of automaticswitchover of the DARR

(5) Data transmission line failurebetween the DARR and thesupervising or subsidiary station

(d) McCulloh systems X Monthly

Test and record the current on eachcircuit at each supervising andsubsidiary station under thefollowing conditions:

(1) During functional operation


298 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod

(2) On each side of the circuit withthe receiving equipmentconditioned for an open circuit

Cause a single break or groundcondition on each transmissionchannel. If such a fault prevents thefunctioning of the circuit, verifyreceipt of a trouble signal.

Cause each of the followingconditions at each of thesupervising or subsidiary stationsand all repeater station radiotransmitting and receivingequipment; verify receipt of correctsignals at the supervising station:

(1) RF transmitter in use (radiating)

(2) AC power failure supplying theradio equipment

(3) RF receiver malfunction

(4) Indication of automaticswitchover

(e) Radio alarm supervising stationreceiver (RASSR) and radio alarmrepeater station receiver (RARSR)

X Monthly




(3) Indication of automaticswitchover, if applicable

(f) Private microwave radio systems X Monthly





(4) Indication of automaticswitchover

(g) Performance-based technologies X Monthly

Perform tests to ensure themonitoring of integrity of thetransmission technology andtechnology path.

Where a single communicationspath is used, disconnect thecommunication path. Verify that


299 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod

failure of the path is annunciated atthe supervising station within60 minutes of the failure (within5 minutes for communicationequipment installed prior toadoption of the 2013 edition ofNFPA 72). Restore thecommunication path.

Where multiple communicationpaths are used, disconnect bothcommunication paths and confirmthat failure of the path isannunciated at the supervisingstation within not more than6 hours of the failure (within24 hours for communicationequipment installed prior toadoption of the 2013 edition ofNFPA 72). Restore bothcommunication paths.

28.Public emergency alarm reportingsystem transmission equipment

(a) Publicly accessible alarm box X Semiannually

Actuate publicly accessibleinitiating device(s) and verifyreceipt of not less than threecomplete rounds of signalimpulses. Perform this test undernormal circuit conditions. If thedevice is equipped for open circuitoperation (ground return), test it inthis condition as one of thesemiannual tests.

(b) Auxiliary box X Annually

Test each initiating circuit of theauxiliary box by actuation of aprotected premises initiating deviceconnected to that circuit. Verifyreceipt of not less than threecomplete rounds of signalimpulses.

(c) Master box

(1) Manual operation X SemiannuallyPerform the tests prescribed for28(a).

(2) Auxiliary operation X AnnuallyPerform the tests prescribed for28(b).

29. Low-power radio (wireless systems) X N/A

The following procedures describeadditional acceptance andreacceptance test methods to verifywireless protection systemoperation:

(1) Use the manufacturer’spublished instructions and theas-built drawings provided by thesystem supplier to verify correctoperation after the initial testingphase has been performed by the


300 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod

supplier or by the supplier’sdesignated representative.

(2) Starting from the functionaloperating condition, initialize thesystem in accordance with themanufacturer’s publishedinstructions. Confirm the alternativecommunications path existsbetween the wireless control unitand peripheral devices used toestablish initiation, indication,control, and annunciation. Test thesystem for both alarm and troubleconditions.

(3) Check batteries for allcomponents in the system monthlyunless the control unit checks allbatteries and all components daily.

30. Mass notification systems


At a minimum, test controlequipment to verify correct receiptof alarm, supervisory, and troublesignals (inputs); operation ofevacuation signals and auxiliaryfunctions (outputs); circuitsupervision, including detection ofopen circuits and ground faults;and power supply supervision fordetection of loss of ac power anddisconnection of secondarybatteries.

(b) Fuses X Annually Verify the rating and supervision.


Verify integrity of single or multiplecircuits providing interface betweentwo or more control units. Testinterfaced equipment connectionsby operating or simulatingoperation of the equipment beingsupervised. Verify signals requiredto be transmitted at the control unit.


(e) Primary (main) power supply X Annually

Disconnect all secondary (standby)power and test under maximumload, including all alarm appliancesrequiring simultaneous operation.Reconnect all secondary (standby)power at end of test. For redundantpower supplies, test eachseparately.

(f) Audible textual notificationappliances (speakers and otherappliances to convey voice messages)

X Annually

Measure sound pressure level witha sound level meter meeting ANSIS1.4a, Specifications for SoundLevel Meters, Type 2 requirements.Measure and record levelsthroughout protected area. Set the


301 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod

sound level meter in accordancewith ANSI S3.41, AmericanNational Standard AudibleEvacuation Signal, using thetime-weighted characteristic F(FAST). Record the maximumoutput when the audibleemergency evacuation signal is on.

Verify audible information to bedistinguishable andunderstandable.

(g) Visible X Annually

Perform test in accordance withmanufacturer’s publishedinstructions. Verify appliancelocations to be per approved layoutand confirm that no floor planchanges affect the approvedlayout. Verify that the candelarating marking agrees with theapproved drawing. Confirm thateach appliance flashes.

(h) Control unit functions and nodiagnostic failures are indicated

X Annually

Review event log file and verify thatthe correct events were logged.Review system diagnostic log file;correct deficiencies noted in file.Delete unneeded log files. Deleteunneeded error files. Verify thatsufficient free disk space isavailable. Verify unobstructed flowof cooling air is available.Change/clean filters, cooling fans,and intake vents.

(i) Control unit reset X AnnuallyPower down the central control unitcomputer and restart it.

(j) Control unit security X Annually

If remote control software is loadedonto the system, verify that it isdisabled to prevent unauthorizedsystem access.

(k) Audible/visible functional test X Annually

Send out an alert to a diverse set ofpredesignated receiving devicesand confirm receipt. Include at leastone of each type of receivingdevice.

(l) Software backup X AnnuallyMake full system software backup.Rotate backups based on acceptedpractice at site.

(m) Secondary power test X Annually

Disconnect ac power. Verify the acpower failure alarm status oncentral control equipment. With acpower disconnected, verify batteryvoltage under load.

(n) Wireless signals X AnnuallyCheck forward/reflected radiopower is within specifications.


302 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod

(o) Antenna X Annually

Check forward/reflected radiopower is within specifications.Verify solid electrical connectionswith no observable corrosion.

(p) Transceivers X AnnuallyVerify proper operation andmounting is not compromised.

aSome transmission equipment (such as but not limited to cable modems, fiber-optic interface nodes, andVoIP interfaces) are typically powered by the building's electrical system using a secondary (standby)power supply that does not meet the requirements of this Code. This is intended to ensure that the testingauthority verifies full secondary (standby) power as required by Chapter 10. Additionally, refer to Table14.4.3.2, items 7 through 9, for secondary (standby) power supply testing.

bThe automatic transmission of the check-in (handshake) signal can take up to 60 minutes to occur.

cSee Table 14.4.3.2, Item 4(a) for the testing of transmission equipment.

dExample: 4000 mAh × 1⁄25 = 160 mA charging current at 77°F (25°C).

eThe voltmeter sensitivity has been changed from 1000 ohms per volt to 100 ohms per volt so that the falseground readings (caused by induced voltages) are minimized.

fInitiating devices such as smoke detectors used for elevator recall, closing dampers, or releasing doorsheld in the open position that are permitted by the Code (see NFPA 101 9.6.3) to initiate supervisory signalsat the fire alarm control unit (FACU) should be tested at the same frequency (annual) as those deviceswhen they are generating an alarm signal. They are not supervisory devices, but they initiate a supervisorysignal at the FACU.

gFusible thermal link detectors are commonly used to close fire doors and fire dampers. They are actuatedby the presence of external heat, which causes a solder element in the link to fuse, or by an electric thermaldevice, which, when energized, generates heat within the body of the link, causing the link to fuse andseparate.

hNote, it is customary for the manufacturer of the smoke detector to test a particular product from anaerosol provider to determine acceptability for use in smoke entry testing of their smoke detector/ smokealarm. Magnets are not acceptable for smoke entry tests.

i There are some detectors that use magnets as a manufacturer's calibrated sensitivity test instrument.

jFor example, it might not be possible to individually test the heat sensor in a thermally enhanced smokedetector.

kManufacturer's instructions should be consulted to ensure a proper operational test. No suppression gasor agent is expected to be discharged during the test of the solenoid. See Test Plan of 14.2.10.

lTesting of CO device should be done to the requirements of NFPA 720.

mA monitor module installed on an interface device is not considered a supervisory device and thereforenot subject to the quarterly testing frequency requirement. Test frequencies for interface devices should bein accordance with the applicable standard. For example, fire pump controller alarms such as phasereversal are required to be tested annually. If a monitor module is installed to identify phase reversal on thefire alarm control panel, it is not necessary to test for phase reversal four times a year.

nChapter 18 would require 15 dB over average ambient sound for public mode spaces. Sometimes theambient sound levels are different from what the design was based upon. Private operating mode wouldrequire 10 dB over average ambient at the location of the device.

oWhere building, system, or occupancy changes have been observed, the owner should be notified of thechanges. New devices might need to be installed and tested per the initial acceptance testing criteria.

pSee A.14.4.3.2, and Table 14.4.3.2, Item 24.


303 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

14.4.3.3

Video image smoke and flame detectors shall be inspected, tested, and maintained in accordance with themanufacturer's published instructions.

14.4.3.4

Gas detectors shall be inspected, tested, and maintained in accordance with manufacturers' publishedinstructions.

14.4.4* Testing Frequency.

Unless otherwise permitted by other sections of this Code, testing shall be performed in accordance withthe schedules in Table 14.4.3.2 or more often if required by the authority having jurisdiction.

14.4.4.1

Devices or equipment that are inaccessible for safety considerations (e.g., continuous process operations,energized electrical equipment, radiation, and excessive height) shall be permitted to be tested duringscheduled shutdowns if approved by the authority having jurisdiction. Extended intervals shall not exceed18 months.

14.4.4.2

If automatic testing is performed at least weekly by a remotely monitored fire alarm control unit specificallylisted for the application, the manual testing frequency shall be permitted to be extended to annually. Table14.4.3.2 shall apply.

14.4.4.3*

In other than one- and two-family dwellings, sensitivity of smoke detectors shall be tested in accordancewith 14.4.4.3.1 through 14.4.4.3.6.

14.4.4.3.1

Sensitivity shall be checked within 1 year after installation.

14.4.4.3.2

Sensitivity shall be checked every alternate year thereafter unless otherwise permitted by compliance with14.4.4.3.3.

14.4.4.3.3

After the second required calibration test, if sensitivity tests indicate that the device has remained within itslisted and marked sensitivity range (or 4 percent obscuration light gray smoke, if not marked), the length oftime between calibration tests shall be permitted to be extended to a maximum of 5 years.

14.4.4.3.3.1

If the frequency is extended, records of nuisance alarms and subsequent trends of these alarms shall bemaintained.

14.4.4.3.3.2

In zones or in areas where nuisance alarms show any increase over the previous year, calibration testsshall be performed.

14.4.4.3.4

Unless otherwise permitted by 14.4.4.3.5, smoke detectors found to have a sensitivity outside the listedand marked sensitivity range shall be cleaned and recalibrated or be replaced.

14.4.4.3.5

Smoke detectors listed as field adjustable shall be permitted to either be adjusted within the listed andmarked sensitivity range, cleaned, and recalibrated, or be replaced.

14.4.4.3.6

The detector sensitivity shall not be tested or measured using any device that administers an unmeasuredconcentration of smoke or other aerosol into the detector or smoke alarm.

14.4.4.4

Test frequency of interfaced equipment shall be the same as specified by the applicable NFPA standardsfor the equipment being supervised.


304 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

14.4.4.5

Restorable fixed-temperature, spot-type heat detectors shall be tested in accordance with 14.4.4.5.1through 14.4.4.5.4.

14.4.4.5.1

Two or more detectors shall be tested on each initiating circuit annually.

14.4.4.5.2

Different detectors shall be tested each year.

14.4.4.5.3

Test records shall be kept by the building owner specifying which detectors have been tested.

14.4.4.5.4

Within 5 years, each detector shall have been tested.

14.4.4.6*

Circuit and pathway testing of each monitored circuit or pathway shall be conducted with initial acceptanceor reacceptance testing to verify signals are indicated at the control unit for each of the abnormal conditionsspecified in Sections 23.5 through 23.7.

14.4.5 Single- and Multiple-Station Smoke Alarms. (SIG-HOU)

14.4.5.1

Single- and multiple-station smoke alarms and connected appliances shall be inspected, tested, andmaintained in accordance with 14.4.5 and the manufacturer's published instructions.

14.4.5.2

Smoke alarms and connected appliances shall be inspected and tested at least monthly.

14.4.5.3*

The responsibility for inspection, testing, and maintenance of smoke alarms and connected appliances shallbe in accordance with 14.2.3.

14.4.5.4

Smoke alarms shall be replaced when they fail to respond to operability tests.

14.4.5.4.1

Smoke alarms shall not remain in service longer than 10 years from the date of manufacture, unlessotherwise provided by the manufacturer’s published instructions.

14.4.5.5*

Combination smoke/carbon monoxide alarms shall be replaced when the end-of-life signal activates or 10years from the date of manufacture, whichever comes first, unless otherwise provided by themanufacturer's published instructions.

14.4.5.6

Where batteries are used as a source of energy for smoke alarms or combination smoke/carbon monoxidealarms or single- and multiple-station smoke alarms, the batteries shall be replaced in accordance with thealarm equipment manufacturer’s published instructions.

14.4.6 Household Fire Alarm Systems.

14.4.6.1 Testing.

Household fire alarm systems shall be tested by a qualified service technician at least annually according tothe methods of Table 14.4.3.2. The installing contractor shall be required to provide this information inwriting to the customer upon completion of the system installation. To the extent that the fire alarm systemis monitored offsite, the supervising station contractor shall provide notice of this requirement to thecustomer on a yearly basis. (SIG-HOU)

14.4.6.2 Maintenance.

Maintenance of household fire alarm systems shall be conducted according to the manufacturer’s publishedinstructions. (SIG-HOU)


305 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

14.4.7 Circuits from Central Station.

Circuits extending from the central station that have had no signal activity in the preceding 24 hours shallbe tested at intervals of not more than 24 hours.

14.4.8 Public Emergency Alarm Reporting Systems.

14.4.8.1

Emergency power sources other than batteries shall be tested at least weekly in accordance with14.4.8.1.1 and 14.4.8.1.2.

14.4.8.1.1

Testing shall include operation of the power source to supply the system for a continuous period of 1 hour.

14.4.8.1.2

Testing shall require simulated failure of the normal power source.

14.4.8.2

Unless otherwise permitted by 14.4.8.3, testing facilities shall be installed at the communications centerand each subsidiary communications center, if used.

14.4.8.3

Testing facilities for systems leased from a nonmunicipal organization shall be permitted to be installed atlocations other than the communications center if approved by the authority having jurisdiction.

14.4.9 In-Building Emergency Radio Communication Systems.

In-building emergency radio communication systems shall be inspected and operationally tested inaccordance with the requirements of NFPA 1221.

14.4.10* Voice Intelligibility.

14.4.10.1

Voice communication using prerecorded messages and manual voice announcements shall be verified asbeing intelligible in accordance with the requirements of 18.4.10.

14.4.10.2

Intelligibility shall not be required to be determined through quantitative measurements.

14.4.10.3

Quantitative measurements as described in Annex D shall be permitted but shall not be required.

14.5 Maintenance.

14.5.1

System equipment shall be maintained in accordance with the manufacturer’s published instructions.

14.5.2

The frequency of maintenance of system equipment shall depend on the type of equipment and the localambient conditions.

14.5.3

The frequency of cleaning of system equipment shall depend on the type of equipment and the localambient conditions.

14.5.4

All apparatus requiring rewinding or resetting to maintain normal operation shall be rewound or reset aspromptly as possible after each test and alarm.

14.5.5

Unless otherwise permitted by 14.5.6, the retransmission means as defined in Section 26.3 shall be testedat intervals of not more than 12 hours.


306 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

14.5.6

When the retransmission means is the public-switched telephone network, testing shall be permitted atweekly intervals to confirm its operation to each communications center.

14.5.7

As a part of the testing required in 14.5.5, the retransmission signal and the time and date of theretransmission shall be recorded in the central station.

14.6 Records.

14.6.1* Permanent Records.

After successful completion of acceptance tests approved by the authority having jurisdiction, therequirements in 14.6.1.1 through 14.6.1.3 shall apply.

14.6.1.1

A set of reproducible as-built installation drawings, operation and maintenance manuals, and a writtensequence of operation shall be provided to the building owner or the owner’s designated representative.

14.6.1.2

The requirements of 7.5.7 shall apply to site-specific software.

14.6.1.3

The system owner shall be responsible for maintaining these records for the life of the system forexamination by any authority having jurisdiction. Paper or electronic media shall be permitted.

14.6.2 Maintenance, Inspection, and Testing Records.

14.6.2.1

Records shall be retained until the next test and for 1 year thereafter.

14.6.2.2

For systems with restorable fixed-temperature, spot-type heat detectors tested over multiple years, recordsshall be retained for the 5 years of testing and for 1 year thereafter.

14.6.2.3

The records shall be on a medium that will survive the retention period. Paper or electronic media shall bepermitted.

14.6.2.4*

A record of all inspections, testing, and maintenance shall be provided in accordance with 7.8.2.

14.6.3 Supervising Station Records.

For supervising station alarm systems, records pertaining to signals received at the supervising station thatresult from maintenance, inspection, and testing shall be maintained for not less than 12 months.

14.6.3.1

Records shall be permitted to be maintained on either paper or electronic media.

14.6.3.2

Upon request, a hard copy record shall be provided to the authority having jurisdiction.

14.6.4 Simulated Operation Note.

If the operation of a device, circuit, fire alarm control unit function, or special hazard system interface issimulated, it shall be noted on the inspection/test form that the operation was simulated.



RescueAssistanceSign.pdf

Elevator_Landing_Signage_3_.pdf


307 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM


Change language at Table 14.3.1 #25 and Table 14.4.3.2 #25 to address the common use names of two-way emergency communication systems. One could read the current language to assume only Area of Refuge, when the same equipment/system can be required at Elevator Landings and often times uses signage denoting an Area of Rescue.




Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:



308 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM


14.1.6

The inspection, testing, and maintenance required by this chapter and NFPA 25 , Standard for theInspection, Testing, and Maintenance of Water-Based Fire Protection Systems , shall be coordinated so thatthe system operates as intended.

14.1.7

All inspections, testing, and maintenance required by NFPA 25 shall conform to NFPA 25 , andall inspections, testing, and maintenance required by this chapter shall conform to this chapter.


These sections are reciprocal in nature, mirroring the requirements for coordination in NFPA 25 between that standard and 72 with respect to system components shared by both the fire alarm/signaling system and the water-based fire protection system.


Submitter Full Name: Joe Scibetta

Organization: BuildingReports

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:



309 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

Public Input No. 29-NFPA 72-2015 [ New Section after 14.2.2.1.2 ]

14.2.2.1.3

Unless otherwise permitted by 14.2.8, or where handheld devices for data entry allow for real-time visualand manual interface with the fire alarm control unit, testing programs shall be performed by a minimum oftwo testing personnel.


While still allowing for automated testing where applicable, as well as for smart device technology that allows for one-person testing with actual interface with the control unit, this new requirement would otherwise ensure that testing is performed in such a way that personnel are in place at all times, not only to test initiating devices, but to respond promptly to signals as they report to the control unit during testing, to ensure that devices are reporting with the correct locations and addresses, programming errors are not overlooked, ground faults are acknowledged promptly, and that fire or trouble/supervisory signals are responded to immediately, especially when such signals are not related to the testing taking place. In that event, an immediate response from personnel stationed at the control unit, and in communication with personnel in the field, is vital to the safety of the occupants and the protection of the facility. A one-person testing process, where the aforementioned technology is not available, cannot provide the same level of thoroughness, accuracy, observation, attentiveness and safety as a testing team.




Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:



310 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM


Addition of "Recommendation"

During required testing, service, or maintenance of Fire Alarm Systems Inspection, Service, or TestingPersonnel may make note of opportunities to correct, improve, or enhance existing system performance. Such observations shall be communicated to the system owner via Official Correspondence. The SystemOwner shall only be required to consider, but shall not be required to authorized implementation of therecommendation unless the recommendation becomes an impairment or deficiency.


The term "Recommendation" is used frequently by Inspection, Service, Testing, and Sales Personnel in our industry. A formal definition and reference should exist explaining and defining intent.









Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:



311 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM


Require use of "Official Correspondence"

14.2.2.2.3 Official Correspondence shall be required for communication of Testing,Maintenance, and Service issues involving impairments, deficiencies, recommendations,and notices of recall, not specifically addressed by Chapter 7 Documents or as required byother sections of this Standard.


Clarification of intent and flexibility regarding communication and documentation means for 10.21 and 14.2.2.2.



Public Input No. 340-NFPA 72-2016 [Sections 14.2.2.2.3, 14.2.2.2.4] use of Official Correspondence

Public Input No. 345-NFPA 72-2016 [New Section after 3.3] Official Correspondence Definition

Public Input No. 341-NFPA 72-2016 [New Section after 3.3] refers to "Recommendation"

Public Input No. 342-NFPA 72-2016 [New Section after 14.2.2.2.2] refers to "Recommendation"

Public Input No. 526-NFPA 72-2016 [Chapter D] removes -- "in writing"

Public Input No. 527-NFPA 72-2016 [Chapter 26] use of Official Correspondence




Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:



312 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

Public Input No. 15-NFPA 72-2015 [ Section No. 14.2.2.2.3 ]

14.2.2.2.3

If a deficiency is not corrected at the conclusion of system inspection, testing, or maintenance, the systemowner or the owner’s designated representative shall be informed of the impairment in writing by officialcorrespondence within 24 hours.


See PI 8







Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:



313 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

Public Input No. 340-NFPA 72-2016 [ Sections 14.2.2.2.3, 14.2.2.2.4 ]

Sections 14.2.2.2.3, 14.2.2.2.4

Global use of New Definition -- "Official Correspondence" replacing/eliminating"In-writing" references throughout

3.3.130* In-writing. Any form of correspondence that can be verified upon request. (SIG-FUN)

A.3 .3.130 In-writing. Official Correspondence. In-writing communication OfficialCorrespondence is a delivered letter, approved form document, facsimile, email, or otherreproducible electronic media formally documenting communication and receipt of informationbetween two or more entities. means of documented transfer of information from one entity toanother .

14.2.2.2.3

If a deficiency is not corrected at the conclusion of system inspection, testing, or maintenance, thesystem owner or the owner’s designated representative shall be informed of the impairment inwriting via Official Correspondence within

24 hours

24 hours .

14.2.2.2.4

In the event that any equipment is observed to be part of a recall program, the system owner or thesystem

owner's designated representative shall be notified in writing.

owner’s designated representative shall be notified in writing via Official Correspondence.

A.14.4.3.2 Table 14.4.3.2, Item 24. The extent of testing of a …… If during the course of theperiodic test of audible appliances, it is suspected that alarm sound levels could be lower than therequired minimum, the system owner or the system owner’s designated representative should benotified in writing via Official Correspondence .

14.4.6.1 Testing. Household fire alarm systems shall be tested by a qualified service technician atleast annually according to the methods of Table 14.4.3.2. The installing contractor shall be requiredto provide this information in writing via Official Correspondence to the customer upon completionof the system installation. To the extent that the fire alarm system is monitored offsite, thesupervising station contractor shall provide notice of this requirement to the customer on a yearlybasis. (SIG-HOU)

26.2.6.1* Supervising station customers or clients and the authority having jurisdiction shall benotified in writing via Official Correspondence by the new supervising station within 30 calendardays of any change of service provider that results in signals from the client’s property beinghandled by a new supervising station.

A.26.2.6.1 The phrase “notified in writing” can include any form of correspondence that can beverified upon request, such as a letter, fax, email or other means of documented transfer ofinformation from one entity to another.

26.3.4.6* For the purpose of Section 26.3, the subscriber shall notify the prime contractor , inwriting, via Official Correspondence of the identity of the authority(ies) having jurisdiction.

A.26.3.4.6 The prime contractor …….. The phrase “in writing” can include any form ofcorrespondence that can be verified upon request, such as a letter, fax, email or other means ofdocumented transfer of information from one entity to another.

D.6.5.3.3 Document the results in writing on plans or forms in a way that accurately describes the


314 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

measurement point and that permits future testing at the same locations.

D.6.5.4.3 Document the results in writing on plans or forms in a way that accurately describes themeasurement point and that permits future testing at the same locations.





Global_use_of_New_Definition_Official_Correspondence_PI_340.pdf


Replace the former "in writing" to include use of a new definition Official Correspondence. Official Correspondence allows for electronic means of communication where acceptable to the AHJ involving communication of deficencies,impairments, recommendations, notice of recall, and related .



Public Input No. 345-NFPA 72-2016 [New Section after3.3]

references New Definition -- OfficialCorrespondence

Public Input No. 526-NFPA 72-2016 [Chapter D]

Public Input No. 527-NFPA 72-2016 [Chapter 26]





Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:



315 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

Global use of New Definition -- "Official Correspondence" replacing/eliminating "In-writing" references throughout

3.3.130* In-writing. Any form of correspondence that can be verified upon request. (SIG-FUN)

A.3.3.130 In-writing. Official Correspondence. In-writing communication Official Correspondence is a delivered letter, approved form document, facsimile, email, or other reproducible electronic media formally documenting communication and receipt of information between two or more entities. means of documented transfer of informationfrom one entity to another.

14.2.2.2.3 If a deficiency is not corrected at the conclusion of system inspection, testing, or maintenance, the system owner or the owner’s designated representative shall be informed of the impairment in writing via Official Correspondence within 24 hours.

14.2.2.2.4 In the event that any equipment is observed to be part of a recall program, the system owner or the system owner’s designated representative shall be notified in writing via Official Correspondence.

A.14.4.3.2 Table 14.4.3.2, Item 24. The extent of testing of a …… If during the course of the periodic test of audible appliances, it is suspected that alarm sound levels could be lower than the required minimum, the system owner or the system owner’s designated representative should be notified in writing via Official Correspondence .

14.4.6.1 Testing. Household fire alarm systems shall be tested by a qualified service technician at least annually according to the methods of Table 14.4.3.2. The installing contractor shall be required to provide this information in writing via Official Correspondence to the customer upon completion of the system installation. To the extent that the fire alarm system is monitored offsite, the supervising station contractor shall provide notice of this requirement to the customer on a yearly basis. (SIG-HOU)

26.2.6.1* Supervising station customers or clients and the authority having jurisdiction shall be notified in writing via Official Correspondence by the new supervising station within 30 calendar days of any change of service provider that results in signals from the client’s property being handled by a new supervising station.

A.26.2.6.1 The phrase “notified in writing” can include any form of correspondence that can be verified upon request, such as a letter, fax, email or other means of documented transfer of information from one entity to another.

26.3.4.6* For the purpose of Section 26.3, the subscriber shall notify the prime contractor, in writing, via Official Correspondence of the identity of the authority(ies) having jurisdiction.

A.26.3.4.6 The prime contractor …….. The phrase “in writing” can include any form of correspondence that can be verified upon request, such as a letter, fax, email or other means of documented transfer of information from one entity to another.

D.6.5.3.3 Document the results in writing on plans or forms in a way that accurately describes the measurement point and that permits future testing at the same locations.


14.2.2.2.4

In the event that any equipment is observed to be part of a recall program, the system owner or the systemowner's designated representative shall be notified in writing by official correspondence .


See PI 8.







Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:



316 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM



As an alternate means of compliance, subject to a risk analysis approved by the authority havingjurisdiction, components and systems shall be permitted to be inspected and tested under aperformance-based program.


This additional wording clarifies the need for the AHJ to have a risk analysis performed and submitted for their review in order to make an informed decision as to whether performance-based inspection and testing is approved. While the existing related Annex material mentions that equivalent or superior inspection and testing methods "can be demonstrated through quantitative performance-based analyses", such language does not make an analysis mandatory. Such an analysis, however, will facilitate the AHJ's decision-making process where performance-based inspection and testing is preferred.




Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:



317 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM



As an alternate means of compliance, subject to approval by the authority having jurisdiction of validatingdocumentation of past testing results , components and systems shall be permitted to be inspected andtested under a performance-based program.


As currently written, this language is much too loose and is subject allow changes to the NFPA 72 testing frequency requirements without little or no validation. The AHJ needs to be provided with documentation of past testing to validate the request for a change in testing frequencies.


Submitter Full Name: Thomas Hammerberg

Organization: Automatic Fire Alarm Association

Affilliation: Automatic Fire Alarm Association

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:



318 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

Public Input No. 31-NFPA 72-2015 [ Section No. 14.2.10.1 ]

14.2.10.1

A test plan shall be written formulated by official correspondence to clearly establish the scope of thetesting for the fire alarm or signaling system.


See PI 8. The test plan can be an electronic form or document as well as written in hard copy format. This language incorporates the proposed definition in PI 8, which allows for hard copy or electronic documentation with official company designations. This ensures that such an important document is formulated in keeping with the definition of "official correspondence".







Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:



319 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM


Table 14.3.1. Footnote

a For other than VRLA or Primary (dry) cell batteries, refer to the battery manufacturer’s instructions orthe appropriate IEEE standard; IEEE 450 for vented lead-acid, IEEE 1106 for Nickel-cadmium.


Following Table 14.3.1, add the following footnote:Basis: Footnote “a” added to provide a reference for guidance to the inspection requirements of other battery types previously included in Table 14.3.1.










Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:



320 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM



321 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

14.3.1 *


322 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM



ComponentInitial

AcceptancePeriodic



Ensure there are no changes thataffect equipment performance.Inspect for building modifications,occupancy changes, changes inenvironmental conditions, devicelocation, physical obstructions, deviceorientation, physical damage, anddegree of cleanliness.

14.3.4


(a) Fire alarmsystems monitored foralarm, supervisory,and trouble signals


(1) Fuses X Annual


X Annual

(3) Lamps andLEDs

X Annual

(4) Primary(main) power supply

X Annual

(5) Troublesignals

X Semiannual

(b) Fire alarmsystems unmonitoredfor alarm, supervisory,and trouble signals


(1) Fuses X Weekly


X Weekly

(3) Lamps andLEDs

X Weekly

(4) Primary(main) power supply

X Weekly

(5) Troublesignals

X Weekly

3. Reserved

4.Supervising stationalarm systems —transmitters

Verify location, physical condition, anda system normal condition.

(a) Digital alarmcommunicatortransmitter (DACT)

X Annual

(b) Digital alarmradio transmitter(DART)

X Annual



323 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

AcceptancePeriodic



X Annual

(e) All other typesof communicators

X Annual

5.

In-building fireemergencyvoice/alarmcommunicationsequipment


6. Reserved

7. Reserved

8. Reserved

9.

Batteries Inspect for corrosion or leakage. Verify tightness of connections. Verify marking of the month/yearof manufacture (all types).

Delete Item 9, and replace with new text to read as follows " See attached for replacementtext ".

10.6.10

(a) Lead-acid (b) Nickel-cadmium X Semiannual (c) Primary (dry cell) X Monthly (d) Sealedlead-acid X Semiannual

X Monthly Visually inspect electrolyte level.

10. Reserved


12.Notification appliance circuitpower extenders

X AnnualVerify proper fuse ratings, if any. Verify thatlamps and LEDs indicate normal operatingstatus of the equipment.

10.6

13. Remote power supplies X AnnualVerify proper fuse ratings, if any. Verify thatlamps and LEDs indicate normal operatingstatus of the equipment.

10.6


15. Reserved



17. Initiating devices Verify location and condition (all devices).

(a) Air sampling

(1) General X Semiannual Verify that in-line filters, if any, are clean. 17.7.3.6


X N/A

Verify that sampling system piping and fittingsare installed properly, appear airtight, and arepermanently fixed. Confirm that sampling pipeis conspicuously identified. Verify that sampleports or points are not obstructed.

17.7.3.6

(b) Duct detectors


Verify that detector is rigidly mounted. Confirmthat no penetrations in a return air duct exist inthe vicinity of the detector. Confirm the detectoris installed so as to sample the airstream at theproper location in the duct.

17.7.5.5


324 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

(2) Sampling tube X AnnualVerify proper orientation. Confirm the samplingtube protrudes into the duct in accordance withsystem design.

17.7.5.5


X Semiannual


X Semiannual


X Semiannual



X QuarterlyVerify no point requiring detection is obstructedor outside the detector’s field of view.

17.8


X QuarterlyVerify no point requiring detection is obstructedor outside the detector’s field of view.

17.7.7;17.11.5


X Semiannual

(j) Projected beam smokedetectors



X Quarterly


18. Reserved

19. Combination systems Verify location and condition (all types).


X Semiannual


X Semiannual

20.Fire alarm control interfaceand emergency controlfunction interface



22. Notification appliances Verify location and condition (all appliances).



X Semiannual



(2) Candela rating X N/AVerify that the candela rating marking agreeswith the approved drawings.

18.5.5



24. Reserved

25.Area of refuge two-waycommunication system


26. Reserved




325 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

(b) Receivers X Annual Verify location and normal condition.




X Semiannual


(c) Master box


(2) Auxiliary operation X Annual

29. Reserved


(a) Monitored for integrity Verify a system normal condition.


(i) Fuses X Annual




X Annual


X Annual



X Annual

(b) Not monitored forintegrity; installed prior toadoption of the 2010 edition







X Semiannual


X Semiannual



X Semiannual






Table_14.3.1.docx Table 14.3.1 Item 9


In Table 14.3.1, Item 9, delete existing text in its entirety and replace with new text


326 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

Basis: This change is in direct support of the changes to Table 14.4.3.2 recommended by the IEEE Stationary Battery Committee and SIG-TMS Battery Task Group. The recommendation is to introduce correct battery terminology and delete battery types not used, i.e., vented lead-acid and Nickel-cadmium as the test methods for these types contain inconsistencies and errors compared to IEEE standards or battery manufacturers recommendations. The change adds specific requirements for initial/acceptance and semiannual inspections based on published IEEE battery standard and EPRI technical reports. Adjustment to recommended inspection frequency of VRLA batteries found in published IEEE standards and EPRI technical reports is made based on fire alarm and signaling system applications compared to the substantial needs of other more complex configurations in other applications i.e., telephone switch rooms, power generation facilities. In establishing a semiannual frequency the IEEE Stationary Battery Committee and SIG-TMS Battery Task Group considered several factors including; small simple battery configurations, battery design, supervision, battery service life, maintenance cost analysis, and previous NFPA 72 inspection results. The frequency change for Primary (Dry) cell is made based on manufacturer’s published test requirements for these disposable batteries, other Table 14.3.1 inspection frequencies, NFPA recommended practices for smoke alarms, and an unsubstantiated current monthly frequency. Refer to: IEEE standards 450 and 1188, EPRI technical reports 1002925 and 1006757 for VRLA and ANSI C18.1M Part 1 for primary.














Public Input No. 142-NFPA 72-2016 [New Section after 10.6.7.2.1.1]

Public Input No. 143-NFPA 72-2016 [New Section after A.10.6.7.2.1.1]

Public Input No. 144-NFPA 72-2016 [Section No. A.10.6.7.2.1.1]


Public Input No. 151-NFPA 72-2016 [Section No. A.10.6.10]

Public Input No. 152-NFPA 72-2016 [Section No. F.4]

Public Input No. 154-NFPA 72-2016 [New Section after H.2]




Street Address:

City:

State:


327 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

Zip:

Submittal Date: Mon Apr 18 13:12:52 EDT 2016


328 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

9. Batteriesa 10.6.10

(a) Valve-Regulated Lead-Acid (VRLA) Batteries

X

X

Semiannually

Semiannually

Ensure month and year of manufacture is marked in the month/year format on each battery cell/unit.

Verify marking of the month/year of manufacture on each battery cell/unit. Replace any cell/unit if alarm equipment manufacturer’s replacement date has been exceeded.

Verify tightness of battery connections. Inspect terminals for corrosion, excessive container/cover distortion, cracks in cell/unit or leakage of electrolyte. Replace any battery cell/unit if corrosion, distortion, or leakage is observed.

(b) Primary (dry) cell X

Semiannually Verify marking of the month/year of manufacture. Replace if alarm equipment/battery manufacturer’s replacement date has been exceeded. Replacement date not to exceed 12 months. Verify tightness of connections. Inspect for corrosion or leakage. Replace any battery cell/unit if corrosion or leakage is observed.



329 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

14.3.1*


330 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM



ComponentInitial

AcceptancePeriodic



Ensure there are no changes thataffect equipment performance.Inspect for building modifications,occupancy changes, changes inenvironmental conditions, devicelocation, physical obstructions,device orientation, physical damage,and degree of cleanliness.

14.3.4


(a) Fire alarmsystems monitored foralarm, supervisory, andtrouble signals


(1) Fuses X Annual


X Annual

(3) Lamps andLEDs

X Annual


X Annual




(1) Fuses X Weekly


X Weekly

(3) Lamps andLEDs

X Weekly


X Weekly


3. Reserved




X Annual


X Annual



X Annual


331 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

AcceptancePeriodic



X Annual

5.

In-building fireemergency voice/alarmcommunicationsequipment


6. Reserved

7. Reserved

8. Reserved

9. Batteries

Inspect for corrosion or leakage.Verify tightness of connections. Verifymarking of the month/year ofmanufacture (all types).

10.6.10





10. Reserved



X Annual


10.6



10.6


15. Reserved




(a) Air sampling


17.7.3.6

(2) Samplingsystem piping andsampling ports

X N/A

Verify that sampling system pipingand fittings are installed properly,appear airtight, and are permanentlyfixed. Confirm that sampling pipe isconspicuously identified. Verify thatsample ports or points are notobstructed.

17.7.3.6

(b) Duct detectors


Verify that detector is rigidly mounted.Confirm that no penetrations in areturn air duct exist in the vicinity ofthe detector. Confirm the detector isinstalled so as to sample theairstream at the proper location in the

17.7.5.5


332 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

AcceptancePeriodic


duct.

(2) Sampling tube X AnnualVerify proper orientation. Confirm thesampling tube protrudes into the ductin accordance with system design.

17.7.5.5


X Semiannual

(d) Fire extinguishingsystem(s) orsuppression system(s)switches

X Semiannual


X Semiannual


(g) Radiant energyfire detectors


17.8

(h) Video imagesmoke and firedetectors


17.7.7;17.11.5


X Semiannual




X Quarterly


18. Reserved



X Semiannual


X Semiannual

20.

Fire alarm controlinterface andemergency controlfunction interface




(a) Audibleappliances

X Semiannual


X Semiannual



(2) Candela rating X N/AVerify that the candela rating ormethod of candela control markingon each visible appliance and rating

18.5.5


333 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

AcceptancePeriodic


when reported by the FACU agreeswith the approved drawings.



24. Reserved



26. Reserved

27.Supervising stationalarm systems —receivers





(a) Publiclyaccessible alarm box

X Semiannual


(c) Master box

(1) Manualoperation

X Semiannual


X Annual

29. Reserved

30.Mass notificationsystem



(1) Controlequipment

(i) Fuses X Annual



(iv) Primary(main) power supply

X Annual

(2) Secondarypower batteries

X Annual

(3) Initiatingdevices

X Annual


X Annual

(b) Not monitored forintegrity; installed priorto adoption of the 2010edition




334 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

AcceptancePeriodic






X Semiannual


X Semiannual


X Semiannual


X Semiannual





Makes provision for visible notification appliance candela verification on systems controlling candela via the Site-Specific Software Program at the FACU where acceptable to the AHJ. Change language at Table 14.3.1 #22. and Table 14.4.3.2 #22 (c) #30 (g).








Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:



335 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM



336 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

14.3.1*


337 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM



ComponentInitial

AcceptancePeriodic




14.3.4




(1) Fuses X Annual


X Annual

(3) Lamps andLEDs

X Annual


X Annual




(1) Fuses X Weekly


X Weekly

(3) Lamps andLEDs

X Weekly


X Weekly


3. Reserved




X Annual


X Annual



X Annual


338 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

AcceptancePeriodic



X Annual

5.



6. Reserved

7. Reserved

8. Reserved

9. Batteries


10.6.10




(d) Sealed lead-acid

(e) Energy StorageSystem

X

X

Semiannual

Semiannual

10. Reserved



X Annual


10.6



10.6


15. Reserved




(a) Air sampling


17.7.3.6


X N/A


17.7.3.6

(b) Duct detectors


Verify that detector is rigidly mounted.Confirm that no penetrations in areturn air duct exist in the vicinity ofthe detector. Confirm the detector is

17.7.5.5


339 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

AcceptancePeriodic


installed so as to sample theairstream at the proper location in theduct.


17.7.5.5


X Semiannual


X Semiannual


X Semiannual




17.8



17.7.7;17.11.5


X Semiannual




X Quarterly


18. Reserved



X Semiannual


X Semiannual

20.






X Semiannual


X Semiannual




340 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

AcceptancePeriodic


(2) Candela rating X N/AVerify that the candela rating markingagrees with the approved drawings.

18.5.5



24. Reserved



26. Reserved







X Semiannual


(c) Master box

(1) Manualoperation

X Semiannual


X Annual

29. Reserved





(i) Fuses X Annual




X Annual


X Annual


X Annual


X Annual





341 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

AcceptancePeriodic






X Semiannual


X Semiannual


X Semiannual


X Semiannual





Provides inspection and maintenance guidance for energy storage systems components.



Organization: Nema

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:



342 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM



343 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

14.3.1*


344 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM



ComponentInitial

AcceptancePeriodic



Ensure there are no changes thataffect equipment performance.Inspect for building modifications,occupancy changes, changes inenvironmental conditions, devicelocation, physical obstructions,device orientation, physicaldamage, and degree ofcleanliness.

14.3.4


(a) Fire alarm systemsmonitored for alarm,supervisory, and troublesignals


(1) Fuses X Annual


X Annual

(3) Lamps and LEDs X Annual


X Annual


(b) Fire alarm systemsunmonitored for alarm,supervisory, and troublesignals


(1) Fuses X Weekly


X Weekly

(3) Lamps and LEDs X Weekly


X Weekly


3. Reserved

4.Supervising station alarmsystems — transmitters


(a) Digital alarmcommunicator transmitter(DACT)

X Annual


X Annual



X Annual


X Annual


345 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

AcceptancePeriodic


5.In-building fire emergencyvoice/alarm communicationsequipment


6. Reserved

7. Reserved

8. Reserved

9. Batteries

Inspect for corrosion or leakage.Verify tightness of connections.Verify marking of the month/yearof manufacture (all types).

10.6.10





10. Reserved


12.Notification appliance circuitpower extenders

X Annual

Verify proper fuse ratings, if any.Verify that lamps and LEDsindicate normal operating statusof the equipment.

10.6


Verify proper fuse ratings, if any.Verify that lamps and LEDsindicate normal operating statusof the equipment.

10.6


15. Reserved




(a) Air sampling


17.7.3.6


X N/A

Verify that sampling systempiping and fittings are installedproperly, appear airtight, and arepermanently fixed. Confirm thatsampling pipe is conspicuouslyidentified. Verify that sampleports or points are not obstructed.

17.7.3.6

(b) Duct detectors


Verify that detector is rigidlymounted. Confirm that nopenetrations in a return air ductexist in the vicinity of the detector.Confirm the detector is installedso as to sample the airstream atthe proper location in the duct.

17.7.5.5

(2) Sampling tube X AnnualVerify proper orientation. Confirmthe sampling tube protrudes into 17.7.5.5


346 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

AcceptancePeriodic


the duct in accordance withsystem design.


X Semiannual


X Semiannual


X Semiannual



X QuarterlyVerify no point requiring detectionis obstructed or outside thedetector’s field of view.

17.8


X QuarterlyVerify no point requiring detectionis obstructed or outside thedetector’s field of view.

17.7.7;17.11.5


X Semiannual

(j) Projected beam smokedetectors



X Quarterly


18. Reserved


(a) Fire extinguisherelectronic monitoringdevice devices /systems

X Semiannual


X Semiannual

20.Fire alarm control interfaceand emergency controlfunction interface






X Semiannual



(2) Candela rating X N/AVerify that the candela ratingmarking agrees with theapproved drawings.

18.5.5



24. Reserved


347 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

AcceptancePeriodic




26. Reserved



(b) Receivers X AnnualVerify location and normalcondition.




X Semiannual


(c) Master box


(2) Auxiliary operation X Annual

29. Reserved


(a) Monitored for integrity Verify a system normal condition.


(i) Fuses X Annual




X Annual


X Annual



X Annual

(b) Not monitored forintegrity; installed prior toadoption of the 2010 edition







X Semiannual


X Semiannual



X Semiannual



348 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

AcceptancePeriodic





Correlating Committee task group on language/terms reviewed the language of the Code for consistency and grammar.

Revise "device" to be plural to align with the other equipment usage covered in line 19 of the table.




Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:



349 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM



350 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

14.3.1*


351 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM



ComponentInitial

AcceptancePeriodic




14.3.4




(1) Fuses X Annual


X Annual

(3) Lamps andLEDs

X Annual


X Annual

(5) Trouble signals XSemiannual Annual



(1) Fuses X Weekly


X Weekly

(3) Lamps andLEDs

X Weekly


X Weekly


3. Reserved




X Annual


X Annual



X Annual


352 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

AcceptancePeriodic



X Annual

5.



6. Reserved

7. Reserved

8. Reserved

9. Batteries


10.6.10

(a) Lead-acid XMonthly Semiannual Visually inspect electrolyte level.


(c) Primary (dry cell) XMonthly Semiannual


10. Reserved



X Annual


10.6



10.6


15. Reserved




(a) Air sampling


17.7.3.6


X N/A


17.7.3.6

(b) Duct detectors


Verify that detector is rigidlymounted. Confirm that nopenetrations in a return air duct existin the vicinity of the detector. Confirmthe detector is installed so as tosample the airstream at the proper

17.7.5.5


353 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

AcceptancePeriodic


location in the duct.


17.7.5.5


X Semiannual


X Semiannual


X Semiannual




17.8



17.7.7;17.11.5


X Semiannual




X Quarterly


18. Reserved



X Semiannual


X Semiannual

20.






X Semiannual


X Semiannual



(2) Candela rating X N/AVerify that the candela rating markingagrees with the approved drawings.

18.5.5


354 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

AcceptancePeriodic




24. Reserved



26. Reserved







X Semiannual


(c) Master box

(1) Manualoperation

X Semiannual


X Annual

29. Reserved





(i) Fuses X Annual




X Annual


X Annual


X Annual


X Annual







355 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

AcceptancePeriodic




X Semiannual


X Semiannual


X Semiannual


X Semiannual





These points are usually supervised and will therefore send a trouble signal.


Submitter FullName:

Michael Anthony

Organization: University of Michigan

Affilliation:University of Michigan | Business & Finance Plant Operations |@StandardsUMich

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:



356 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM


14.4.2.6

Revised computer design calculations shall be provided for air sampling systems whenever parametersaffecting system performance characteristics are modified, such as the sampling pipe network, detector firealarm threshold setting and fan speed.


SIG-IDS Technical Committee felt that additional air sampling-type smoke detection system guidance was necessary in NFPA 72. As a result, the SIG-IDS Chairman formed a task group to propose changes that would assist the fire protection community with the application, installation, inspection, testing, and maintenance of ASSD systems. This change is a result of that task group's efforts. Additionally, the task group proposed a complete re-write of section 17.7.3.6.







Submitter Full Name: Scott Golly

Organization: Jensen Hughes

Affilliation: SIG-IDS ASSD Task Group

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:



357 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM


Additional Footnotes for Table 14.4.3.2

q The battery tests in Table 14.4.3.2 Item 9 are based on VRLA batteries and it is the intent that the testsspecified in (a) thru (d) be performed in order. For other secondary battery types, refer to the batterymanufacturer’s instructions or the appropriate IEEE standard; IEEE 450 for vented lead-acid, IEEE 1106for Nickel-cadmium.

r If the charger is adjustable, adjust the output voltage to 2.265 volts per cell ±0.015 volts at 77°F (25°C)or as specified by the alarm equipment manufacturer.

s See A.14.4.3.2 Item 9 (d). A load test per Item 9(e) is permitted in lieu of an ohmic test.

t See A.14.4.3.2 Item 9 (e).


Following Table 14.4.3.2, add the following footnotes.

Basis for adding the footnote “q” is to clarify that tests in Item 9 should be performed in order due to draw down of ohmic meter affecting battery and charger voltage, footnote “r” provides charging range based on VRLA battery manufacturer’s normal charging ranges, footnote “s” is used to reference new Annex A material concerning ohmic testing and allow load testing as an alternative to ohmic measurement, and footnote “t” is used to reference new Annex A material concerning load testing.














Public Input No. 153-NFPA 72-2016 [New Section after H.1.2.5]





358 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:



359 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM


Limits of Accuracy

Where the manufacturer publishes limits of accuracy for the operational set point of a component, the testmethod shall verify operability within those limits.


In given test methods of Table 14.4.3.2 a single value is used to reference initiation of a signal. Users of this code interpret the value to be an absolute limit for actuation. Equipment manufacturers often provide operational tolerances for equipment. When a component is operated it should be verified to respond in accordance with the requirements of the Code while taking the accuracy of the component into consideration.

When testing room temperature switch actuation eight out of eight switches failed to actuate above 40F. The tolerance of the switch is 40 +/- 5F. Four out of eight switches actuated within the manufacturer's published limits of accuracy.



Public Input No. 209-NFPA 72-2016 [Section No. A.14.4.3.2]




Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:



360 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM



361 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

14.4.3.2 *


362 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM



(b) Nickel-cadmium type (1) Battery replacement X Annually Replace batteries in accordance withthe recommendations of the alarm equipment manufacturer or when the recharged battery voltage or

current falls below the manufacturer’s recommendations. (2) Charger test d X Annually With thebatteries fully charged and connected to the charger, place an ampere meter in series with the batteryunder charge. Verify the charging current is in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations for

the type of battery used. In the absence of specific information, use 1 ⁄ 30 to 1 ⁄ 25 of the batteryrating. (3) Discharge test X Annually With the battery charger disconnected, load test the batteriesfollowing the manufacturer’s recommendations. Verify the voltage level does not fall below the levelsspecified. Load testing can be by means of an artificial load equal to the full fire alarm load connected tothe battery. (4) Load voltage test X Semiannually With the battery charger disconnected, load test thebatteries following the manufacturer’s recommendations. Verify the voltage level does not fall below thelevels specified. Load testing can be by means of an artificial load equal to the full fire alarm loadconnected to the battery. Verify the float voltage for the entire battery is 1.42 volts per cell, nominal, underload. If possible, measure cells individually. (c) Sealed lead-acid type (1) Batteryreplacement X Annually Replace batteries in accordance with the recommendations of the alarmequipment manufacturer or when the recharged battery voltage or current falls below the manufacturer’srecommendations. (2) Charger test X Annually With the batteries fully charged and connected to thecharger, measure the voltage across the batteries with a voltmeter. Verify the voltage is 2.30 volts per cell±0.02 volts at 77°F (25°C) or as specified by the equipment manufacturer. (3) Dischargetest X Annually With the battery charger disconnected, load test the batteries following the manufacturer’srecommendations. Verify the voltage level does not fall below the levels specified. Load testing can be bymeans of an artificial load equal to the full fire alarm load connected to the battery. (4) Load voltagetest X Semiannually Verify the battery performs under load, in accordance with the battery manufacturer’sspecifications.

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod


2.Control equipmentand transponder


Verify correct receipt of alarm, supervisory, andtrouble signals (inputs); operation of evacuationsignals and auxiliary functions (outputs); circuitsupervision, including detection of open circuits andground faults; and power supply supervision fordetection of loss of ac power and disconnection ofsecondary batteries.


(c) Interfacedequipment

X Annually

Verify integrity of single or multiple circuits providinginterface between two or more control units. Testinterfaced equipment connections by operating orsimulating operation of the equipment beingsupervised. Verify signals required to be transmittedat the control unit.

(d) Lamps andLEDs

X Annually Illuminate lamps and LEDs.

(e) Primary (main)power supply

X AnnuallyTest under maximum load, including all alarmappliances requiring simultaneous operation. Testredundant power supplies separately.

3.Fire alarm control unittrouble signals


363 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod

(a) Audible andvisual

X AnnuallyVerify operation of control unit trouble signals. Verifyring-back feature for systems using a trouble-silencing switch that requires resetting.

(b) Disconnectswitches

X Annually

If control unit has disconnect or isolating switches,verify performance of intended function of eachswitch. Verify receipt of trouble signal when asupervised function is disconnected.

(c) Ground-faultmonitoring circuit

X AnnuallyIf the system has a ground detection feature, verifythe occurrence of ground-fault indication wheneverany installation conductor is grounded.

(d) Transmission ofsignals tooff-premises location

X AnnuallyActuate an initiating device and verify receipt ofalarm signal at the off-premises location.

Create a trouble condition and verify receipt of atrouble signal at the off-premises location.

Actuate a supervisory device and verify receipt of asupervisory signal at the off-premises location. If atransmission carrier is capable of operation under asingle- or multiple-fault condition, activate aninitiating device during such fault condition and verifyreceipt of an alarm signal and a trouble signal at theoff-premises location.

4.

Supervising stationalarm systems —transmissionequipment


a Test all system functions and features inaccordance with the equipment manufacturer’spublished instructions for correct operation inconformance with the applicable sections ofChapter 26.

Except for DACT, actuate initiating device and verifyreceipt of the correct initiating device signal at thesupervising station within 90 seconds. Uponcompletion of the test, restore the system to itsfunctional operating condition.

If test jacks are used, conduct the first and last testswithout the use of the test jack.

(b) Digital alarmcommunicatortransmitter (DACT)

X Annually

Except for DACTs installed prior to adoption of the2013 edition of NFPA 72 that are connected to atelephone line (number) that is also supervised foradverse conditions by a derived local channel,ensure connection of the DACT to two separatemeans of transmission.

Test DACT for line seizure capability by initiating asignal while using the telephone line (primary line forDACTs using two telephone lines) for a telephonecall. Ensure that the call is interrupted and that thecommunicator connects to the digital alarm receiver.Verify receipt of the correct signal at the supervisingstation. Verify each transmission attempt iscompleted within 90 seconds from going off-hook toon-hook.


364 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod

Disconnect the telephone line (primary line forDACTs using two telephone lines) from the DACT.Verify indication of the DACT trouble signal occurs atthe premises fire alarm control unit within 4 minutesof detection of the fault. Verify receipt of thetelephone line trouble signal at the supervisingstation. Restore the telephone line (primary line forDACTs using two telephone lines), reset the firealarm control unit, and verify that the telephone linefault trouble signal returns to normal. Verify that thesupervising station receives the restoral signal fromthe DACT.

Disconnect the secondary means of transmissionfrom the DACT. Verify indication of the DACT troublesignal occurs at the premises fire alarm control unitwithin 4 minutes of detection of the fault. Verifyreceipt of the secondary means trouble signal at thesupervising station. Restore the secondary means oftransmission, reset the fire alarm control unit, andverify that the trouble signal returns to normal. Verifythat the supervising station receives the restoralsignal from the secondary transmitter.

Cause the DACT to transmit a signal to the DACRwhile a fault in the telephone line (number) (primaryline for DACTs using two telephone lines) issimulated. Verify utilization of the secondarycommunication path by the DACT to complete thetransmission to the DACR.

(c) Digital alarmradio transmitter(DART)

X AnnuallyDisconnect the primary telephone line. Verifytransmission of a trouble signal to the supervisingstation by the DART occurs within 4 minutes.

(d) McCullohtransmitter

X AnnuallyActuate initiating device. Verify production of not lessthan three complete rounds of not less than threesignal impulses each by the McCulloh transmitter.

If end-to-end metallic continuity is present and with abalanced circuit, cause each of the following fourtransmission channel fault conditions in turn, andverify receipt of correct signals at the supervisingstation:

(1) Open

(2) Ground


(4) Open and ground

If end-to-end metallic continuity is not present andwith a properly balanced circuit, cause each of thefollowing three transmission channel fault conditionsin turn, and verify receipt of correct signals at thesupervising station:

(1) Open

(2) Ground


(e) Radio alarmtransmitter (RAT)

X AnnuallyCause a fault between elements of the transmittingequipment. Verify indication of the fault at theprotected premises, or transmission of trouble signal


365 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod

to the supervising station.

(f)Performance-basedtechnologies

X Annually

Perform tests to ensure the monitoring of integrity ofthe transmission technology and technology path.

Where shared communications equipment is usedas permitted by 26.6.3.1.14, provided secondary(standby) power sources shall be tested inaccordance with Table 14.4.3.2, item 7, 8, or 9, asapplicable.

Where a single communications path is used,disconnect the communication path. Manuallyinitiate an alarm signal transmission or allow thecheck-in (handshake) signal to be transmitted

automatically. b Verify the premises unitannunciates the failure within 200 seconds of thetransmission failure. Restore the communicationpath.

Where multiple communication paths are used,disconnect both communication paths. Manuallyinitiate an alarm signal transmission. Verify thepremises control unit annunciates the failure within200 seconds of the transmission failure. Restoreboth communication paths.

5.Emergencycommunicationsequipment

(a) Amplifier/tonegenerators

X AnnuallyVerify correct switching and operation of backupequipment.

(b) Call-in signalsilence

X AnnuallyOperate/function and verify receipt of correct visualand audible signals at control unit.

(c) Off-hookindicator (ring down)

X AnnuallyInstall phone set or remove phone from hook andverify receipt of signal at control unit.

(d) Phone jacks X AnnuallyVisually inspect phone jack and initiatecommunications path through jack.

(e) Phone set X Annually Activate each phone set and verify correct operation.

(f) Systemperformance

X AnnuallyOperate the system with a minimum of any fivehandsets simultaneously. Verify voice quality andclarity.

6.Engine-drivengenerator

X Monthly

If an engine-driven generator dedicated to thesystem is used as a required power source, verifyoperation of the generator in accordance withNFPA 110 by the building owner.

7.Secondary (standby)

power supply c X Annually

Disconnect all primary (main) power supplies andverify the occurrence of required trouble indicationfor loss of primary power. Measure or verify thesystem’s standby and alarm current demand andverify the ability of batteries to meet standby andalarm requirements using manufacturer’s data.Operate general alarm systems a minimum of5 minutes and emergency voice communicationssystems for a minimum of 15 minutes. Reconnectprimary (main) power supply at end of test.


366 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod

8.Uninterruptible powersupply (UPS)

X Annually

If a UPS system dedicated to the system is used asa required power source, verify by the buildingowner operation of the UPS system in accordancewith NFPA 111.

9.

Battery tests Prior to conducting any battery testing, verify by the person conducting the test, that allsystem software stored in volatile memory is protected from loss. (a) Lead-acid type (1) Batteryreplacement X Annually Replace batteries in accordance with the recommendations of the alarmequipment manufacturer or when the recharged battery voltage or current falls below the manufacturer’srecommendations. (2) Charger test X Annually With the batteries fully charged and connected to thecharger, measure the voltage across the batteries with a voltmeter. Verify the voltage is 2.30 volts per cell±0.02 volts at 77°F (25°C) or as specified by the equipment manufacturer. (3) Dischargetest X Annually With the battery charger disconnected, load test the batteries following the manufacturer’srecommendations. Verify the voltage level does not fall below the levels specified. Load testing can be bymeans of an artificial load equal to the full fire alarm load connected to the battery. (4) Load voltagetest X Semiannually With the battery charger disconnected, load test the batteries following themanufacturer’s recommendations. Verify the voltage level does not fall below the levels specified. Loadtesting can be by means of an artificial load equal to the full fire alarm load connected to the battery. Verifythe battery does not fall below 2.05 volts per cell under load. (5) Specificgravity X Semiannually Measure as required the specific gravity of the liquid in the pilot cell or all of thecells. Verify the specific gravity is within the range specified by the manufacturer. Although the specifiedspecific gravity varies from manufacturer to manufacturer, a range of 1.205–1.220 is typical for regularlead-acid batteries, while 1.240–1.260 is typical for high-performance batteries. Do not use a hydrometerthat shows only a pass or fail condition of the battery and does not indicate the specific gravity, becausesuch a reading does not give a true indication of the battery condition.

Delete Item 9, and replace with new text to read asfollows:See Attached

.

.

.

10.Public emergency alarm reporting system —wired system

X

Daily

Manual tests ofthe powersupply for publicreporting circuitsshall be madeand recorded atleast onceduring each24-hour period.Such tests shallinclude thefollowing:


367 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

(1) Current strength of each circuit. Changesin current of any circuit exceeding 10 percentshall be investigated immediately.

(2) Voltage across terminals of each circuitinside of terminals of protective devices.Changes in voltage of any circuit exceeding10 percent shall be investigated immediately.

(3) e Voltage between ground and circuits. Ifthis test shows a reading in excess of50 percent of that shown in the test specifiedin (2), the trouble shall be immediatelylocated and cleared. Readings in excess of25 percent shall be given early attention.These readings shall be taken with acalibrated voltmeter of not more than100 ohms resistance per volt. Systems inwhich each circuit is supplied by anindependent current source (Forms 3 and 4)require tests between ground and each sideof each circuit. Common current sourcesystems (Form 2) require voltage testsbetween ground and each terminal of eachbattery and other current source.

(4) Ground current reading shall be permittedin lieu of (3). If this method of testing is used,all grounds showing a current reading inexcess of 5 percent of the supplied linecurrent shall be given immediate attention.

(5) Voltage across terminals of commonbattery on switchboard side of fuses.

(6) Voltage between common batteryterminals and ground. Abnormal groundreadings shall be investigated immediately.

Tests specified in (5) and (6) shall apply onlyto those systems using a common battery. Ifmore than one common battery is used, eachcommon battery shall be tested.

11. Remote annunciators X Annually

Verify the correct operation and identificationof annunciators. If provided, verify the correctoperation of annunciator under a faultcondition.

12. Reserved

13. Reserved

14. Reserved



Test all installation conductors with avolt/ohmmeter to verify that there are nostray (unwanted) voltages betweeninstallation conductors or between installationconductors and ground. Verify the maximumallowable stray voltage does not exceed1 volt ac/dc, unless a different threshold isspecified in the published manufacturer'sinstructions for the installed equipment.


368 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM


Test all installation conductors, other thanthose intentionally and permanentlygrounded, for isolation from ground per theinstalled equipment manufacturer’s publishedinstructions.


Test all installation conductors, other thanthose intentionally connected together, forconductor-to-conductor isolation per thepublished manufacturer's instructions for theinstalled equipment. Also test these samecircuits conductor-to-ground.


With each initiating and indicating circuitinstallation conductor pair short-circuited atthe far end, measure and record theresistance of each circuit. Verify that the loopresistance does not exceed the limitsspecified in the published manufacturer'sinstructions for the installed equipment.


For initial and reacceptance testing, confirmthe introduction of a fault in any circuitmonitored for integrity results in a troubleindication at the fire alarm control unit. Openone connection at not less than 10 percent ofthe initiating devices, notification appliancesand controlled devices on every initiatingdevice circuit, notification appliance circuit,and signaling line circuit. Confirm all circuitsperform as indicated in Sections 23.5, 23.6,and 23.7.

N/A Annually

For periodic testing, test each initiatingdevice circuit, notification appliance circuit,and signaling line circuit for correct indicationat the control unit. Confirm all circuits performas indicated in Sections 23.5, 23.6, and 23.7.

16.Conductors —nonmetallic


Test the fiber-optic transmission line by theuse of an optical power meter or by anoptical time domain reflectometer used tomeasure the relative power loss of the line.Test result data must meet or exceedANSI/TIA 568-C.3, Optical Fiber CablingComponents Standard , related to fiber-opticlines and connection/splice losses and thecontrol unit manufacturer’s publishedspecifications.


For initial and reacceptance testing, confirmthe introduction of a fault in any circuitmonitored for integrity results in a troubleindication at the fire alarm control unit. Openone connection at not less than 10 percent ofthe initiating devices, notification appliances,and controlled devices on every initiatingdevice circuit, notification appliance circuit,and signaling line circuit. Confirm all circuitsperform as indicated in Sections 23.5, 23.6,and 23.7.


369 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

N/A Annually

For periodic testing, test each initiatingdevice circuit, notification appliance circuit,and signaling line circuit for correct indicationat the control unit. Confirm all circuits performas indicated in Sections 23.5, 23.6, and 23.7.

17. Initiating devices f

(a)Electromechanicalreleasing device

(1)Nonrestorable-type link

X Annually

Verify correct operation by removal of thefusible link and operation of the associateddevice. Lubricate any moving parts asnecessary.

(2) Restorable-type

link g X Annually

Verify correct operation by removal of thefusible link and operation of the associateddevice. Lubricate any moving parts asnecessary.

(b) Fire extinguishingsystem(s) orsuppression system(s)alarm switch

X AnnuallyOperate the switch mechanically orelectrically and verify receipt of signal by thefire alarm control unit.

(c) Fire–gas andother detectors

X AnnuallyTest fire–gas detectors and other firedetectors as prescribed by the manufacturerand as necessary for the application.

(d) Heat detectors

(1) Fixed-temperature,rate-of-rise, rate ofcompensation,restorable line, spottype (excludingpneumatic tube type)

X

Annually

(see14.4.4.5)

Perform heat test with a listed and labeledheat source or in accordance with themanufacturer’s published instructions.Assure that the test method for the installedequipment does not damage thenonrestorable fixed-temperature element of acombination rate-of-rise/fixed-temperatureelement detector.


X Annually

Do not perform heat test. Test functionalitymechanically and electrically. Measure andrecord loop resistance. Investigate changesfrom acceptance test.


X See Method

After 15 years from initial installation, replaceall devices or have 2 detectors per 100laboratory tested. Replace the 2 detectorswith new devices. If a failure occurs on any ofthe detectors removed, remove and testadditional detectors to determine either ageneral problem involving faulty detectors ora localized problem involving 1 or 2 defectivedetectors.

If detectors are tested instead of replaced,repeat tests at intervals of 5 years.

(4) Nonrestorable(general)

X AnnuallyDo not perform heat tests. Test functionalitymechanically and electrically.

(5) Restorable linetype, pneumatic tubeonly

X Annually

Perform heat tests (where test chambers arein circuit), with a listed and labeled heatsource or in accordance with themanufacturer's published instructions of thedetector or conduct a test with pressurepump.


370 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

(6) Single- andmultiple-station heatalarms

X AnnuallyConduct functional tests according tomanufacturer’s published instructions. Do nottest nonrestorable heat detectors with heat.


X Annually

Operate manual fire alarm boxes per themanufacturer’s published instructions. Testboth key-operated presignal and generalalarm manual fire alarm boxes.

(f) Radiant energyfire detectors

X Semiannually

Test flame detectors and spark/emberdetectors in accordance with themanufacturer’s published instructions todetermine that each detector is operative.

Determine flame detector and spark/emberdetector sensitivity using any of the following:


(2) Manufacturer’s calibrated sensitivity testinstrument

(3) Listed control unit arranged for thepurpose

(4) Other approved calibrated sensitivity testmethod that is directly proportional to theinput signal from a fire, consistent with thedetector listing or approval

If designed to be field adjustable, replacedetectors found to be outside of the approvedrange of sensitivity or adjust to bring theminto the approved range.

Do not determine flame detector andspark/ember detector sensitivity using a lightsource that administers an unmeasuredquantity of radiation at an undefined distancefrom the detector.

(g) Smoke detectors— functional test

(1) In other thanone- and two-familydwellings, systemdetectors

X Annually

h Test smoke detectors in place to ensuresmoke entry into the sensing chamber andan alarm response. Use smoke or a listedand labeled product acceptable to themanufacturer or in accordance with theirpublished instructions. Other methods listedin the manufacturer's published instructionsthat ensure smoke entry from the protectedarea, through the vents, into the sensingchamber can be used.

(2) Single- andmultiple-station smokealarms connected toprotected premisessystems

X Annually

Perform a functional test on all single- andmultiple-station smoke alarms connected to aprotected premises fire alarm system byputting the smoke alarm into an alarmcondition and verifying that the protectedpremises system receives a supervisorysignal and does not cause a fire alarm signal.

(3) System smokedetectors used in one-and two-familydwellings

X AnnuallyConduct functional tests according tomanufacturer’s published instructions.


371 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM


Test with smoke or a listed and labeledproduct acceptable to the manufacturer or inaccordance with their published instructions.Test from the end sampling port or point oneach pipe run. Verify airflow through all otherports or points.


In addition to the testing required in Table14.4.3.2(g)(1) and Table 14.4.3.2(h), test ductsmoke detectors that use sampling tubes toensure that they will properly sample theairstream in the duct using a methodacceptable to the manufacturer or inaccordance with their published instructions.

(6) Projected beamtype

X AnnuallyTest the detector by introducing smoke, otheraerosol, or an optical filter into the beampath.

(7) Smoke detectorwith built-in thermalelement

X AnnuallyOperate both portions of the detectorindependently as described for the respectivedevices.

(8) Smokedetectors with controloutput functions

X Annually

Verify that the control capability remainsoperable even if all of the initiating devicesconnected to the same initiating device circuitor signaling line circuit are in an alarm state.

(h) Smoke detectors— sensitivity testing

In other than one-and two-familydwellings, systemdetectors

N/A See 14.4.4.3

i Perform any of the following tests to ensurethat each smoke detector is within its listedand marked sensitivity range:



(3) Listed control equipment arranged for thepurpose

(4) Smoke detector/control unit arrangementwhereby the detector causes a signal at thecontrol unit when its sensitivity is outside itslisted sensitivity range

(5) Other calibrated sensitivity test methodapproved by the authority having jurisdiction

(i) Carbon monoxidedetectors/carbonmonoxide alarms forthe purposes of firedetection

X Annually

Test the devices in place to ensure CO entryto the sensing chamber by introductionthrough the vents, to the sensing chamber oflisted and labeled product acceptable to themanufacturer or in accordance with theirpublished instructions.

(j) Initiating devices,supervisory

(1) Control valveswitch

X Semiannual

Operate valve and verify signal receipt to bewithin the first two revolutions of thehandwheel or within one-fifth of the traveldistance, or per the manufacturer’s publishedinstructions.

(2) High- or low-airpressure switch

X Annually

Operate switch and verify receipt of signal isobtained where the required pressure isincreased or decreased a maximum 10 psi


372 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

(70 kPa) from the required pressure level.

(3) Roomtemperature switch

X Annually

Operate switch and verify receipt of signal toindicate the decrease in room temperature to40°F (4.4°C) and its restoration to above40°F (4.4°C).

(4) Water levelswitch

X Annually

Operate switch and verify receipt of signalindicating the water level raised or lowered amaximum 3 in. (70 mm) from the requiredlevel within a pressure tank, or a maximum12 in. (300 mm) from the required level of anonpressure tank. Also verify its restoral torequired level.

(5) Watertemperature switch

X Annually

Operate switch and verify receipt of signal toindicate the decrease in water temperature to40°F (4.4°C) and its restoration to above40°F (4.4°C).

(k) Mechanical,electrosonic, orpressure-typewaterflow device

X Semiannually

Water shall be flowed through an inspector'stest connection indicating the flow of waterequal to that from a single sprinkler of thesmallest orifice size installed in the systemfor wet-pipe systems, or an alarm test bypassconnection for dry-pipe, pre-action, or delugesystems in accordance with NFPA 25.

(l) Multi-sensor firedetector or multi-criteriafire detector orcombination firedetector

X Annually

Test each of the detection principles presentwithin the detector (e.g., smoke/heat/CO,etc.) independently for the specific detectionprinciple, regardless of the configurationstatus at the time of testing. Also test eachdetector in accordance with the publishedmanufacturer's instructions.

Test individual sensors together if thetechnology allows individual sensorresponses to be verified.

Perform tests as described for the respectivedevices by introduction of the physicalphenomena to the sensing chamber ofelement. An electronic check (magnets,analog values, etc.) is not sufficient to complywith this requirement.

Verify by using the detector manufacturer'spublished instructions that the test gas usedwill not impair the operation of either sensingchamber of a multisensor, multicriteria, orcombination fire detector.

Confirm the result of each sensor testthrough indication at the detector or controlunit.

Where individual sensors cannot be tested

individually, test the primary sensor. j


18.Special hazardequipment

(a) Abort switch(dead-man type)

X AnnuallyOperate abort switch and verify correctsequence and operation.

(b) Abort switch(recycle type)

X AnnuallyOperate abort switch and verify developmentof correct matrix with each sensor operated.


373 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

(c) Abort switch(special type)

X Annually

Operate abort switch and verify correctsequence and operation in accordance withauthority having jurisdiction. Observesequencing as specified on as-built drawingsor in system owner’s manual.

(d) Cross-zonedetection circuit

X Annually

Operate one sensor or detector on eachzone. Verify occurrence of correct sequencewith operation of first zone and then withoperation of second zone.

(e) Matrix-type circuit X AnnuallyOperate all sensors in system. Verifydevelopment of correct matrix with eachsensor operated.

(f) Release solenoid

circuit k X Annually Verify operation of solenoid.

(g) Squibb releasecircuit

X AnnuallyUse AGI flashbulb or other test lightapproved by the manufacturer. Verifyoperation of flashbulb or light.

(h) Verified,sequential, or countingzone circuit

X Annually

Operate required sensors at a minimum offour locations in circuit. Verify correctsequence with both the first and seconddetector in alarm.

(i) All above devicesor circuits orcombinations thereof

X AnnuallyVerify supervision of circuits by creating anopen circuit.


(a) Fire extinguisherelectronic monitoringdevice/system

X Annually

Test communication between the deviceconnecting the fire extinguisher electronicmonitoring device/system and the fire alarmcontrol unit to ensure proper signals arereceived at the fire alarm control unit andremote annunciator(s) if applicable.

(b) Carbon

monoxide l

device/system

X Annually

Test communication between the deviceconnecting the carbon monoxidedevice/system and the fire alarm control unitto ensure proper signals are received at thefire alarm control unit and remoteannunciator(s) if applicable.

20. Interface equipment m X See 14.4.4.4

Test interface equipment connections byoperating or simulating the equipment beingsupervised. Verify signals required to betransmitted are received at the control unit.Test frequency for interface equipment is thesame as the frequency required by theapplicable NFPA standard(s) for theequipment being supervised.

21. Guard’s tour equipment X AnnuallyTest the device in accordance with themanufacturer’s published instructions.

22.Alarm notificationappliances

(a) Audible n X N/A

For initial and reacceptance testing, measuresound pressure levels for signals with asound level meter meeting ANSI S1.4a,Specifications for Sound Level Meters, Type2 requirements. Measure sound pressurelevels throughout the protected area toconfirm that they are in compliance with


374 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

Chapter 18. Set the sound level meter inaccordance with ANSI S3.41, AmericanNational Standard Audible EvacuationSignal, using the time-weightedcharacteristic F (FAST).

N/A Annuallyo For periodic testing, verify the operation ofthe notification appliances.

(b) Audible textualnotification appliances(speakers and otherappliances to conveyvoice messages)

X N/A

For initial and reacceptance testing, measuresound pressure levels for signals with asound level meter meeting ANSI S1.4a,Specifications for Sound Level Meters, Type2 requirements. Measure sound pressurelevels throughout the protected area toconfirm that they are in compliance withChapter 18. Set the sound level meter inaccordance with ANSI S3.41, AmericanNational Standard Audible EvacuationSignal, using the time-weightedcharacteristic F (FAST).

Verify audible information to bedistinguishable and understandable and incompliance with 14.4.11.

N/A Annuallyo For periodic testing, verify the operation ofthe notification appliances.

(c) Visible X N/A

Perform initial and reacceptance testing inaccordance with the manufacturer’spublished instructions. Verify appliancelocations to be per approved layout andconfirm that no floor plan changes affect theapproved layout. Verify that the candelarating marking agrees with the approveddrawing. Confirm that each applianceflashes.

N/A AnnuallyFor periodic testing, verify that eachappliance flashes.

23.Exit marking audiblenotification appliance

X AnnuallyPerform tests in accordance withmanufacturer's published instructions.

24.Emergency control

functions p X Annually

For initial, reacceptance, and periodic testing,verify emergency control function interfacedevice activation. Where an emergencycontrol function interface device is disabledor disconnected during initiating devicetesting, verify that the disabled ordisconnected emergency control functioninterface device has been properly restored.


X Annually

Use the manufacturer’s publishedinstructions and the as-built drawingsprovided by the system supplier to verifycorrect operation after the initial testingphase has been performed by the supplier orby the supplier’s designated representative.

Test the two-way communication system toverify operation and receipt of visual andaudible signals at the transmitting unit andthe receiving unit, respectively.


375 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

Operate systems with more than five stationswith a minimum of five stations operatingsimultaneously.


Verify directions for the use of the two-waycommunication system, instructions forsummoning assistance via the two-waycommunication system, and writtenidentification of the location is postedadjacent to the two-way communicationsystem.

Verify that all remote stations are readilyaccessible.

Verify the timed automatic communicationscapability to connect with a constantlyattended monitoring location per 24.5.3.4.


(a) Alarm verification X AnnuallyVerify time delay and alarm response forsmoke detector circuits identified as havingalarm verification.

(b) Multiplex systems X AnnuallyVerify communications between sending andreceiving units under both primary andsecondary power.

Verify communications between sending andreceiving units under open-circuit and short-circuit trouble conditions.

Verify communications between sending andreceiving units in all directions where multiplecommunications pathways are provided.

If redundant central control equipment isprovided, verify switchover and all requiredfunctions and operations of secondarycontrol equipment.

Verify all system functions and features inaccordance with manufacturer’s publishedinstructions.

27.Supervising stationalarm systems —receiving equipment


Perform tests on all system functions andfeatures in accordance with the equipmentmanufacturer’s published instructions forcorrect operation in conformance with theapplicable sections of Chapter 26.

Actuate initiating device and verify receipt ofthe correct initiating device signal at thesupervising station within 90 seconds. Uponcompletion of the test, restore the system toits functional operating condition.

If test jacks are used, perform the first andlast tests without the use of the test jack.

(b) Digital alarmcommunicator receiver(DACR)

X Monthly

Disconnect each transmission means in turnfrom the DACR, and verify audible and visualannunciation of a trouble signal in thesupervising station.


376 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

Cause a signal to be transmitted on eachindividual incoming DACR line (path) at leastonce every 6 hours (24 hours for DACTsinstalled prior to adoption of the 2013 editionof NFPA 72 ). Verify receipt of these signals.

(c) Digital alarm radioreceiver (DARR)

X Monthly

Cause the following conditions of all DARRson all subsidiary and repeater stationreceiving equipment. Verify receipt at thesupervising station of correct signals for eachof the following conditions:

(1) AC power failure of the radio equipment


(3) Antenna and interconnecting cable failure

(4) Indication of automatic switchover of theDARR

(5) Data transmission line failure between theDARR and the supervising or subsidiarystation

(d) McCullohsystems

X MonthlyTest and record the current on each circuit ateach supervising and subsidiary stationunder the following conditions:


(2) On each side of the circuit with thereceiving equipment conditioned for an opencircuit

Cause a single break or ground condition oneach transmission channel. If such a faultprevents the functioning of the circuit, verifyreceipt of a trouble signal.

Cause each of the following conditions ateach of the supervising or subsidiary stationsand all repeater station radio transmitting andreceiving equipment; verify receipt of correctsignals at the supervising station:


(2) AC power failure supplying the radioequipment


(4) Indication of automatic switchover

(e) Radio alarmsupervising stationreceiver (RASSR) andradio alarm repeaterstation receiver(RARSR)

X Monthly




(3) Indication of automatic switchover, ifapplicable

(f) Private microwaveradio systems

X Monthly



377 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM





(g)Performance-basedtechnologies

X Monthly

Perform tests to ensure the monitoring ofintegrity of the transmission technology andtechnology path.

Where a single communications path is used,disconnect the communication path. Verifythat failure of the path is annunciated at thesupervising station within 60 minutes of thefailure (within 5 minutes for communicationequipment installed prior to adoption of the2013 edition of NFPA 72 ). Restore thecommunication path.

Where multiple communication paths areused, disconnect both communication pathsand confirm that failure of the path isannunciated at the supervising station withinnot more than 6 hours of the failure (within24 hours for communication equipmentinstalled prior to adoption of the 2013 editionof NFPA 72 ). Restore both communicationpaths.

28.Public emergencyalarm reporting systemtransmission equipment


X Semiannually

Actuate publicly accessible initiatingdevice(s) and verify receipt of not less thanthree complete rounds of signal impulses.Perform this test under normal circuitconditions. If the device is equipped for opencircuit operation (ground return), test it in thiscondition as one of the semiannual tests.


Test each initiating circuit of the auxiliary boxby actuation of a protected premises initiatingdevice connected to that circuit. Verify receiptof not less than three complete rounds ofsignal impulses.

(c) Master box

(1) Manualoperation

X Semiannually Perform the tests prescribed for 28(a).


X Annually Perform the tests prescribed for 28(b).

29.Low-power radio(wireless systems)

X N/A

The following procedures describe additionalacceptance and reacceptance test methodsto verify wireless protection systemoperation:

(1) Use the manufacturer’s publishedinstructions and the as-built drawingsprovided by the system supplier to verifycorrect operation after the initial testingphase has been performed by the supplier orby the supplier’s designated representative.


378 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

(2) Starting from the functional operatingcondition, initialize the system in accordancewith the manufacturer’s publishedinstructions. Confirm the alternativecommunications path exists between thewireless control unit and peripheral devicesused to establish initiation, indication, control,and annunciation. Test the system for bothalarm and trouble conditions.

(3) Check batteries for all components in thesystem monthly unless the control unitchecks all batteries and all components daily.

30.Mass notificationsystems


At a minimum, test control equipment toverify correct receipt of alarm, supervisory,and trouble signals (inputs); operation ofevacuation signals and auxiliary functions(outputs); circuit supervision, includingdetection of open circuits and ground faults;and power supply supervision for detection ofloss of ac power and disconnection ofsecondary batteries.



X Annually

Verify integrity of single or multiple circuitsproviding interface between two or morecontrol units. Test interfaced equipmentconnections by operating or simulatingoperation of the equipment being supervised.Verify signals required to be transmitted atthe control unit.



X Annually

Disconnect all secondary (standby) powerand test under maximum load, including allalarm appliances requiring simultaneousoperation. Reconnect all secondary (standby)power at end of test. For redundant powersupplies, test each separately.

(f) Audible textualnotification appliances(speakers and otherappliances to conveyvoice messages)

X Annually

Measure sound pressure level with a soundlevel meter meeting ANSI S1.4a,Specifications for Sound Level Meters, Type2 requirements. Measure and record levelsthroughout protected area. Set the soundlevel meter in accordance with ANSI S3.41,American National Standard AudibleEvacuation Signal, using the time-weightedcharacteristic F (FAST). Record themaximum output when the audibleemergency evacuation signal is on.

Verify audible information to bedistinguishable and understandable.


Perform test in accordance withmanufacturer’s published instructions. Verifyappliance locations to be per approved layoutand confirm that no floor plan changes affectthe approved layout. Verify that the candelarating marking agrees with the approveddrawing. Confirm that each appliance


379 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

flashes.

(h) Control unitfunctions and nodiagnostic failures areindicated

X Annually

Review event log file and verify that thecorrect events were logged. Review systemdiagnostic log file; correct deficiencies notedin file. Delete unneeded log files. Deleteunneeded error files. Verify that sufficient freedisk space is available. Verify unobstructedflow of cooling air is available. Change/cleanfilters, cooling fans, and intake vents.

(i) Control unit reset X AnnuallyPower down the central control unit computerand restart it.

(j) Control unit security X AnnuallyIf remote control software is loaded onto thesystem, verify that it is disabled to preventunauthorized system access.

(k) Audible/visiblefunctional test

X Annually

Send out an alert to a diverse set ofpredesignated receiving devices and confirmreceipt. Include at least one of each type ofreceiving device.

(l) Software backup X AnnuallyMake full system software backup. Rotatebackups based on accepted practice at site.

(m) Secondary powertest

X Annually

Disconnect ac power. Verify the ac powerfailure alarm status on central controlequipment. With ac power disconnected,verify battery voltage under load.

(n) Wireless signals X AnnuallyCheck forward/reflected radio power is withinspecifications.

(o) Antenna X AnnuallyCheck forward/reflected radio power is withinspecifications. Verify solid electricalconnections with no observable corrosion.

(p) Transceivers X AnnuallyVerify proper operation and mounting is notcompromised.








hNote, it is customary for the manufacturer of the smoke detector to test a particular product from anaerosol provider to determine acceptability for use in smoke entry testing of their smoke detector/ smoke


380 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

alarm. Magnets are not acceptable for smoke entry tests.











2106_TIA_1189_Item_14..docx Table 14.3.2 Item 9


In Table 14.3.1, Item 9, delete existing text in its entirety and replace with new text.

Basis: This change is recommended by the IEEE Stationary Battery Committee and SIG-TMS Battery Task Group to provide a practical test method to monitor battery performance in fire alarm and signaling systems. The recommendation introduces correct battery terminology and deletes battery types not used as the test methods for these types contains inconsistencies and errors compared to IEEE standards or battery manufacturer’s recommendations, i.e., vented lead-acid and Nickel-cadmium. The change adds specific test methods for initial/acceptance and semiannual battery tests based on published IEEE battery standards and EPRI technical reports. Adjustment to recommended test frequencies of VRLA batteries found in published IEEE standards and EPRI technical reports is made based on fire alarm and signaling system applications compared to the substantial needs of other more complex configurations in other applications i.e., telephone switch rooms, power generation facilities. In establishing a semiannual frequency the IEEE Stationary Battery Committee and SIG-TMS Battery Task Group considered several factors including; small simple battery configurations, battery design, supervision, battery service life, and maintenance cost analysis to support a semiannual frequency. Refer to: IEEE standards 450 and 1188, EPRI technical reports 1002925 and 1006757, Enersys NP battery application manual.






381 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM



















Public Input No. 151-NFPA 72-2016 [Section No. A.10.6.10]

Public Input No. 152-NFPA 72-2016 [Section No. F.4]

Public Input No. 153-NFPA 72-2016 [New Section after H.1.2.5]





Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:



382 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

9. VRLA Battery and Chargerq

(a) Temperature test

(b) Charger testr

(c) Cell/Unit voltage test

(d) Ohmic tests

(e) Replacement/ Load testt

X

X

X

X

Semiannually Semiannually Semiannually Semiannually

3 years

Prior to conducting any battery testing, verify by the person conducting the test that all system software stored in volatile memory is protected from loss.

Upon initially opening the cabinet door, measure and record the

temperature of each battery cell/unit at the negative terminal with an infrared thermometer. Replace the battery if the temperature of any cell/unit is greater than 18°F (10°C) above the cabinet internal temperature.

With the battery fully charged and connected to the charger, measure

the voltage across the battery with a voltmeter. Verify the voltage is within the battery/alarm equipment manufacturer’s recommendations. If the voltage is outside of the specified limits, either adjust the charger to within limits or replace the charger.


the voltage of each cell/unit with a voltmeter. Replace the battery when any cell/unit measures a voltage less than 13.26 volts.

When the battery is installed, establish a baseline ohmic value for

each battery cell/unit or where available use baseline ohmic values provided by the battery or test equipment manufacturer. In either case record the baseline ohmic value on each battery cell/unit.


the internal ohmic value of each battery cell/unit. Record the test date and ohmic value on each cell/unit. Replace the battery when the ohmic measurement of any cell/unit deviates from the established baseline by 30 percent or more for conductance and 40 percent or more for resistance or impedance. Where the battery or test equipment manufacturer’s baseline ohmic values are used, replace the battery when any cell/unit has an internal ohmic value outside of the manufacturer’s acceptable range.

Replace the battery or conduct a load test of the battery. Load test the

battery based on the manufacturer’s specifications for a discharge rate of 3 hours or more by applying the current indicated for the selected hourly discharge rate continuously, until the terminal voltage decreases to the end voltage specified by the manufacturer. Record the test duration and calculate the battery capacity including adjustment for ambient temperature. Replace the battery if capacity is less than or equal to 80 percent or at the next scheduled test interval if battery capacity is less than 85 percent.



383 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

14.4.3.2 *


384 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM



ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod


2.Control equipmentand transponder


Verify correct receipt of alarm, supervisory, andtrouble signals (inputs); operation of evacuationsignals and auxiliary functions (outputs); circuitsupervision, including detection of open circuits andground faults; and power supply supervision fordetection of loss of ac power and disconnection ofsecondary batteries.



X Annually

Verify integrity of single or multiple circuits providinginterface between two or more control units. Testinterfaced equipment connections by operating orsimulating operation of the equipment beingsupervised. Verify signals required to be transmittedat the control unit.

(d) Lamps andLEDs

X Annually Illuminate lamps and LEDs.




(a) Audible andvisual

X AnnuallyVerify operation of control unit trouble signals. Verifyring-back feature for systems using a trouble-silencing switch that requires resetting.


X Annually



X AnnuallyIf the system has a ground detection feature, verifythe occurrence of ground-fault indication wheneverany installation conductor is grounded.

(d) Transmission ofsignals tooff-premises location



Actuate a supervisory device and verify receipt of asupervisory signal at the off-premises location. If atransmission carrier is capable of operation under asingle- or multiple-fault condition, activate aninitiating device during such fault condition and verifyreceipt of an alarm signal and a trouble signal at theoff-premises location.

4.

Supervising stationalarm systems —transmissionequipment


385 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod



Except for DACT, actuate initiating device and verifyreceipt of the correct initiating device signal at thesupervising station within 90 seconds. Uponcompletion of the test, restore the system to itsfunctional operating condition.

If test jacks are used, conduct the first and last testswithout the use of the test jack.


X Annually


Test DACT for line seizure capability by initiating asignal while using the telephone line (primary line forDACTs using two telephone lines) for a telephonecall. Ensure that the call is interrupted and that thecommunicator connects to the digital alarm receiver.Verify receipt of the correct signal at the supervisingstation. Verify each transmission attempt iscompleted within 90 seconds from going off-hook toon-hook.

Disconnect the telephone line (primary line forDACTs using two telephone lines) from the DACT.Verify indication of the DACT trouble signal occurs atthe premises fire alarm control unit within 4 minutesof detection of the fault. Verify receipt of thetelephone line trouble signal at the supervisingstation. Restore the telephone line (primary line forDACTs using two telephone lines), reset the firealarm control unit, and verify that the telephone linefault trouble signal returns to normal. Verify that thesupervising station receives the restoral signal fromthe DACT.

Disconnect the secondary means of transmissionfrom the DACT. Verify indication of the DACT troublesignal occurs at the premises fire alarm control unitwithin 4 minutes of detection of the fault. Verifyreceipt of the secondary means trouble signal at thesupervising station. Restore the secondary means oftransmission, reset the fire alarm control unit, andverify that the trouble signal returns to normal. Verifythat the supervising station receives the restoralsignal from the secondary transmitter.

Cause the DACT to transmit a signal to the DACRwhile a fault in the telephone line (number) (primaryline for DACTs using two telephone lines) issimulated. Verify utilization of the secondarycommunication path by the DACT to complete thetransmission to the DACR.


386 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod

(c) Digital alarmradio transmitter(DART)



X AnnuallyActuate initiating device. Verify production of not lessthan three complete rounds of not less than threesignal impulses each by the McCulloh transmitter.

If end-to-end metallic continuity is present and with abalanced circuit, cause each of the following fourtransmission channel fault conditions in turn, andverify receipt of correct signals at the supervisingstation:

(1) Open

(2) Ground


(4) Open and ground

If end-to-end metallic continuity is not present andwith a properly balanced circuit, cause each of thefollowing three transmission channel fault conditionsin turn, and verify receipt of correct signals at thesupervising station:

(1) Open

(2) Ground



X Annually

Cause a fault between elements of the transmittingequipment. Verify indication of the fault at theprotected premises, or transmission of trouble signalto the supervising station.


X Annually

Perform tests to ensure the monitoring of integrity ofthe transmission technology and technology path.



automatically. b Verify the premises unitannunciates the failure within 200 seconds of thetransmission failure. Restore the communicationpath.

Where multiple communication paths are used,disconnect both communication paths. Manuallyinitiate an alarm signal transmission. Verify thepremises control unit annunciates the failure within200 seconds of the transmission failure. Restoreboth communication paths.



387 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod




X AnnuallyOperate/function and verify receipt of correct visualand audible signals at control unit.

(c) Off-hookindicator (ring down)



(e) Phone set X Annually Activate each phone set and verify correct operation.




X Monthly


7

8 .Secondary (standby)

power supply c

X

X

X

Annually

Annually

Disconnect all primary (main) power supplies and verify theoccurrence of required trouble indication for loss of primarypower.

Measure or verify the system’s standby and alarm currentdemand using the equipment manufacturer’s data and verifythe

ability of batteries to meet standby and alarm requirements using manufacturer’s data.

battery's rated capacity exceeds the system's power demand including the safety margin.

Operate general alarm systems a minimum of 5 minutes and emergency voice communications systemsfor a minimum of 15 minutes. Reconnect primary (main) power supply at end of test.

8

7 .Uninterruptible powersupply (UPS)

X Annually

If a UPS system dedicated to the system is used as arequired power source, verify by the building owneroperation of the UPS system in accordance withNFPA 111.

9. Battery testsPrior to conducting any battery testing, verify by theperson conducting the test, that all system softwarestored in volatile memory is protected from loss.

(a) Lead-acid type

(1) Batteryreplacement

X Annually

Replace batteries in accordance with therecommendations of the alarm equipment manufactureror when the recharged battery voltage or current fallsbelow the manufacturer’s recommendations.


With the batteries fully charged and connected to thecharger, measure the voltage across the batteries with avoltmeter. Verify the voltage is 2.30 volts per cell±0.02 volts at 77°F (25°C) or as specified by theequipment manufacturer.


With the battery charger disconnected, load test thebatteries following the manufacturer’s recommendations.Verify the voltage level does not fall below the levelsspecified. Load testing can be by means of an artificialload equal to the full fire alarm load connected to thebattery.


388 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM


With the battery charger disconnected, load test thebatteries following the manufacturer’s recommendations.Verify the voltage level does not fall below the levelsspecified. Load testing can be by means of an artificialload equal to the full fire alarm load connected to thebattery. Verify the battery does not fall below 2.05 voltsper cell under load.


Measure as required the specific gravity of the liquid inthe pilot cell or all of the cells. Verify the specific gravityis within the range specified by the manufacturer.Although the specified specific gravity varies frommanufacturer to manufacturer, a range of 1.205–1.220 istypical for regular lead-acid batteries, while 1.240–1.260is typical for high-performance batteries. Do not use ahydrometer that shows only a pass or fail condition ofthe battery and does not indicate the specific gravity,because such a reading does not give a true indicationof the battery condition.

(b) Nickel-cadmiumtype


X Annually


(2) Charger test d X Annually

With the batteries fully charged and connected to thecharger, place an ampere meter in series with thebattery under charge. Verify the charging current is inaccordance with the manufacturer’s recommendationsfor the type of battery used. In the absence of specific

information, use 1 ⁄ 30 to 1 ⁄ 25 of the battery rating.


With the battery charger disconnected, load test thebatteries following the manufacturer’s recommendations.Verify the voltage level does not fall below the levelsspecified. Load testing can be by means of an artificialload equal to the full fire alarm load connected to thebattery.


With the battery charger disconnected, load test thebatteries following the manufacturer’s recommendations.Verify the voltage level does not fall below the levelsspecified. Load testing can be by means of an artificialload equal to the full fire alarm load connected to thebattery. Verify the float voltage for the entire battery is1.42 volts per cell, nominal, under load. If possible,measure cells individually.

(c) Sealed lead-acidtype


X Annually



With the batteries fully charged and connected to thecharger, measure the voltage across the batteries with avoltmeter. Verify the voltage is 2.30 volts per cell±0.02 volts at 77°F (25°C) or as specified by theequipment manufacturer.

(3) Discharge test X AnnuallyWith the battery charger disconnected, load test thebatteries following the manufacturer’s recommendations.


389 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

Verify the voltage level does not fall below the levelsspecified. Load testing can be by means of an artificialload equal to the full fire alarm load connected to thebattery.

(4) Load voltage test X SemiannuallyVerify the battery performs under load, in accordancewith the battery manufacturer’s specifications.

10.Public emergency alarmreporting system —wired system

X Daily

Manual tests of the power supply for public reportingcircuits shall be made and recorded at least once duringeach 24-hour period. Such tests shall include thefollowing:

(1) Current strength of each circuit. Changes in currentof any circuit exceeding 10 percent shall be investigatedimmediately.

(2) Voltage across terminals of each circuit inside ofterminals of protective devices. Changes in voltage ofany circuit exceeding 10 percent shall be investigatedimmediately.

(3) e Voltage between ground and circuits. If this testshows a reading in excess of 50 percent of that shown inthe test specified in (2), the trouble shall be immediatelylocated and cleared. Readings in excess of 25 percentshall be given early attention. These readings shall betaken with a calibrated voltmeter of not more than100 ohms resistance per volt. Systems in which eachcircuit is supplied by an independent current source(Forms 3 and 4) require tests between ground and eachside of each circuit. Common current source systems(Form 2) require voltage tests between ground and eachterminal of each battery and other current source.

(4) Ground current reading shall be permitted in lieu of(3). If this method of testing is used, all grounds showinga current reading in excess of 5 percent of the suppliedline current shall be given immediate attention.

(5) Voltage across terminals of common battery onswitchboard side of fuses.

(6) Voltage between common battery terminals andground. Abnormal ground readings shall be investigatedimmediately.

Tests specified in (5) and (6) shall apply only to thosesystems using a common battery. If more than onecommon battery is used, each common battery shall betested.

11. Remote annunciators X AnnuallyVerify the correct operation and identification ofannunciators. If provided, verify the correct operation ofannunciator under a fault condition.

12. Reserved

13. Reserved

14. Reserved



Test all installation conductors with a volt/ohmmeter toverify that there are no stray (unwanted) voltagesbetween installation conductors or between installationconductors and ground. Verify the maximum allowablestray voltage does not exceed 1 volt ac/dc, unless adifferent threshold is specified in the publishedmanufacturer's instructions for the installed equipment.


390 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM


Test all installation conductors, other than thoseintentionally and permanently grounded, for isolationfrom ground per the installed equipment manufacturer’spublished instructions.


Test all installation conductors, other than thoseintentionally connected together, for conductor-to-conductor isolation per the published manufacturer'sinstructions for the installed equipment. Also test thesesame circuits conductor-to-ground.


With each initiating and indicating circuit installationconductor pair short-circuited at the far end, measureand record the resistance of each circuit. Verify that theloop resistance does not exceed the limits specified inthe published manufacturer's instructions for theinstalled equipment.


For initial and reacceptance testing, confirm theintroduction of a fault in any circuit monitored for integrityresults in a trouble indication at the fire alarm controlunit. Open one connection at not less than 10 percent ofthe initiating devices, notification appliances andcontrolled devices on every initiating device circuit,notification appliance circuit, and signaling line circuit.Confirm all circuits perform as indicated in Sections23.5, 23.6, and 23.7.

N/A Annually

For periodic testing, test each initiating device circuit,notification appliance circuit, and signaling line circuit forcorrect indication at the control unit. Confirm all circuitsperform as indicated in Sections 23.5, 23.6, and 23.7.



Test the fiber-optic transmission line by the use of anoptical power meter or by an optical time domainreflectometer used to measure the relative power loss ofthe line. Test result data must meet or exceed ANSI/TIA568-C.3, Optical Fiber Cabling Components Standard ,related to fiber-optic lines and connection/splice lossesand the control unit manufacturer’s publishedspecifications.


For initial and reacceptance testing, confirm theintroduction of a fault in any circuit monitored for integrityresults in a trouble indication at the fire alarm controlunit. Open one connection at not less than 10 percent ofthe initiating devices, notification appliances, andcontrolled devices on every initiating device circuit,notification appliance circuit, and signaling line circuit.Confirm all circuits perform as indicated in Sections23.5, 23.6, and 23.7.

N/A Annually

For periodic testing, test each initiating device circuit,notification appliance circuit, and signaling line circuit forcorrect indication at the control unit. Confirm all circuitsperform as indicated in Sections 23.5, 23.6, and 23.7.


(a) Electromechanicalreleasing device


X AnnuallyVerify correct operation by removal of the fusible link andoperation of the associated device. Lubricate anymoving parts as necessary.


391 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

(2) Restorable-type

link g X AnnuallyVerify correct operation by removal of the fusible link andoperation of the associated device. Lubricate anymoving parts as necessary.

(b) Fire extinguishingsystem(s) or suppressionsystem(s) alarm switch

X AnnuallyOperate the switch mechanically or electrically and verifyreceipt of signal by the fire alarm control unit.

(c) Fire–gas and otherdetectors

X AnnuallyTest fire–gas detectors and other fire detectors asprescribed by the manufacturer and as necessary for theapplication.

(d) Heat detectors

(1) Fixed-temperature, rate-of-rise,rate of compensation,restorable line, spot type(excluding pneumatictube type)

X

Annually

(see14.4.4.5)

Perform heat test with a listed and labeled heat sourceor in accordance with the manufacturer’s publishedinstructions. Assure that the test method for the installedequipment does not damage the nonrestorable fixed-temperature element of a combination rate-of-rise/fixed-temperature element detector.


X AnnuallyDo not perform heat test. Test functionality mechanicallyand electrically. Measure and record loop resistance.Investigate changes from acceptance test.


X See Method

After 15 years from initial installation, replace all devicesor have 2 detectors per 100 laboratory tested. Replacethe 2 detectors with new devices. If a failure occurs onany of the detectors removed, remove and testadditional detectors to determine either a generalproblem involving faulty detectors or a localized probleminvolving 1 or 2 defective detectors.

If detectors are tested instead of replaced, repeat testsat intervals of 5 years.




X Annually

Perform heat tests (where test chambers are in circuit),with a listed and labeled heat source or in accordancewith the manufacturer's published instructions of thedetector or conduct a test with pressure pump.


X AnnuallyConduct functional tests according to manufacturer’spublished instructions. Do not test nonrestorable heatdetectors with heat.


X AnnuallyOperate manual fire alarm boxes per the manufacturer’spublished instructions. Test both key-operated presignaland general alarm manual fire alarm boxes.

(f) Radiant energy firedetectors

X SemiannuallyTest flame detectors and spark/ember detectors inaccordance with the manufacturer’s publishedinstructions to determine that each detector is operative.

Determine flame detector and spark/ember detectorsensitivity using any of the following:


(2) Manufacturer’s calibrated sensitivity test instrument

(3) Listed control unit arranged for the purpose

(4) Other approved calibrated sensitivity test method thatis directly proportional to the input signal from a fire,consistent with the detector listing or approval

If designed to be field adjustable, replace detectorsfound to be outside of the approved range of sensitivityor adjust to bring them into the approved range.


392 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

Do not determine flame detector and spark/emberdetector sensitivity using a light source that administersan unmeasured quantity of radiation at an undefineddistance from the detector.



X Annually

h Test smoke detectors in place to ensure smoke entryinto the sensing chamber and an alarm response. Usesmoke or a listed and labeled product acceptable to themanufacturer or in accordance with their publishedinstructions. Other methods listed in the manufacturer'spublished instructions that ensure smoke entry from theprotected area, through the vents, into the sensingchamber can be used.


X Annually

Perform a functional test on all single- and multiple-station smoke alarms connected to a protected premisesfire alarm system by putting the smoke alarm into analarm condition and verifying that the protected premisessystem receives a supervisory signal and does notcause a fire alarm signal.

(3) System smokedetectors used in one-and two-family dwellings

X AnnuallyConduct functional tests according to manufacturer’spublished instructions.


Test with smoke or a listed and labeled productacceptable to the manufacturer or in accordance withtheir published instructions. Test from the end samplingport or point on each pipe run. Verify airflow through allother ports or points.


In addition to the testing required in Table 14.4.3.2(g)(1)and Table 14.4.3.2(h), test duct smoke detectors thatuse sampling tubes to ensure that they will properlysample the airstream in the duct using a methodacceptable to the manufacturer or in accordance withtheir published instructions.


X AnnuallyTest the detector by introducing smoke, other aerosol, oran optical filter into the beam path.


X AnnuallyOperate both portions of the detector independently asdescribed for the respective devices.

(8) Smoke detectorswith control outputfunctions

X Annually

Verify that the control capability remains operable even ifall of the initiating devices connected to the sameinitiating device circuit or signaling line circuit are in analarm state.


In other than one-and two-family dwellings,system detectors

N/A See 14.4.4.3

i Perform any of the following tests to ensure that eachsmoke detector is within its listed and marked sensitivityrange:


(2) Manufacturer’s calibrated sensitivity test instrument

(3) Listed control equipment arranged for the purpose

(4) Smoke detector/control unit arrangement wherebythe detector causes a signal at the control unit when itssensitivity is outside its listed sensitivity range


393 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

(5) Other calibrated sensitivity test method approved bythe authority having jurisdiction

(i) Carbon monoxidedetectors/carbonmonoxide alarms for thepurposes of fire detection

X Annually

Test the devices in place to ensure CO entry to thesensing chamber by introduction through the vents, tothe sensing chamber of listed and labeled productacceptable to the manufacturer or in accordance withtheir published instructions.



X Semiannual

Operate valve and verify signal receipt to be within thefirst two revolutions of the handwheel or within one-fifthof the travel distance, or per the manufacturer’spublished instructions.


X Annually

Operate switch and verify receipt of signal is obtainedwhere the required pressure is increased or decreased amaximum 10 psi (70 kPa) from the required pressurelevel.


X AnnuallyOperate switch and verify receipt of signal to indicate thedecrease in room temperature to 40°F (4.4°C) and itsrestoration to above 40°F (4.4°C).


X Annually

Operate switch and verify receipt of signal indicating thewater level raised or lowered a maximum 3 in. (70 mm)from the required level within a pressure tank, or amaximum 12 in. (300 mm) from the required level of anonpressure tank. Also verify its restoral to requiredlevel.


X AnnuallyOperate switch and verify receipt of signal to indicate thedecrease in water temperature to 40°F (4.4°C) and itsrestoration to above 40°F (4.4°C).

(k) Mechanical,electrosonic, orpressure-type waterflowdevice

X Semiannually

Water shall be flowed through an inspector's testconnection indicating the flow of water equal to that froma single sprinkler of the smallest orifice size installed inthe system for wet-pipe systems, or an alarm testbypass connection for dry-pipe, pre-action, or delugesystems in accordance with NFPA 25.

(l) Multi-sensor firedetector or multi-criteriafire detector orcombination fire detector

X Annually

Test each of the detection principles present within thedetector (e.g., smoke/heat/CO, etc.) independently forthe specific detection principle, regardless of theconfiguration status at the time of testing. Also test eachdetector in accordance with the publishedmanufacturer's instructions.

Test individual sensors together if the technology allowsindividual sensor responses to be verified.

Perform tests as described for the respective devices byintroduction of the physical phenomena to the sensingchamber of element. An electronic check (magnets,analog values, etc.) is not sufficient to comply with thisrequirement.

Verify by using the detector manufacturer's publishedinstructions that the test gas used will not impair theoperation of either sensing chamber of a multisensor,multicriteria, or combination fire detector.

Confirm the result of each sensor test through indicationat the detector or control unit.

Where individual sensors cannot be tested individually,

test the primary sensor. j


394 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM




X AnnuallyOperate abort switch and verify correct sequence andoperation.


X AnnuallyOperate abort switch and verify development of correctmatrix with each sensor operated.


X Annually

Operate abort switch and verify correct sequence andoperation in accordance with authority havingjurisdiction. Observe sequencing as specified on as-builtdrawings or in system owner’s manual.


X AnnuallyOperate one sensor or detector on each zone. Verifyoccurrence of correct sequence with operation of firstzone and then with operation of second zone.

(e) Matrix-type circuit X AnnuallyOperate all sensors in system. Verify development ofcorrect matrix with each sensor operated.




X AnnuallyUse AGI flashbulb or other test light approved by themanufacturer. Verify operation of flashbulb or light.

(h) Verified, sequential,or counting zone circuit

X AnnuallyOperate required sensors at a minimum of four locationsin circuit. Verify correct sequence with both the first andsecond detector in alarm.

(i) All above devices orcircuits or combinationsthereof

X Annually Verify supervision of circuits by creating an open circuit.



X Annually

Test communication between the device connecting thefire extinguisher electronic monitoring device/system andthe fire alarm control unit to ensure proper signals arereceived at the fire alarm control unit and remoteannunciator(s) if applicable.

(b) Carbon monoxide l

device/systemX Annually

Test communication between the device connecting thecarbon monoxide device/system and the fire alarmcontrol unit to ensure proper signals are received at thefire alarm control unit and remote annunciator(s) ifapplicable.


Test interface equipment connections by operating orsimulating the equipment being supervised. Verifysignals required to be transmitted are received at thecontrol unit. Test frequency for interface equipment is thesame as the frequency required by the applicable NFPAstandard(s) for the equipment being supervised.

21. Guard’s tour equipment X AnnuallyTest the device in accordance with the manufacturer’spublished instructions.


(a) Audible n X N/A

For initial and reacceptance testing, measure soundpressure levels for signals with a sound level metermeeting ANSI S1.4a, Specifications for Sound LevelMeters, Type 2 requirements. Measure sound pressurelevels throughout the protected area to confirm that theyare in compliance with Chapter 18. Set the sound levelmeter in accordance with ANSI S3.41, AmericanNational Standard Audible Evacuation Signal, using the


395 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

time-weighted characteristic F (FAST).

N/A Annuallyo For periodic testing, verify the operation of thenotification appliances.


X N/A

For initial and reacceptance testing, measure soundpressure levels for signals with a sound level metermeeting ANSI S1.4a, Specifications for Sound LevelMeters, Type 2 requirements. Measure sound pressurelevels throughout the protected area to confirm that theyare in compliance with Chapter 18. Set the sound levelmeter in accordance with ANSI S3.41, AmericanNational Standard Audible Evacuation Signal, using thetime-weighted characteristic F (FAST).

Verify audible information to be distinguishable andunderstandable and in compliance with 14.4.11.


(c) Visible X N/A

Perform initial and reacceptance testing in accordancewith the manufacturer’s published instructions. Verifyappliance locations to be per approved layout andconfirm that no floor plan changes affect the approvedlayout. Verify that the candela rating marking agrees withthe approved drawing. Confirm that each applianceflashes.

N/A Annually For periodic testing, verify that each appliance flashes.


X AnnuallyPerform tests in accordance with manufacturer'spublished instructions.



For initial, reacceptance, and periodic testing, verifyemergency control function interface device activation.Where an emergency control function interface device isdisabled or disconnected during initiating device testing,verify that the disabled or disconnected emergencycontrol function interface device has been properlyrestored.


X Annually

Use the manufacturer’s published instructions and theas-built drawings provided by the system supplier toverify correct operation after the initial testing phase hasbeen performed by the supplier or by the supplier’sdesignated representative.

Test the two-way communication system to verifyoperation and receipt of visual and audible signals at thetransmitting unit and the receiving unit, respectively.

Operate systems with more than five stations with aminimum of five stations operating simultaneously.


Verify directions for the use of the two-waycommunication system, instructions for summoningassistance via the two-way communication system, andwritten identification of the location is posted adjacent tothe two-way communication system.

Verify that all remote stations are readily accessible.

Verify the timed automatic communications capability toconnect with a constantly attended monitoring locationper 24.5.3.4.



396 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

(a) Alarm verification X AnnuallyVerify time delay and alarm response for smoke detectorcircuits identified as having alarm verification.

(b) Multiplex systems X AnnuallyVerify communications between sending and receivingunits under both primary and secondary power.

Verify communications between sending and receivingunits under open-circuit and short-circuit troubleconditions.

Verify communications between sending and receivingunits in all directions where multiple communicationspathways are provided.

If redundant central control equipment is provided, verifyswitchover and all required functions and operations ofsecondary control equipment.

Verify all system functions and features in accordancewith manufacturer’s published instructions.

27.Supervising station alarmsystems — receivingequipment


Perform tests on all system functions and features inaccordance with the equipment manufacturer’spublished instructions for correct operation inconformance with the applicable sections of Chapter 26.

Actuate initiating device and verify receipt of the correctinitiating device signal at the supervising station within90 seconds. Upon completion of the test, restore thesystem to its functional operating condition.

If test jacks are used, perform the first and last testswithout the use of the test jack.


X MonthlyDisconnect each transmission means in turn from theDACR, and verify audible and visual annunciation of atrouble signal in the supervising station.

Cause a signal to be transmitted on each individualincoming DACR line (path) at least once every 6 hours(24 hours for DACTs installed prior to adoption of the2013 edition of NFPA 72 ). Verify receipt of thesesignals.


X Monthly

Cause the following conditions of all DARRs on allsubsidiary and repeater station receiving equipment.Verify receipt at the supervising station of correct signalsfor each of the following conditions:




(4) Indication of automatic switchover of the DARR

(5) Data transmission line failure between the DARR andthe supervising or subsidiary station

(d) McCulloh systems X MonthlyTest and record the current on each circuit at eachsupervising and subsidiary station under the followingconditions:


(2) On each side of the circuit with the receivingequipment conditioned for an open circuit


397 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

Cause a single break or ground condition on eachtransmission channel. If such a fault prevents thefunctioning of the circuit, verify receipt of a troublesignal.

Cause each of the following conditions at each of thesupervising or subsidiary stations and all repeaterstation radio transmitting and receiving equipment; verifyreceipt of correct signals at the supervising station:


(2) AC power failure supplying the radio equipment



(e) Radio alarmsupervising stationreceiver (RASSR) andradio alarm repeaterstation receiver (RARSR)

X Monthly




(3) Indication of automatic switchover, if applicable


X Monthly







X Monthly

Perform tests to ensure the monitoring of integrity of thetransmission technology and technology path.

Where a single communications path is used,disconnect the communication path. Verify that failure ofthe path is annunciated at the supervising station within60 minutes of the failure (within 5 minutes forcommunication equipment installed prior to adoption ofthe 2013 edition of NFPA 72 ). Restore thecommunication path.

Where multiple communication paths are used,disconnect both communication paths and confirm thatfailure of the path is annunciated at the supervisingstation within not more than 6 hours of the failure (within24 hours for communication equipment installed prior toadoption of the 2013 edition of NFPA 72 ). Restore bothcommunication paths.



X Semiannually

Actuate publicly accessible initiating device(s) and verifyreceipt of not less than three complete rounds of signalimpulses. Perform this test under normal circuitconditions. If the device is equipped for open circuitoperation (ground return), test it in this condition as oneof the semiannual tests.


398 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM


Test each initiating circuit of the auxiliary box byactuation of a protected premises initiating deviceconnected to that circuit. Verify receipt of not less thanthree complete rounds of signal impulses.

(c) Master box

(1) Manual operation X Semiannually Perform the tests prescribed for 28(a).




X N/AThe following procedures describe additionalacceptance and reacceptance test methods to verifywireless protection system operation:

(1) Use the manufacturer’s published instructions andthe as-built drawings provided by the system supplier toverify correct operation after the initial testing phase hasbeen performed by the supplier or by the supplier’sdesignated representative.

(2) Starting from the functional operating condition,initialize the system in accordance with themanufacturer’s published instructions. Confirm thealternative communications path exists between thewireless control unit and peripheral devices used toestablish initiation, indication, control, and annunciation.Test the system for both alarm and trouble conditions.

(3) Check batteries for all components in the systemmonthly unless the control unit checks all batteries andall components daily.



At a minimum, test control equipment to verify correctreceipt of alarm, supervisory, and trouble signals(inputs); operation of evacuation signals and auxiliaryfunctions (outputs); circuit supervision, includingdetection of open circuits and ground faults; and powersupply supervision for detection of loss of ac power anddisconnection of secondary batteries.



Verify integrity of single or multiple circuits providinginterface between two or more control units. Testinterfaced equipment connections by operating orsimulating operation of the equipment being supervised.Verify signals required to be transmitted at the controlunit.


(e) Primary (main) powersupply

X Annually

Disconnect all secondary (standby) power and testunder maximum load, including all alarm appliancesrequiring simultaneous operation. Reconnect allsecondary (standby) power at end of test. For redundantpower supplies, test each separately.


X Annually

Measure sound pressure level with a sound level metermeeting ANSI S1.4a, Specifications for Sound LevelMeters, Type 2 requirements. Measure and recordlevels throughout protected area. Set the sound levelmeter in accordance with ANSI S3.41, AmericanNational Standard Audible Evacuation Signal, using thetime-weighted characteristic F (FAST). Record themaximum output when the audible emergency


399 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

evacuation signal is on.

Verify audible information to be distinguishable andunderstandable.


Perform test in accordance with manufacturer’spublished instructions. Verify appliance locations to beper approved layout and confirm that no floor planchanges affect the approved layout. Verify that thecandela rating marking agrees with the approveddrawing. Confirm that each appliance flashes.

(h) Control unit functionsand no diagnosticfailures are indicated

X Annually

Review event log file and verify that the correct eventswere logged. Review system diagnostic log file; correctdeficiencies noted in file. Delete unneeded log files.Delete unneeded error files. Verify that sufficient freedisk space is available. Verify unobstructed flow ofcooling air is available. Change/clean filters, coolingfans, and intake vents.

(i) Control unit reset X AnnuallyPower down the central control unit computer and restartit.

(j) Control unit security X AnnuallyIf remote control software is loaded onto the system,verify that it is disabled to prevent unauthorized systemaccess.


X AnnuallySend out an alert to a diverse set of predesignatedreceiving devices and confirm receipt. Include at leastone of each type of receiving device.

(l) Software backup X AnnuallyMake full system software backup. Rotate backupsbased on accepted practice at site.


X AnnuallyDisconnect ac power. Verify the ac power failure alarmstatus on central control equipment. With ac powerdisconnected, verify battery voltage under load.


(o) Antenna X AnnuallyCheck forward/reflected radio power is withinspecifications. Verify solid electrical connections with noobservable corrosion.








gFusible thermal link detectors are commonly used to close fire doors and fire dampers. They are actuated


400 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

by the presence of external heat, which causes a solder element in the link to fuse, or by an electric thermaldevice, which, when energized, generates heat within the body of the link, causing the link to fuse andseparate.











Revise Table 14.4.3.2 Item 7. text and renumber as Item 8. Renumber Table 14.4.3.2 Item 8. as Item 7.

Basis: This change is made to require the functional operation of the secondary power supply at initial acceptance only. The secondary supply (battery) is tested semiannually per the requirements of Item 9. Conversely Item 9 does not provide precise operability requirements for initial/acceptance because the battery has yet to “fully form”. In addition, the safety factor required by Chapter 10 needed to be added in the verification of the battery rated capacity. Renumbering places the Secondary (standby) power supply requirement adjacent to the battery test methods of Item 9 and places the Item 8 UPS adjacent to Item 6 Engine-driven generator.











401 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM









Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:



402 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM



403 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

14.4.3.2 *


404 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM



ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod


2.Control equipment andtransponder


Verify correct receipt of alarm, supervisory, andtrouble signals (inputs); operation of evacuationsignals and auxiliary functions (outputs); circuitsupervision, including detection of open circuitsand ground faults; and power supplysupervision for detection of loss of ac power anddisconnection of secondary batteries.



X Annually

Verify integrity of single or multiple circuitsproviding interface between two or more controlunits. Test interfaced equipment connections byoperating or simulating operation of theequipment being supervised. Verify signalsrequired to be transmitted at the control unit.



X AnnuallyTest under maximum load, including all alarmappliances requiring simultaneous operation.Test redundant power supplies separately.


(a) Audible and visual X AnnuallyVerify operation of control unit trouble signals.Verify ring-back feature for systems using atrouble-silencing switch that requires resetting.


X Annually

If control unit has disconnect or isolatingswitches, verify performance of intendedfunction of each switch. Verify receipt of troublesignal when a supervised function isdisconnected.


X Annually

If the system has a ground detection feature,verify the occurrence of ground-fault indicationwhenever any installation conductor isgrounded.

(d) Transmission ofsignals to off-premiseslocation



Actuate a supervisory device and verify receiptof a supervisory signal at the off-premiseslocation. If a transmission carrier is capable ofoperation under a single- or multiple-faultcondition, activate an initiating device duringsuch fault condition and verify receipt of analarm signal and a trouble signal at theoff-premises location.


405 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod

4.Supervising stationalarm systems —transmission equipment



Except for DACT, actuate initiating device andverify receipt of the correct initiating devicesignal at the supervising station within90 seconds. Upon completion of the test,restore the system to its functional operatingcondition.

If test jacks are used, conduct the first and lasttests without the use of the test jack.


X Annually

Except for DACTs installed prior to adoption ofthe 2013 edition of NFPA 72 that are connectedto a telephone line (number) that is alsosupervised for adverse conditions by a derivedlocal channel, ensure connection of the DACTto two separate means of transmission.

Test DACT for line seizure capability by initiatinga signal while using the telephone line (primaryline for DACTs using two telephone lines) for atelephone call. Ensure that the call is interruptedand that the communicator connects to thedigital alarm receiver. Verify receipt of thecorrect signal at the supervising station. Verifyeach transmission attempt is completed within90 seconds from going off-hook to on-hook.

Disconnect the telephone line (primary line forDACTs using two telephone lines) from theDACT. Verify indication of the DACT troublesignal occurs at the premises fire alarm controlunit within 4 minutes of detection of the fault.Verify receipt of the telephone line trouble signalat the supervising station. Restore thetelephone line (primary line for DACTs using twotelephone lines), reset the fire alarm control unit,and verify that the telephone line fault troublesignal returns to normal. Verify that thesupervising station receives the restoral signalfrom the DACT.

Disconnect the secondary means oftransmission from the DACT. Verify indication ofthe DACT trouble signal occurs at the premisesfire alarm control unit within 4 minutes ofdetection of the fault. Verify receipt of thesecondary means trouble signal at thesupervising station. Restore the secondarymeans of transmission, reset the fire alarmcontrol unit, and verify that the trouble signalreturns to normal. Verify that the supervisingstation receives the restoral signal from thesecondary transmitter.


406 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod

Cause the DACT to transmit a signal to theDACR while a fault in the telephone line(number) (primary line for DACTs using twotelephone lines) is simulated. Verify utilization ofthe secondary communication path by theDACT to complete the transmission to theDACR.

(c) Digital alarm radiotransmitter (DART)

X Annually

Disconnect the primary telephone line. Verifytransmission of a trouble signal to thesupervising station by the DART occurs within4 minutes.


X Annually

Actuate initiating device. Verify production of notless than three complete rounds of not less thanthree signal impulses each by the McCullohtransmitter.

If end-to-end metallic continuity is present andwith a balanced circuit, cause each of thefollowing four transmission channel faultconditions in turn, and verify receipt of correctsignals at the supervising station:

(1) Open

(2) Ground


(4) Open and ground

If end-to-end metallic continuity is not presentand with a properly balanced circuit, cause eachof the following three transmission channel faultconditions in turn, and verify receipt of correctsignals at the supervising station:

(1) Open

(2) Ground



X Annually

Cause a fault between elements of thetransmitting equipment. Verify indication of thefault at the protected premises, or transmissionof trouble signal to the supervising station.


X Annually


Where shared communications equipment isused as permitted by 26.6.3.1.14, providedsecondary (standby) power sources shall betested in accordance with Table 14.4.3.2, item 7,8, or 9, as applicable.


automatically. b Verify the premises unitannunciates the failure within 200 seconds ofthe transmission failure. Restore thecommunication path.


407 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod

Where multiple communication paths are used,disconnect both communication paths. Manuallyinitiate an alarm signal transmission. Verify thepremises control unit annunciates the failurewithin 200 seconds of the transmission failure.Restore both communication paths.





X AnnuallyOperate/function and verify receipt of correctvisual and audible signals at control unit.

(c) Off-hook indicator(ring down)

X AnnuallyInstall phone set or remove phone from hookand verify receipt of signal at control unit.


(e) Phone set X AnnuallyActivate each phone set and verify correctoperation.


X AnnuallyOperate the system with a minimum of any fivehandsets simultaneously. Verify voice qualityand clarity.


X Monthly

If an engine-driven generator dedicated to thesystem is used as a required power source,verify operation of the generator in accordancewith NFPA 110 by the building owner.



Disconnect all primary (main) power suppliesand verify the occurrence of required troubleindication for loss of primary power. Measure orverify the system’s standby and alarm currentdemand and verify the ability of batteries tomeet standby and alarm requirements usingmanufacturer’s data. Operate general alarmsystems a minimum of 5 minutes andemergency voice communications systems for aminimum of 15 minutes. Reconnect primary(main) power supply at end of test.


X Annually

If a UPS system dedicated to the system isused as a required power source, verify by thebuilding owner operation of the UPS system inaccordance with NFPA 111.

9. Battery tests

Prior to conducting any battery testing, verify bythe person conducting the test, that all systemsoftware stored in volatile memory is protectedfrom loss.

(a) Lead-acid type


X Annually

Replace batteries in accordance with therecommendations of the alarm equipmentmanufacturer or when the recharged batteryvoltage or current falls below the manufacturer’srecommendations.

(2) Charger test X AnnuallyWith the batteries fully charged and connectedto the charger, measure the voltage across the


408 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod

batteries with a voltmeter. Verify the voltage is2.30 volts per cell ±0.02 volts at 77°F (25°C) oras specified by the equipment manufacturer.


With the battery charger disconnected, load testthe batteries following the manufacturer’srecommendations. Verify the voltage level doesnot fall below the levels specified. Load testingcan be by means of an artificial load equal tothe full fire alarm load connected to the battery.

(4) Load voltagetest

X Semiannually

With the battery charger disconnected, load testthe batteries following the manufacturer’srecommendations. Verify the voltage level doesnot fall below the levels specified. Load testingcan be by means of an artificial load equal tothe full fire alarm load connected to the battery.Verify the battery does not fall below 2.05 voltsper cell under load.


Measure as required the specific gravity of theliquid in the pilot cell or all of the cells. Verify thespecific gravity is within the range specified bythe manufacturer. Although the specifiedspecific gravity varies from manufacturer tomanufacturer, a range of 1.205–1.220 is typicalfor regular lead-acid batteries, while1.240–1.260 is typical for high-performancebatteries. Do not use a hydrometer that showsonly a pass or fail condition of the battery anddoes not indicate the specific gravity, becausesuch a reading does not give a true indication ofthe battery condition.



X Annually



With the batteries fully charged and connectedto the charger, place an ampere meter in serieswith the battery under charge. Verify thecharging current is in accordance with themanufacturer’s recommendations for the type ofbattery used. In the absence of specific

information, use 1 ⁄ 30 to 1 ⁄ 25 of the batteryrating.




X Semiannually

With the battery charger disconnected, load testthe batteries following the manufacturer’srecommendations. Verify the voltage level doesnot fall below the levels specified. Load testing


409 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod

can be by means of an artificial load equal tothe full fire alarm load connected to the battery.Verify the float voltage for the entire battery is1.42 volts per cell, nominal, under load. Ifpossible, measure cells individually.



X Annually



With the batteries fully charged and connectedto the charger, measure the voltage across thebatteries with a voltmeter. Verify the voltage is2.30 volts per cell ±0.02 volts at 77°F (25°C) oras specified by the equipment manufacturer.




X SemiannuallyVerify the battery performs under load, inaccordance with the battery manufacturer’sspecifications.

10.Public emergencyalarm reporting system— wired system

X Daily

Manual tests of the power supply for publicreporting circuits shall be made and recorded atleast once during each 24-hour period. Suchtests shall include the following:

(1) Current strength of each circuit. Changes incurrent of any circuit exceeding 10 percent shallbe investigated immediately.


(3) e Voltage between ground and circuits. Ifthis test shows a reading in excess of50 percent of that shown in the test specified in(2), the trouble shall be immediately located andcleared. Readings in excess of 25 percent shallbe given early attention. These readings shallbe taken with a calibrated voltmeter of not morethan 100 ohms resistance per volt. Systems inwhich each circuit is supplied by an independentcurrent source (Forms 3 and 4) require testsbetween ground and each side of each circuit.Common current source systems (Form 2)require voltage tests between ground and eachterminal of each battery and other currentsource.

(4) Ground current reading shall be permitted inlieu of (3). If this method of testing is used, allgrounds showing a current reading in excess of


410 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod

5 percent of the supplied line current shall begiven immediate attention.

(5) Voltage across terminals of common batteryon switchboard side of fuses.

(6) Voltage between common battery terminalsand ground. Abnormal ground readings shall beinvestigated immediately.

Tests specified in (5) and (6) shall apply only tothose systems using a common battery. If morethan one common battery is used, eachcommon battery shall be tested.

11. Remote annunciators X AnnuallyVerify the correct operation and identification ofannunciators. If provided, verify the correctoperation of annunciator under a fault condition.

12. Reserved

13. Reserved

14. Reserved



Test all installation conductors with avolt/ohmmeter to verify that there are no stray(unwanted) voltages between installationconductors or between installation conductorsand ground. Verify the maximum allowable strayvoltage does not exceed 1 volt ac/dc, unless adifferent threshold is specified in the publishedmanufacturer's instructions for the installedequipment.


Test all installation conductors, other than thoseintentionally and permanently grounded, forisolation from ground per the installedequipment manufacturer’s publishedinstructions.


Test all installation conductors, other than thoseintentionally connected together, for conductor-to-conductor isolation per the publishedmanufacturer's instructions for the installedequipment. Also test these same circuitsconductor-to-ground.


With each initiating and indicating circuitinstallation conductor pair short-circuited at thefar end, measure and record the resistance ofeach circuit. Verify that the loop resistance doesnot exceed the limits specified in the publishedmanufacturer's instructions for the installedequipment.


For initial and reacceptance testing, confirm theintroduction of a fault in any circuit monitored forintegrity results in a trouble indication at the firealarm control unit. Open one connection at notless than 10 percent of the initiating devices,notification appliances and controlled deviceson every initiating device circuit, notificationappliance circuit, and signaling line circuit.Confirm all circuits perform as indicated in


411 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod

Sections 23.5, 23.6, and 23.7.

N/A Annually

For periodic testing, test each initiating devicecircuit, notification appliance circuit, andsignaling line circuit for correct indication at thecontrol unit. Confirm all circuits perform asindicated in Sections 23.5, 23.6, and 23.7.



Test the fiber-optic transmission line by the useof an optical power meter or by an optical timedomain reflectometer used to measure therelative power loss of the line. Test result datamust meet or exceed ANSI/TIA 568-C.3,Optical Fiber Cabling Components Standard ,related to fiber-optic lines and connection/splicelosses and the control unit manufacturer’spublished specifications.


For initial and reacceptance testing, confirm theintroduction of a fault in any circuit monitored forintegrity results in a trouble indication at the firealarm control unit. Open one connection at notless than 10 percent of the initiating devices,notification appliances, and controlled deviceson every initiating device circuit, notificationappliance circuit, and signaling line circuit.Confirm all circuits perform as indicated inSections 23.5, 23.6, and 23.7.

N/A Annually





X AnnuallyVerify correct operation by removal of the fusiblelink and operation of the associated device.Lubricate any moving parts as necessary.

(2) Restorable-type

link g X AnnuallyVerify correct operation by removal of the fusiblelink and operation of the associated device.Lubricate any moving parts as necessary.


X AnnuallyOperate the switch mechanically or electricallyand verify receipt of signal by the fire alarmcontrol unit.


X AnnuallyTest fire–gas detectors and other fire detectorsas prescribed by the manufacturer and asnecessary for the application.

(d) Heat detectors

(1) Fixed-temperature,rate-of-rise, rate ofcompensation,

X

Annually

(see14.4.4.5)

Perform heat test with a listed and labeled heatsource or in accordance with the manufacturer’spublished instructions. Assure that the testmethod for the installed equipment does not


412 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod

restorable line, spottype (excludingpneumatic tube type)

damage the nonrestorable fixed-temperatureelement of a combination rate-of-rise/fixed-temperature element detector.


X Annually



X See Method

After 15 years from initial installation, replace alldevices or have 2 detectors per 100 laboratorytested. Replace the 2 detectors with newdevices. If a failure occurs on any of thedetectors removed, remove and test additionaldetectors to determine either a general probleminvolving faulty detectors or a localized probleminvolving 1 or 2 defective detectors.





X Annually

Perform heat tests (where test chambers are incircuit), with a listed and labeled heat source orin accordance with the manufacturer's publishedinstructions of the detector or conduct a testwith pressure pump.




X Annually

Operate manual fire alarm boxes per themanufacturer’s published instructions. Test bothkey-operated presignal and general alarmmanual fire alarm boxes.


X Semiannually

Test flame detectors and spark/ember detectorsin accordance with the manufacturer’s publishedinstructions to determine that each detector isoperative.





(4) Other approved calibrated sensitivity testmethod that is directly proportional to the inputsignal from a fire, consistent with the detectorlisting or approval

If designed to be field adjustable, replacedetectors found to be outside of the approvedrange of sensitivity or adjust to bring them intothe approved range.

Do not determine flame detector andspark/ember detector sensitivity using a lightsource that administers an unmeasured quantityof radiation at an undefined distance from the


413 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod

detector.



X Annually

h Test smoke detectors in place to ensuresmoke entry into the sensing chamber and analarm response. Use smoke or a listed andlabeled product acceptable to the manufactureror in accordance with their publishedinstructions. Other methods listed in themanufacturer's published instructions thatensure smoke entry from the protected area,through the vents, into the sensing chamber canbe used.


X Annually

Perform a functional test on all single- andmultiple-station smoke alarms connected to aprotected premises fire alarm system by puttingthe smoke alarm into an alarm condition andverifying that the protected premises systemreceives a supervisory signal and does notcause a fire alarm signal.




Test with smoke or a listed and labeled productacceptable to the manufacturer or inaccordance with their published instructions.Test from the end sampling port or point oneach pipe run. Verify airflow through all otherports or points.


In addition to the testing required in Table14.4.3.2(g)(1) and Table 14.4.3.2(h), test ductsmoke detectors that use sampling tubes toensure that they will properly sample theairstream in the duct using a method acceptableto the manufacturer or in accordance with theirpublished instructions.


X AnnuallyTest the detector by introducing smoke, otheraerosol, or an optical filter into the beam path.




X Annually

Verify that the control capability remainsoperable even if all of the initiating devicesconnected to the same initiating device circuit orsignaling line circuit are in an alarm state.



N/A See 14.4.4.3

i Perform any of the following tests to ensurethat each smoke detector is within its listed andmarked sensitivity range:



414 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod






X Annually

Test the devices in place to ensure CO entry tothe sensing chamber by introduction through thevents, to the sensing chamber of listed andlabeled product acceptable to the manufactureror in accordance with their publishedinstructions.



X Semiannual

Operate valve and verify signal receipt to bewithin the first two revolutions of the handwheelor within one-fifth of the travel distance, or perthe manufacturer’s published instructions.


X Annually

Operate switch and verify receipt of signal isobtained where the required pressure isincreased or decreased a maximum 10 psi(70 kPa) from the required pressure level.

(3) Steampressure

(4) Pressuresupervisorydevices forother sources


X

X

X

Annually

Annually

Annually

Operate switch and verify receipt of signal toindicate the decrease in room temperature to40°F (4.4°C) and its restoration to above 40°F(4.4°C).

Operate switch and verify receipt of signal isobtained before pressure decreases to 110percent of the minimum operating pressure ofthe steam-operated equipment.

Operate switch and verify receipt of signal isobtained where the required pressure isincreased or decreased from the normaloperating pressure by an amount specified inapproved design documents.


X Annually

Operate switch and verify receipt of signalindicating the water level raised or lowered amaximum 3 in. (70 mm) from the required levelwithin a pressure tank, or a maximum 12 in.(300 mm) from the required level of anonpressure tank. Also verify its restoral torequired level.


X Annually

Operate switch and verify receipt of signal toindicate the decrease in water temperature to40°F (4.4°C) and its restoration to above 40°F(4.4°C).

(k) Mechanical,electrosonic, orpressure-type waterflow

X Semiannually

Water shall be flowed through an inspector'stest connection indicating the flow of waterequal to that from a single sprinkler of the


415 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod

device

smallest orifice size installed in the system forwet-pipe systems, or an alarm test bypassconnection for dry-pipe, pre-action, or delugesystems in accordance with NFPA 25.


X Annually

Test each of the detection principles presentwithin the detector (e.g., smoke/heat/CO, etc.)independently for the specific detectionprinciple, regardless of the configuration statusat the time of testing. Also test each detector inaccordance with the published manufacturer'sinstructions.

Test individual sensors together if thetechnology allows individual sensor responsesto be verified.

Perform tests as described for the respectivedevices by introduction of the physicalphenomena to the sensing chamber of element.An electronic check (magnets, analog values,etc.) is not sufficient to comply with thisrequirement.

Verify by using the detector manufacturer'spublished instructions that the test gas used willnot impair the operation of either sensingchamber of a multisensor, multicriteria, orcombination fire detector.

Confirm the result of each sensor test throughindication at the detector or control unit.








X AnnuallyOperate abort switch and verify development ofcorrect matrix with each sensor operated.


X Annually

Operate abort switch and verify correctsequence and operation in accordance withauthority having jurisdiction. Observesequencing as specified on as-built drawings orin system owner’s manual.


X Annually

Operate one sensor or detector on each zone.Verify occurrence of correct sequence withoperation of first zone and then with operation ofsecond zone.

(e) Matrix-type circuit X AnnuallyOperate all sensors in system. Verifydevelopment of correct matrix with each sensoroperated.




X AnnuallyUse AGI flashbulb or other test light approvedby the manufacturer. Verify operation offlashbulb or light.


416 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod


X AnnuallyOperate required sensors at a minimum of fourlocations in circuit. Verify correct sequence withboth the first and second detector in alarm.


X AnnuallyVerify supervision of circuits by creating an opencircuit.



X Annually

Test communication between the deviceconnecting the fire extinguisher electronicmonitoring device/system and the fire alarmcontrol unit to ensure proper signals arereceived at the fire alarm control unit andremote annunciator(s) if applicable.

(b) Carbon

monoxide l

device/system

X Annually

Test communication between the deviceconnecting the carbon monoxide device/systemand the fire alarm control unit to ensure propersignals are received at the fire alarm control unitand remote annunciator(s) if applicable.


Test interface equipment connections byoperating or simulating the equipment beingsupervised. Verify signals required to betransmitted are received at the control unit. Testfrequency for interface equipment is the sameas the frequency required by the applicableNFPA standard(s) for the equipment beingsupervised.



(a) Audible n X N/A

For initial and reacceptance testing, measuresound pressure levels for signals with a soundlevel meter meeting ANSI S1.4a, Specificationsfor Sound Level Meters, Type 2 requirements.Measure sound pressure levels throughout theprotected area to confirm that they are incompliance with Chapter 18. Set the sound levelmeter in accordance with ANSI S3.41,American National Standard Audible EvacuationSignal, using the time-weighted characteristic F(FAST).



X N/A



417 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod

Verify audible information to be distinguishableand understandable and in compliance with14.4.11.


(c) Visible X N/A

Perform initial and reacceptance testing inaccordance with the manufacturer’s publishedinstructions. Verify appliance locations to be perapproved layout and confirm that no floor planchanges affect the approved layout. Verify thatthe candela rating marking agrees with theapproved drawing. Confirm that each applianceflashes.

N/A AnnuallyFor periodic testing, verify that each applianceflashes.





For initial, reacceptance, and periodic testing,verify emergency control function interfacedevice activation. Where an emergency controlfunction interface device is disabled ordisconnected during initiating device testing,verify that the disabled or disconnectedemergency control function interface device hasbeen properly restored.


X Annually

Use the manufacturer’s published instructionsand the as-built drawings provided by thesystem supplier to verify correct operation afterthe initial testing phase has been performed bythe supplier or by the supplier’s designatedrepresentative.

Test the two-way communication system toverify operation and receipt of visual andaudible signals at the transmitting unit and thereceiving unit, respectively.



Verify directions for the use of the two-waycommunication system, instructions forsummoning assistance via the two-waycommunication system, and writtenidentification of the location is posted adjacentto the two-way communication system.


Verify the timed automatic communicationscapability to connect with a constantly attendedmonitoring location per 24.5.3.4.



418 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod

(a) Alarm verification X AnnuallyVerify time delay and alarm response for smokedetector circuits identified as having alarmverification.




If redundant central control equipment isprovided, verify switchover and all requiredfunctions and operations of secondary controlequipment.




Perform tests on all system functions andfeatures in accordance with the equipmentmanufacturer’s published instructions for correctoperation in conformance with the applicablesections of Chapter 26.

Actuate initiating device and verify receipt of thecorrect initiating device signal at the supervisingstation within 90 seconds. Upon completion ofthe test, restore the system to its functionaloperating condition.

If test jacks are used, perform the first and lasttests without the use of the test jack.


X Monthly


Cause a signal to be transmitted on eachindividual incoming DACR line (path) at leastonce every 6 hours (24 hours for DACTsinstalled prior to adoption of the 2013 edition ofNFPA 72 ). Verify receipt of these signals.


X Monthly

Cause the following conditions of all DARRs onall subsidiary and repeater station receivingequipment. Verify receipt at the supervisingstation of correct signals for each of thefollowing conditions:






419 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod

(5) Data transmission line failure between theDARR and the supervising or subsidiary station

(d) McCulloh systems X MonthlyTest and record the current on each circuit ateach supervising and subsidiary station underthe following conditions:




Cause each of the following conditions at eachof the supervising or subsidiary stations and allrepeater station radio transmitting and receivingequipment; verify receipt of correct signals atthe supervising station:






X Monthly






X Monthly







X Monthly


Where a single communications path is used,disconnect the communication path. Verify thatfailure of the path is annunciated at thesupervising station within 60 minutes of thefailure (within 5 minutes for communicationequipment installed prior to adoption of the 2013


420 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod

edition of NFPA 72 ). Restore thecommunication path.

Where multiple communication paths are used,disconnect both communication paths andconfirm that failure of the path is annunciated atthe supervising station within not more than6 hours of the failure (within 24 hours forcommunication equipment installed prior toadoption of the 2013 edition of NFPA 72 ).Restore both communication paths.



X Semiannually

Actuate publicly accessible initiating device(s)and verify receipt of not less than threecomplete rounds of signal impulses. Performthis test under normal circuit conditions. If thedevice is equipped for open circuit operation(ground return), test it in this condition as one ofthe semiannual tests.


Test each initiating circuit of the auxiliary box byactuation of a protected premises initiatingdevice connected to that circuit. Verify receipt ofnot less than three complete rounds of signalimpulses.

(c) Master box

(1) Manualoperation





X N/AThe following procedures describe additionalacceptance and reacceptance test methods toverify wireless protection system operation:

(1) Use the manufacturer’s publishedinstructions and the as-built drawings providedby the system supplier to verify correctoperation after the initial testing phase has beenperformed by the supplier or by the supplier’sdesignated representative.

(2) Starting from the functional operatingcondition, initialize the system in accordancewith the manufacturer’s published instructions.Confirm the alternative communications pathexists between the wireless control unit andperipheral devices used to establish initiation,indication, control, and annunciation. Test thesystem for both alarm and trouble conditions.

(3) Check batteries for all components in thesystem monthly unless the control unit checksall batteries and all components daily.



421 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod


At a minimum, test control equipment to verifycorrect receipt of alarm, supervisory, and troublesignals (inputs); operation of evacuation signalsand auxiliary functions (outputs); circuitsupervision, including detection of open circuitsand ground faults; and power supplysupervision for detection of loss of ac power anddisconnection of secondary batteries.



X Annually




X Annually

Disconnect all secondary (standby) power andtest under maximum load, including all alarmappliances requiring simultaneous operation.Reconnect all secondary (standby) power atend of test. For redundant power supplies, testeach separately.


X Annually

Measure sound pressure level with a soundlevel meter meeting ANSI S1.4a, Specificationsfor Sound Level Meters, Type 2 requirements.Measure and record levels throughout protectedarea. Set the sound level meter in accordancewith ANSI S3.41, American National StandardAudible Evacuation Signal, using thetime-weighted characteristic F (FAST). Recordthe maximum output when the audibleemergency evacuation signal is on.

Verify audible information to be distinguishableand understandable.


Perform test in accordance with manufacturer’spublished instructions. Verify appliancelocations to be per approved layout and confirmthat no floor plan changes affect the approvedlayout. Verify that the candela rating markingagrees with the approved drawing. Confirm thateach appliance flashes.


X Annually

Review event log file and verify that the correctevents were logged. Review system diagnosticlog file; correct deficiencies noted in file. Deleteunneeded log files. Delete unneeded error files.Verify that sufficient free disk space is available.Verify unobstructed flow of cooling air isavailable. Change/clean filters, cooling fans,and intake vents.




422 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod


X Annually




X Annually

Disconnect ac power. Verify the ac power failurealarm status on central control equipment. Withac power disconnected, verify battery voltageunder load.


(o) Antenna X AnnuallyCheck forward/reflected radio power is withinspecifications. Verify solid electrical connectionswith no observable corrosion.














mA monitor module installed on an interface device is not considered a supervisory device and thereforenot subject to the quarterly testing frequency requirement. Test frequencies for interface devices should be


423 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

in accordance with the applicable standard. For example, fire pump controller alarms such as phasereversal are required to be tested annually. If a monitor module is installed to identify phase reversal on thefire alarm control panel, it is not necessary to test for phase reversal four times a year.





The 2013 edition of NFPA 72 combined frequency Table 14.4.5 and methods Table 14.4.2.2. In doing so, some supervisory device types listed in Table 14.4.5 Item 15. (l) were not included in the 2013 edition of NFPA 72 Table 14.4.3.2. Since that time it has been recognized that supervisory devices used for the purpose of monitoring water pressure are no longer covered in Chapter 14. A review of Chapter 17 also found that a test method for monitoring steam pressure was not included in Table 14.4.3.2.




Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Thu May 05 10:28:10 EDT 2016


424 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM



425 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

14.4.3.2*


426 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM



ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod




Verify correct receipt of alarm, supervisory, andtrouble signals (inputs); operation of evacuationsignals and auxiliary functions (outputs); circuitsupervision, including detection of open circuitsand ground faults; and power supply supervisionfor detection of loss of ac power anddisconnection of secondary batteries.



X Annually








X Annually

If control unit has disconnect or isolatingswitches, verify performance of intended functionof each switch. Verify receipt of trouble signalwhen a supervised function is disconnected.


X AnnuallyIf the system has a ground detection feature,verify the occurrence of ground-fault indicationwhenever any installation conductor is grounded.




Actuate a supervisory device and verify receipt ofa supervisory signal at the off-premises location.If a transmission carrier is capable of operationunder a single- or multiple-fault condition,activate an initiating device during such faultcondition and verify receipt of an alarm signaland a trouble signal at the off-premises location.

4.Supervising station alarmsystems — transmissionequipment


427 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod


aTest all system functions and features inaccordance with the equipment manufacturer’spublished instructions for correct operation inconformance with the applicable sections ofChapter 26.

Except for DACT, actuate initiating device andverify receipt of the correct initiating device signalat the supervising station within 90 seconds.Upon completion of the test, restore the systemto its functional operating condition.


(b) Digital alarmcommunicator transmitter(DACT)

X Annually

Except for DACTs installed prior to adoption ofthe 2013 edition of NFPA 72 that are connectedto a telephone line (number) that is alsosupervised for adverse conditions by a derivedlocal channel, ensure connection of the DACT totwo separate means of transmission.

Test DACT for line seizure capability by initiatinga signal while using the telephone line (primaryline for DACTs using two telephone lines) for atelephone call. Ensure that the call is interruptedand that the communicator connects to the digitalalarm receiver. Verify receipt of the correct signalat the supervising station. Verify eachtransmission attempt is completed within90 seconds from going off-hook to on-hook.

Disconnect the telephone line (primary line forDACTs using two telephone lines) from theDACT. Verify indication of the DACT troublesignal occurs at the premises fire alarm controlunit within 4 minutes of detection of the fault.Verify receipt of the telephone line trouble signalat the supervising station. Restore the telephoneline (primary line for DACTs using two telephonelines), reset the fire alarm control unit, and verifythat the telephone line fault trouble signal returnsto normal. Verify that the supervising stationreceives the restoral signal from the DACT.

Disconnect the secondary means of transmissionfrom the DACT. Verify indication of the DACTtrouble signal occurs at the premises fire alarmcontrol unit within 4 minutes of detection of thefault. Verify receipt of the secondary meanstrouble signal at the supervising station. Restorethe secondary means of transmission, reset thefire alarm control unit, and verify that the troublesignal returns to normal. Verify that thesupervising station receives the restoral signalfrom the secondary transmitter.

Cause the DACT to transmit a signal to theDACR while a fault in the telephone line(number) (primary line for DACTs using twotelephone lines) is simulated. Verify utilization ofthe secondary communication path by the DACTto complete the transmission to the DACR.


428 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod


X Annually



X Annually



(1) Open

(2) Ground


(4) Open and ground


(1) Open

(2) Ground



X Annually


(f) Performance-basedtechnologies

X Annually




automatically.b Verify the premises unitannunciates the failure within 200 seconds of thetransmission failure. Restore the communicationpath.



429 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod















power supplyc X Annually

Disconnect all primary (main) power suppliesand verify the occurrence of required troubleindication for loss of primary power. Measure orverify the system’s standby and alarm currentdemand and verify the ability of batteries to meetstandby and alarm requirements usingmanufacturer’s data. Operate general alarmsystems a minimum of 5 minutes and emergencyvoice communications systems for a minimum of15 minutes. Reconnect primary (main) powersupply at end of test.


X Annually

If a UPS system dedicated to the system is usedas a required power source, verify by the buildingowner operation of the UPS system inaccordance with NFPA 111.

9. Battery tests


(a) Lead-acid type


X Annually



With the batteries fully charged and connected tothe charger, measure the voltage across thebatteries with a voltmeter. Verify the voltage is2.30 volts per cell ±0.02 volts at 77°F (25°C) oras specified by the equipment manufacturer.


With the battery charger disconnected, load testthe batteries following the manufacturer’srecommendations. Verify the voltage level does


430 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod

not fall below the levels specified. Load testingcan be by means of an artificial load equal to thefull fire alarm load connected to the battery.


With the battery charger disconnected, load testthe batteries following the manufacturer’srecommendations. Verify the voltage level doesnot fall below the levels specified. Load testingcan be by means of an artificial load equal to thefull fire alarm load connected to the battery.Verify the battery does not fall below 2.05 voltsper cell under load.


Measure as required the specific gravity of theliquid in the pilot cell or all of the cells. Verify thespecific gravity is within the range specified bythe manufacturer. Although the specified specificgravity varies from manufacturer tomanufacturer, a range of 1.205–1.220 is typicalfor regular lead-acid batteries, while 1.240–1.260is typical for high-performance batteries. Do notuse a hydrometer that shows only a pass or failcondition of the battery and does not indicate thespecific gravity, because such a reading does notgive a true indication of the battery condition.



X Annually



With the batteries fully charged and connected tothe charger, place an ampere meter in serieswith the battery under charge. Verify the chargingcurrent is in accordance with the manufacturer’srecommendations for the type of battery used. Inthe absence of specific information, use 1⁄30 to 1⁄25



With the battery charger disconnected, load testthe batteries following the manufacturer’srecommendations. Verify the voltage level doesnot fall below the levels specified. Load testingcan be by means of an artificial load equal to thefull fire alarm load connected to the battery.


With the battery charger disconnected, load testthe batteries following the manufacturer’srecommendations. Verify the voltage level doesnot fall below the levels specified. Load testingcan be by means of an artificial load equal to thefull fire alarm load connected to the battery.Verify the float voltage for the entire battery is1.42 volts per cell, nominal, under load. Ifpossible, measure cells individually.



431 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod


X Annually






(4) Load voltage test X SemiannuallyVerify the battery performs under load, inaccordance with the battery manufacturer’sspecifications.

10.Public emergency alarmreporting system — wiredsystem

X Daily



(2) Voltage across terminals of each circuit insideof terminals of protective devices. Changes involtage of any circuit exceeding 10 percent shallbe investigated immediately.

(3)e Voltage between ground and circuits. If thistest shows a reading in excess of 50 percent ofthat shown in the test specified in (2), the troubleshall be immediately located and cleared.Readings in excess of 25 percent shall be givenearly attention. These readings shall be takenwith a calibrated voltmeter of not more than100 ohms resistance per volt. Systems in whicheach circuit is supplied by an independentcurrent source (Forms 3 and 4) require testsbetween ground and each side of each circuit.Common current source systems (Form 2)require voltage tests between ground and eachterminal of each battery and other currentsource.

(4) Ground current reading shall be permitted inlieu of (3). If this method of testing is used, allgrounds showing a current reading in excess of5 percent of the supplied line current shall begiven immediate attention.




432 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod

Tests specified in (5) and (6) shall apply only tothose systems using a common battery. If morethan one common battery is used, each commonbattery shall be tested.


12. Reserved

13. Reserved

14. Reserved





Test all installation conductors, other than thoseintentionally and permanently grounded, forisolation from ground per the installed equipmentmanufacturer’s published instructions.






For initial and reacceptance testing, confirm theintroduction of a fault in any circuit monitored forintegrity results in a trouble indication at the firealarm control unit. Open one connection at notless than 10 percent of the initiating devices,notification appliances and controlled devices onevery initiating device circuit, notificationappliance circuit, and signaling line circuit.Confirm all circuits perform as indicated inSections 23.5, 23.6, and 23.7.

N/A Annually




433 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod


Test the fiber-optic transmission line by the useof an optical power meter or by an optical timedomain reflectometer used to measure therelative power loss of the line. Test result datamust meet or exceed ANSI/TIA 568-C.3, OpticalFiber Cabling Components Standard, related tofiber-optic lines and connection/splice losses andthe control unit manufacturer’s publishedspecifications.


For initial and reacceptance testing, confirm theintroduction of a fault in any circuit monitored forintegrity results in a trouble indication at the firealarm control unit. Open one connection at notless than 10 percent of the initiating devices,notification appliances, and controlled devices onevery initiating device circuit, notificationappliance circuit, and signaling line circuit.Confirm all circuits perform as indicated inSections 23.5, 23.6, and 23.7.

N/A Annually






(2) Restorable-type

linkg X AnnuallyVerify correct operation by removal of the fusiblelink and operation of the associated device.Lubricate any moving parts as necessary.

(b) Fire extinguishingsystem(s) or suppressionsystem(s) alarm switch




(d) Heat detectors

(1) Fixed-temperature, rate-of-rise,rate of compensation,restorable line, spot type(excluding pneumatictube type)

X

Annually

(see14.4.4.5)

Perform heat test with a listed and labeled heatsource or in accordance with the manufacturer’spublished instructions. Assure that the testmethod for the installed equipment does notdamage the nonrestorable fixed-temperatureelement of a combination rate-of-rise/fixed-temperature element detector.


X Annually

Do not perform heat test. Test functionalitymechanically and electrically. Measure andrecord loop resistance. Investigate changes fromacceptance test.


X See Method

After 15 years from initial installation, replace alldevices or have 2 detectors per 100 laboratorytested. Replace the 2 detectors with new


434 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod

devices. If a failure occurs on any of thedetectors removed, remove and test additionaldetectors to determine either a general probleminvolving faulty detectors or a localized probleminvolving 1 or 2 defective detectors.

If detectors are tested instead of replaced, repeattests at intervals of 5 years.




X Annually

Perform heat tests (where test chambers are incircuit), with a listed and labeled heat source orin accordance with the manufacturer's publishedinstructions of the detector or conduct a test withpressure pump.




X Annually



X Semiannually








Do not determine flame detector andspark/ember detector sensitivity using a lightsource that administers an unmeasured quantityof radiation at an undefined distance from thedetector.

(g) Smoke detectors —functional test


X Annually

hTest smoke detectors in place to ensure smokeentry into the sensing chamber and an alarmresponse. Use smoke or a listed and labeledproduct acceptable to the manufacturer or inaccordance with their published instructions.Other methods listed in the manufacturer'spublished instructions that ensure smoke entry


435 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod

from the protected area, through the vents, intothe sensing chamber can be used.


X Annually

Perform a functional test on all single- andmultiple-station smoke alarms connected to aprotected premises fire alarm system by puttingthe smoke alarm into an alarm condition andverifying that the protected premises systemreceives a supervisory signal and does notcause a fire alarm signal.




Test with smoke or a listed and labeled productacceptable to the manufacturer or in accordancewith their published instructions. Test from theend sampling port or point on each pipe run.Verify airflow through all other ports or points.







(8) Smoke detectorswith control outputfunctions

X Annually


(h) Smoke detectors —sensitivity testing

In other than one-and two-family dwellings,system detectors

N/A See 14.4.4.3

iPerform any of the following tests to ensure thateach smoke detector is within its listed andmarked sensitivity range:






(i) Carbon monoxidedetectors/carbonmonoxide alarms for thepurposes of fire detection

X Annually

Test the devices in place to ensure CO entry tothe sensing chamber by introduction through thevents, to the sensing chamber of listed andlabeled product acceptable to the manufacturer


436 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod

or in accordance with their publishedinstructions.



X Semiannual



X Annually



X Annually



X Annually



X Annually


(k) Mechanical,electrosonic electric , orpressure-type waterflowdevice

X Semiannually

Water shall be flowed through an inspector's testconnection indicating the flow of water equal tothat from a single sprinkler of the smallest orificesize installed in the system for wet-pipe systems,or an alarm test bypass connection for dry-pipe,pre-action, or deluge systems in accordance withNFPA 25.


X Annually

Test each of the detection principles presentwithin the detector (e.g., smoke/heat/CO, etc.)independently for the specific detection principle,regardless of the configuration status at the timeof testing. Also test each detector in accordancewith the published manufacturer's instructions.

Test individual sensors together if the technologyallows individual sensor responses to be verified.




437 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod



individually, test the primary sensor.j




X AnnuallyOperate abort switch and verify correct sequenceand operation.




X Annually

Operate abort switch and verify correct sequenceand operation in accordance with authorityhaving jurisdiction. Observe sequencing asspecified on as-built drawings or in systemowner’s manual.


X Annually




circuitkX Annually Verify operation of solenoid.


X AnnuallyUse AGI flashbulb or other test light approved bythe manufacturer. Verify operation of flashbulb orlight.

(h) Verified, sequential,or counting zone circuit


(i) All above devices orcircuits or combinationsthereof




X Annually

Test communication between the deviceconnecting the fire extinguisher electronicmonitoring device/system and the fire alarmcontrol unit to ensure proper signals are receivedat the fire alarm control unit and remoteannunciator(s) if applicable.

(b) Carbon monoxidel




Test interface equipment connections byoperating or simulating the equipment beingsupervised. Verify signals required to betransmitted are received at the control unit. Testfrequency for interface equipment is the same asthe frequency required by the applicable NFPA


438 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod

standard(s) for the equipment being supervised.



(a) Audiblen X N/A

For initial and reacceptance testing, measuresound pressure levels for signals with a soundlevel meter meeting ANSI S1.4a, Specificationsfor Sound Level Meters, Type 2 requirements.Measure sound pressure levels throughout theprotected area to confirm that they are incompliance with Chapter 18. Set the sound levelmeter in accordance with ANSI S3.41, AmericanNational Standard Audible Evacuation Signal,using the time-weighted characteristic F (FAST).

N/A AnnuallyoFor periodic testing, verify the operation of thenotification appliances.


X N/A




(c) Visible X N/A






functionsp X Annually



439 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod


X Annually

Use the manufacturer’s published instructionsand the as-built drawings provided by the systemsupplier to verify correct operation after the initialtesting phase has been performed by thesupplier or by the supplier’s designatedrepresentative.

Test the two-way communication system to verifyoperation and receipt of visual and audiblesignals at the transmitting unit and the receivingunit, respectively.



Verify directions for the use of the two-waycommunication system, instructions forsummoning assistance via the two-waycommunication system, and written identificationof the location is posted adjacent to the two-waycommunication system.










27.Supervising station alarmsystems — receivingequipment




440 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod




X Monthly


Cause a signal to be transmitted on eachindividual incoming DACR line (path) at leastonce every 6 hours (24 hours for DACTs installedprior to adoption of the 2013 edition of NFPA 72).Verify receipt of these signals.


X Monthly

Cause the following conditions of all DARRs onall subsidiary and repeater station receivingequipment. Verify receipt at the supervisingstation of correct signals for each of the followingconditions:










Cause each of the following conditions at each ofthe supervising or subsidiary stations and allrepeater station radio transmitting and receivingequipment; verify receipt of correct signals at thesupervising station:





(e) Radio alarmsupervising stationreceiver (RASSR) andradio alarm repeater

X Monthly

Cause each of the following conditions at each ofthe supervising or subsidiary stations and allrepeater station radio transmitting and receivingequipment; verify receipt of correct signals at the


441 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod

station receiver (RARSR) supervising station:





X Monthly






(g) Performance-basedtechnologies

X Monthly


Where a single communications path is used,disconnect the communication path. Verify thatfailure of the path is annunciated at thesupervising station within 60 minutes of thefailure (within 5 minutes for communicationequipment installed prior to adoption of the 2013edition of NFPA 72). Restore the communicationpath.

Where multiple communication paths are used,disconnect both communication paths andconfirm that failure of the path is annunciated atthe supervising station within not more than6 hours of the failure (within 24 hours forcommunication equipment installed prior toadoption of the 2013 edition of NFPA 72).Restore both communication paths.



X Semiannually

Actuate publicly accessible initiating device(s)and verify receipt of not less than three completerounds of signal impulses. Perform this testunder normal circuit conditions. If the device isequipped for open circuit operation (groundreturn), test it in this condition as one of thesemiannual tests.



(c) Master box

(1) Manual operation X Semiannually Perform the tests prescribed for 28(a).


442 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod





(1) Use the manufacturer’s published instructionsand the as-built drawings provided by the systemsupplier to verify correct operation after the initialtesting phase has been performed by thesupplier or by the supplier’s designatedrepresentative.

(2) Starting from the functional operatingcondition, initialize the system in accordance withthe manufacturer’s published instructions.Confirm the alternative communications pathexists between the wireless control unit andperipheral devices used to establish initiation,indication, control, and annunciation. Test thesystem for both alarm and trouble conditions.

(3) Check batteries for all components in thesystem monthly unless the control unit checks allbatteries and all components daily.



At a minimum, test control equipment to verifycorrect receipt of alarm, supervisory, and troublesignals (inputs); operation of evacuation signalsand auxiliary functions (outputs); circuitsupervision, including detection of open circuitsand ground faults; and power supply supervisionfor detection of loss of ac power anddisconnection of secondary batteries.





(e) Primary (main) powersupply

X Annually

Disconnect all secondary (standby) power andtest under maximum load, including all alarmappliances requiring simultaneous operation.Reconnect all secondary (standby) power at endof test. For redundant power supplies, test eachseparately.


X Annually

Measure sound pressure level with a sound levelmeter meeting ANSI S1.4a, Specifications forSound Level Meters, Type 2 requirements.Measure and record levels throughout protectedarea. Set the sound level meter in accordancewith ANSI S3.41, American National StandardAudible Evacuation Signal, using thetime-weighted characteristic F (FAST). Record


443 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod

the maximum output when the audibleemergency evacuation signal is on.



Perform test in accordance with manufacturer’spublished instructions. Verify appliance locationsto be per approved layout and confirm that nofloor plan changes affect the approved layout.Verify that the candela rating marking agreeswith the approved drawing. Confirm that eachappliance flashes.

(h) Control unit functionsand no diagnostic failuresare indicated

X Annually

Review event log file and verify that the correctevents were logged. Review system diagnosticlog file; correct deficiencies noted in file. Deleteunneeded log files. Delete unneeded error files.Verify that sufficient free disk space is available.Verify unobstructed flow of cooling air isavailable. Change/clean filters, cooling fans, andintake vents.




X Annually




X Annually











444 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM













Electrosonic is a general term for electronically processed and (or) generated sound signals.There is no know electrosonic waterflow device. The appropriate term should be electric or electronic or (k) could be modified to "waterflow device" only


Submitter Full Name: Carl Willms

Organization: Fire Safety Consultants, Inc.

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:



445 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM



446 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

14.4.3.2*


447 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM



ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod







X Annually








X Annually







Actuate a supervisory device and verify receipt ofa supervisory signal at the off-premises location.If a transmission carrier is capable of operationunder a single- or multiple-fault condition, activatean initiating device during such fault condition andverify receipt of an alarm signal and a troublesignal at the off-premises location.



448 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod



Except for DACT, actuate initiating device andverify receipt of the correct initiating device signalat the supervising station within 90 seconds.Upon completion of the test, restore the system toits functional operating condition.



X Annually


Test DACT for line seizure capability by initiating asignal while using the telephone line (primary linefor DACTs using two telephone lines) for atelephone call. Ensure that the call is interruptedand that the communicator connects to the digitalalarm receiver. Verify receipt of the correct signalat the supervising station. Verify eachtransmission attempt is completed within90 seconds from going off-hook to on-hook.

Disconnect the telephone line (primary line forDACTs using two telephone lines) from the DACT.Verify indication of the DACT trouble signaloccurs at the premises fire alarm control unitwithin 4 minutes of detection of the fault. Verifyreceipt of the telephone line trouble signal at thesupervising station. Restore the telephone line(primary line for DACTs using two telephonelines), reset the fire alarm control unit, and verifythat the telephone line fault trouble signal returnsto normal. Verify that the supervising stationreceives the restoral signal from the DACT.


Cause the DACT to transmit a signal to the DACRwhile a fault in the telephone line (number)(primary line for DACTs using two telephone lines)is simulated. Verify utilization of the secondarycommunication path by the DACT to complete thetransmission to the DACR.


449 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod




X Annually



(1) Open

(2) Ground


(4) Open and ground

If end-to-end metallic continuity is not present andwith a properly balanced circuit, cause each of thefollowing three transmission channel faultconditions in turn, and verify receipt of correctsignals at the supervising station:

(1) Open

(2) Ground



X Annually

Cause a fault between elements of thetransmitting equipment. Verify indication of thefault at the protected premises, or transmission oftrouble signal to the supervising station.


X Annually

Perform tests to ensure the monitoring of integrityof the transmission technology and technologypath.







450 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod

















X Annually


9. Battery tests


(a) Lead-acid type


X Annually



With the batteries fully charged and connected tothe charger, measure the voltage across thebatteries with a voltmeter. Verify the voltage is2.30 volts per cell ±0.02 volts at 77°F (25°C) or asspecified by the equipment manufacturer.




451 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod


X Semiannually

With the battery charger disconnected, load testthe batteries following the manufacturer’srecommendations. Verify the voltage level doesnot fall below the levels specified. Load testingcan be by means of an artificial load equal to thefull fire alarm load connected to the battery. Verifythe battery does not fall below 2.05 volts per cellunder load.


Measure as required the specific gravity of theliquid in the pilot cell or all of the cells. Verify thespecific gravity is within the range specified by themanufacturer. Although the specified specificgravity varies from manufacturer to manufacturer,a range of 1.205–1.220 is typical for regularlead-acid batteries, while 1.240–1.260 is typicalfor high-performance batteries. Do not use ahydrometer that shows only a pass or failcondition of the battery and does not indicate thespecific gravity, because such a reading does notgive a true indication of the battery condition.



X Annually



With the batteries fully charged and connected tothe charger, place an ampere meter in series withthe battery under charge. Verify the chargingcurrent is in accordance with the manufacturer’srecommendations for the type of battery used. Inthe absence of specific information, use 1⁄30 to 1⁄25





X Semiannually

With the battery charger disconnected, load testthe batteries following the manufacturer’srecommendations. Verify the voltage level doesnot fall below the levels specified. Load testingcan be by means of an artificial load equal to thefull fire alarm load connected to the battery. Verifythe float voltage for the entire battery is 1.42 voltsper cell, nominal, under load. If possible, measurecells individually.



X Annually



452 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod








X Daily

Manual tests of the power supply for publicreporting circuits shall be made and recorded atleast once during each 24-hour period. Such testsshall include the following:



(3)e Voltage between ground and circuits. If thistest shows a reading in excess of 50 percent ofthat shown in the test specified in (2), the troubleshall be immediately located and cleared.Readings in excess of 25 percent shall be givenearly attention. These readings shall be takenwith a calibrated voltmeter of not more than100 ohms resistance per volt. Systems in whicheach circuit is supplied by an independent currentsource (Forms 3 and 4) require tests betweenground and each side of each circuit. Commoncurrent source systems (Form 2) require voltagetests between ground and each terminal of eachbattery and other current source.






453 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod


12. Reserved

13. Reserved

14. Reserved









With each initiating and indicating circuitinstallation conductor pair short-circuited at the farend, measure and record the resistance of eachcircuit. Verify that the loop resistance does notexceed the limits specified in the publishedmanufacturer's instructions for the installedequipment.



N/A Annually

For periodic testing, test each initiating devicecircuit, notification appliance circuit, and signalingline circuit for correct indication at the control unit.Confirm all circuits perform as indicated inSections 23.5, 23.6, and 23.7.



Test the fiber-optic transmission line by the use ofan optical power meter or by an optical timedomain reflectometer used to measure therelative power loss of the line. Test result data


454 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod

must meet or exceed ANSI/TIA 568-C.3, OpticalFiber Cabling Components Standard, related tofiber-optic lines and connection/splice losses andthe control unit manufacturer’s publishedspecifications.



N/A Annually






(2) Restorable-type





X AnnuallyTest fire–gas detectors and other fire detectors asprescribed by the manufacturer and as necessaryfor the application.

(d) Heat detectors

(1) Fixed-temperature,rate-of-rise, rate ofcompensation,restorable line, spot type(excluding pneumatictube type)

X

Annually

(see14.4.4.5)



X Annually

Do not perform heat test. Test functionalitymechanically and electrically. Measure and recordloop resistance. Investigate changes fromacceptance test.


X See Method

After 15 years from initial installation, replace alldevices or have 2 detectors per 100 laboratorytested. Replace the 2 detectors with new devices.If a failure occurs on any of the detectorsremoved, remove and test additional detectors todetermine either a general problem involving


455 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod

faulty detectors or a localized problem involving 1or 2 defective detectors.





X Annually

Perform heat tests (where test chambers are incircuit), with a listed and labeled heat source or inaccordance with the manufacturer's publishedinstructions of the detector or conduct a test withpressure pump.


X AnnuallyConduct functional tests according tomanufacturer’s published instructions. Do not testnonrestorable heat detectors with heat.


X Annually

Operate manual fire alarm boxes per themanufacturer’s published instructions. Test bothkey-operated presignal and general alarm manualfire alarm boxes.


X Semiannually

Test flame detectors and spark/ember detectors inaccordance with the manufacturer’s publishedinstructions to determine that each detector isoperative.






If designed to be field adjustable, replacedetectors found to be outside of the approvedrange of sensitivity or adjust to bring them into theapproved range.

Do not determine flame detector and spark/emberdetector sensitivity using a light source thatadministers an unmeasured quantity of radiationat an undefined distance from the detector.



X Annually

hTest smoke detectors in place to ensure smokeentry into the sensing chamber and an alarmresponse. Use smoke or a listed and labeledproduct acceptable to the manufacturer or inaccordance with their published instructions.Other methods listed in the manufacturer'spublished instructions that ensure smoke entryfrom the protected area, through the vents, intothe sensing chamber can be used.


456 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod


X Annually

Perform a functional test on all single- andmultiple-station smoke alarms connected to aprotected premises fire alarm system by puttingthe smoke alarm into an alarm condition andverifying that the protected premises systemreceives a supervisory signal and does not causea fire alarm signal.




Test with smoke or a listed and labeled productacceptable to the manufacturer or in accordancewith their published instructions. Test from the endsampling port or point on each pipe run. Verifyairflow through all other ports or points.


In addition to the testing required in Table14.4.3.2(g)(1) and Table 14.4.3.2(h) , test ductsmoke detectors that use sampling tubes toensure that they will properly sample theairstream in the duct using a method acceptableto the manufacturer or in accordance with theirpublished instructions.






X Annually

Verify that the control capability remains operableeven if all of the initiating devices connected tothe same initiating device circuit or signaling linecircuit are in an alarm state.



N/A See 14.4.4.3





(4) Smoke detector/control unit arrangementwhereby the detector causes a signal at thecontrol unit when its sensitivity is outside its listedsensitivity range


(i) Carbon monoxidedetectors/carbonmonoxide alarms for thepurposes of firedetection

X Annually

Test the devices in place to ensure CO entry tothe sensing chamber by introduction through thevents, to the sensing chamber of listed andlabeled product acceptable to the manufacturer orin accordance with their published instructions.


457 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod



X Semiannual

Operate valve and verify signal receipt to bewithin the first two revolutions of the handwheel orwithin one-fifth of the travel distance, or per themanufacturer’s published instructions.


X Annually



X Annually



X Annually



X Annually



X Semiannually



X Annually







458 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod










X Annually

Operate abort switch and verify correct sequenceand operation in accordance with authority havingjurisdiction. Observe sequencing as specified onas-built drawings or in system owner’s manual.


X Annually













X Annually






Test interface equipment connections byoperating or simulating the equipment beingsupervised. Verify signals required to betransmitted are received at the control unit. Testfrequency for interface equipment is the same asthe frequency required by the applicable NFPAstandard(s) for the equipment being supervised.



459 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod


(a) Audiblen X N/A




X N/A




(c) Visible X N/A







For initial, reacceptance, and periodic testing,verify emergency control function interface deviceactivation. Where an emergency control functioninterface device is disabled or disconnectedduring initiating device testing, verify that thedisabled or disconnected emergency controlfunction interface device has been properlyrestored.


X Annually

Use the manufacturer’s published instructions andthe as-built drawings provided by the systemsupplier to verify correct operation after the initialtesting phase has been performed by the supplieror by the supplier’s designated representative.


460 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod

Test the two-way communication system to verifyoperation and receipt of visual and audible signalsat the transmitting unit and the receiving unit,respectively.

Operate systems with more than five stations witha minimum of five stations operatingsimultaneously.







(b) Multiplex systems X AnnuallyVerify communications between sending andreceiving units under both primary and secondarypower.

Verify communications between sending andreceiving units under open-circuit and short-circuittrouble conditions.






Perform tests on all system functions and featuresin accordance with the equipment manufacturer’spublished instructions for correct operation inconformance with the applicable sections ofChapter 26.

Actuate initiating device and verify receipt of thecorrect initiating device signal at the supervisingstation within 90 seconds. Upon completion of thetest, restore the system to its functional operatingcondition.


461 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod



X Monthly

Disconnect each transmission means in turn fromthe DACR, and verify audible and visualannunciation of a trouble signal in the supervisingstation.



X Monthly

Cause the following conditions of all DARRs on allsubsidiary and repeater station receivingequipment. Verify receipt at the supervisingstation of correct signals for each of the followingconditions:






(d) McCulloh systems X MonthlyTest and record the current on each circuit ateach supervising and subsidiary station under thefollowing conditions:










X Monthly





462 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod



X Monthly







X Monthly


Where a single communications path is used,disconnect the communication path. Verify thatfailure of the path is annunciated at thesupervising station within 60 minutes of the failure(within 5 minutes for communication equipmentinstalled prior to adoption of the 2013 edition ofNFPA 72). Restore the communication path.

Where multiple communication paths are used,disconnect both communication paths andconfirm that failure of the path is annunciated atthe supervising station within not more than6 hours of the failure (within 24 hours forcommunication equipment installed prior toadoption of the 2013 edition of NFPA 72). Restoreboth communication paths.



X Semiannually

Actuate publicly accessible initiating device(s) andverify receipt of not less than three completerounds of signal impulses. Perform this test undernormal circuit conditions. If the device is equippedfor open circuit operation (ground return), test it inthis condition as one of the semiannual tests.


Test each initiating circuit of the auxiliary box byactuation of a protected premises initiating deviceconnected to that circuit. Verify receipt of not lessthan three complete rounds of signal impulses.

(c) Master box

(1) Manualoperation







463 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod

(1) Use the manufacturer’s published instructionsand the as-built drawings provided by the systemsupplier to verify correct operation after the initialtesting phase has been performed by the supplieror by the supplier’s designated representative.











X Annually



X Annually

Measure sound pressure level with a sound levelmeter meeting ANSI S1.4a, Specifications forSound Level Meters, Type 2 requirements.Measure and record levels throughout protectedarea. Set the sound level meter in accordancewith ANSI S3.41, American National StandardAudible Evacuation Signal, using thetime-weighted characteristic F (FAST). Record themaximum output when the audible emergencyevacuation signal is on.


(g) Visible X AnnuallyPerform test in accordance with manufacturer’spublished instructions. Verify appliance locationsto be per approved layout and confirm that no


464 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod

floor plan changes affect the approved layout.Verify that the candela rating marking agrees withthe approved drawing. Confirm that eachappliance flashes.


X Annually

Review event log file and verify that the correctevents were logged. Review system diagnosticlog file; correct deficiencies noted in file. Deleteunneeded log files. Delete unneeded error files.Verify that sufficient free disk space is available.Verify unobstructed flow of cooling air is available.Change/clean filters, cooling fans, and intakevents.

(i) Control unit reset X AnnuallyPower down the central control unit computer andrestart it.



X Annually




X Annually













465 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM












With the advent of more complex addressable systems and components, to remove a duct detector head from its housing and place it in another base for the purpose of accessibility with a calibrated sensitivity test instrument is many times impossible. Calibrated test instruments that emit a measured concentration of aerosol are meant to be placed in a vertical position in relation to the device in order for proper dispersion of aerosol particles. Tipping the instrument horizontally to try and fit over a duct mounted detector can have an adverse affect on particle size and distribution and can throw off the sensitivity value accordingly nor can the instrument be placed securely around the detector head due to the housing and/or orientation of the detector head within the housing.

Unlike, non-duct-type smoke detectors, which are exposed to the environments in which they are installed, (thus the necessity for sensitivity), duct-type smoke detectors are installed within sealed housing. Requiring sensitivity testing as a minimum requirement for duct-type smoke detectors presents an onerous burden on the service provider, especially where a calibrated sensitivity instrument is the only option for sensitivity testing and where duct-type detectors are inaccessible, either due to orientation or programming limitations which prohibit the removal of a detector from one base to another. This is also a costly requirement for building owners. This PI does not prohibit sensitivity testing for duct type detectors, but removes it as a minimum requirement.




Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:



466 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM



467 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

14.4.3.2*


468 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM



ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod







X Annually








X Annually










469 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod






X Annually







470 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod




X Annually



(1) Open

(2) Ground


(4) Open and ground


(1) Open

(2) Ground



X Annually



X Annually








471 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod

















X Annually


9. Battery tests


(a) Lead-acid type


X Annually







472 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod


X Semiannually






X Annually








X Semiannually




X Annually



473 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod








X Daily










474 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod


12. Reserved

13. Reserved

14. Reserved












N/A Annually






475 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod




N/A Annually






(2) Restorable-type






(d) Heat detectors


X

Annually

(see14.4.4.5)



X Annually



X See Method



476 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod






X Annually





X Annually



X Semiannually











X Annually



477 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod


X Annually













X Annually




N/A See 14.4.4.3








X Annually



478 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod



X Semiannual



X Annually



X Annually



X Annually



X Annually



X Semiannually



X Annually







479 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod










X Annually



X Annually













X Annually









480 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod


(a) Audiblen X N/A




X N/A


Verify audible information to be distinguishableintelligible and understandable and incompliance with 14.4.11. 10


(c) Visible X N/A









X Annually



481 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod



















482 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod



X Monthly




X Monthly

















X Monthly





483 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod



X Monthly







X Monthly






X Semiannually




(c) Master box

(1) Manualoperation







484 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod












X Annually



X Annually





485 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod



X Annually





X Annually




X Annually













486 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM












There is no such section in Chapter 14 as 14.4.11. This may be a typo from the last revision cycle and was intended to refer to 14.4.10.

Since 14.4.10 refers in turn to 18.4.10 for Voice Intelligibility, terminology should be consistent between Chapters 14 and 18 to avoid confusion. Therefore the phrase with the undefined terms "distinguishable and understandable" has been replaced with "intelligible" which is defined in Chapter 3 and is consistent with the terminology used in 14.4.10 and 18.4.10.




Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:



487 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM



488 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

14.4.3.2*


489 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM



ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod







X Annually








X Annually







Actuate a supervisory device and verify receipt ofa supervisory signal at the off-premises location.If a transmission carrier is capable of operationunder a single- or multiple-fault condition, activatean initiating device during such fault conditionand verify receipt of an alarm signal and a troublesignal at the off-premises location.



490 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod






X Annually





Cause the DACT to transmit a signal to theDACR while a fault in the telephone line (number)(primary line for DACTs using two telephonelines) is simulated. Verify utilization of thesecondary communication path by the DACT tocomplete the transmission to the DACR.


491 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod




X Annually



(1) Open

(2) Ground


(4) Open and ground


(1) Open

(2) Ground



X Annually



X Annually








492 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod















Disconnect all primary (main) power supplies andverify the occurrence of required troubleindication for loss of primary power. Measure orverify the system’s standby and alarm currentdemand and verify the ability of batteries to meetstandby and alarm requirements usingmanufacturer’s data. Operate general alarmsystems a minimum of 5 minutes and emergencyvoice communications systems for a minimum of15 minutes. Reconnect primary (main) powersupply at end of test.


X Annually


9. Battery tests


(a) Lead-acid type


X Annually







493 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod


X Semiannually



Measure as required the specific gravity of theliquid in the pilot cell or all of the cells. Verify thespecific gravity is within the range specified bythe manufacturer. Although the specified specificgravity varies from manufacturer to manufacturer,a range of 1.205–1.220 is typical for regularlead-acid batteries, while 1.240–1.260 is typicalfor high-performance batteries. Do not use ahydrometer that shows only a pass or failcondition of the battery and does not indicate thespecific gravity, because such a reading does notgive a true indication of the battery condition.



X Annually








X Semiannually

With the battery charger disconnected, load testthe batteries following the manufacturer’srecommendations. Verify the voltage level doesnot fall below the levels specified. Load testingcan be by means of an artificial load equal to thefull fire alarm load connected to the battery. Verifythe float voltage for the entire battery is 1.42 voltsper cell, nominal, under load. If possible,measure cells individually.



X Annually



494 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod








X Daily










495 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod


12. Reserved

13. Reserved

14. Reserved












N/A Annually






496 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod




N/A Annually






(2) Restorable-type






(d) Heat detectors


X

Annually

(see14.4.4.5)



X Annually



X See Method



497 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod






X Annually





X Annually



X Semiannually











X Annually



498 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod


X Annually













X Annually




N/A See 14.4.4.3








X Annually

Test the devices in place to ensure CO entry tothe sensing chamber by introduction through thevents, to the sensing chamber of listed andlabeled product acceptable to the manufactureror in accordance with their published instructions.


499 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod



XSemiannual Annually

Operate valve and verify signal receipt to bewithin the first two revolutions of the handwheelor within one-fifth of the travel distance, or per themanufacturer’s published instructions. Continueto Cycle Outside Stem & Yoke valves and verifyswitch does not reset during full travel of thevalve stem.


X Annually



X Annually



X Annually



X Annually



X Semiannually



X Annually






500 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod











X Annually



X Annually













X Annually








501 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod



(a) Audiblen X N/A




X N/A




(c) Visible X N/A









X Annually

Use the manufacturer’s published instructionsand the as-built drawings provided by the systemsupplier to verify correct operation after the initial


502 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod

testing phase has been performed by the supplieror by the supplier’s designated representative.

















Actuate initiating device and verify receipt of thecorrect initiating device signal at the supervisingstation within 90 seconds. Upon completion of thetest, restore the system to its functional operating


503 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod

condition.



X Monthly




X Monthly

















X Monthly




504 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod




X Monthly







X Monthly






X Semiannually

Actuate publicly accessible initiating device(s)and verify receipt of not less than three completerounds of signal impulses. Perform this test undernormal circuit conditions. If the device isequipped for open circuit operation (groundreturn), test it in this condition as one of thesemiannual tests.



(c) Master box

(1) Manualoperation





505 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod














X Annually



X Annually

Measure sound pressure level with a sound levelmeter meeting ANSI S1.4a, Specifications forSound Level Meters, Type 2 requirements.Measure and record levels throughout protectedarea. Set the sound level meter in accordancewith ANSI S3.41, American National StandardAudible Evacuation Signal, using thetime-weighted characteristic F (FAST). Recordthe maximum output when the audibleemergency evacuation signal is on.



506 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod


Perform test in accordance with manufacturer’spublished instructions. Verify appliance locationsto be per approved layout and confirm that nofloor plan changes affect the approved layout.Verify that the candela rating marking agrees withthe approved drawing. Confirm that eachappliance flashes.


X Annually





X Annually




X Annually










fInitiating devices such as smoke detectors used for elevator recall, closing dampers, or releasing doorsheld in the open position that are permitted by the Code (see NFPA 101 9.6.3) to initiate supervisory signalsat the fire alarm control unit (FACU) should be tested at the same frequency (annual) as those deviceswhen they are generating an alarm signal. They are not supervisory devices, but they initiate a supervisory


507 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

signal at the FACU.













SRS_Tamper_Switch_Data_NFPA.xlsx SRS Tamper Data


More complex initiating devices are tested on a semiannual basis. Supervisory signals for gate valve tamper switches should be verified to remain active through the full operating range of the valve. Data shows that the decrease in tamper switch reliability from an increase in test frequency from semiannual to annual is so small that the risk could be considered negligible.

DOE SRS Tamper Switch Summary:A recent study performed at the Department of Energy’s Savannah River Site has shown that there is a very small risk by increasing testing frequency of tamper switches from semiannual to annual. The study looked at the ten year work history for tamper switch failures for 186 tamper switches. During the ten year period from 2005 to 2010, 5883 corrective maintenance work orders were issued. A search of these work orders found that 58 of them involved a tamper switch, of which, 34 were attributed to other causes, such as valve replacement, system modification, duplicate work orders or work order tasks associated with a tamper switch. The remaining 24 work orders were issued for a particular tamper switch experiencing a specific operational issue.The work order history shows that 20 of the 24 tamper switch corrective work orders were written as a result of a signal on the fire alarm panel which reported to a central station. The panel signals were corrected in one of three ways; 13 by switch realignment, 3 by switch replacement, and 4 by other means such as replacement of monitor modules, surge suppressors, etc. The remaining 4 tamper switch corrective work orders were issued as a result of switch failure identified during testing.During the ten year period, 180* tamper switches were tested on a semiannual basis. Four tamper switch failures were identified during the performance of approximately 3720 tests. The fire alarm panel detected the majority of


508 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

tamper switch issues, most of which were associated with alignment of the switch on OS&Y valves. Based on total failure rate of 3.76% for tamper switches over the ten year period, a decrease in reliability of 0.06% to 0.1% would be expected occur at an annual test frequency with an increase in undetected failure of 0.06% to 0.1% expected at an annual test frequency. See attachment SRS Tamper Switch Data - Summary Sheet.

*Approximated based on 2015 test data of 186 tamper switches. Systems were removed from service and new ones added during the ten year period.




Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:



509 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM



510 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

14.4.3.2*


511 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM



ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod







X Annually








X Annually










512 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod






X Annually





Cause the DACT to transmit a signal to the DACRwhile a fault in the telephone line (number)(primary line for DACTs using two telephone lines)is simulated. Verify utilization of the secondarycommunication communications path by theDACT to complete the transmission to the DACR.


513 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod




X Annually



(1) Open

(2) Ground


(4) Open and ground


(1) Open

(2) Ground



X Annually



X Annually








514 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod

















X Annually


9. Battery tests


(a) Lead-acid type


X Annually







515 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod


X Semiannually






X Annually








X Semiannually




X Annually



516 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod








X Daily










517 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod


12. Reserved

13. Reserved

14. Reserved












N/A Annually






518 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod




N/A Annually






(2) Restorable-type






(d) Heat detectors


X

Annually

(see14.4.4.5)



X Annually



X See Method



519 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod






X Annually





X Annually



X Semiannually











X Annually



520 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod


X Annually













X Annually




N/A See 14.4.4.3








X Annually



521 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod



X Semiannual



X Annually



X Annually



X Annually



X Annually



X Semiannually



X Annually







522 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod










X Annually



X Annually













X Annually









523 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod


(a) Audiblen X N/A




X N/A




(c) Visible X N/A









X Annually



524 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod



















525 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod



X Monthly




X Monthly

















X Monthly





526 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod



X Monthly







X Monthly






X Semiannually




(c) Master box

(1) Manualoperation







527 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod












X Annually



X Annually





528 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod



X Annually





X Annually




X Annually













529 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM












As part of the CC TG on terms, the term "communication(s)” was reviewed throughout the entire document for proper use regarding reference to singular and plural use. The term should be plural use in this context.




Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:



530 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM



531 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

14.4.3.2*


532 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM



ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod







X Annually








X Annually










533 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod






X Annually







534 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod




X Annually



(1) Open

(2) Ground


(4) Open and ground


(1) Open

(2) Ground



X Annually



X Annually








535 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod

















X Annually


9. Battery tests


(a) Lead-acid type


X Annually







536 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod


X Semiannually






X Annually








X Semiannually




X Annually



537 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod








X Daily










538 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod


12. Reserved

13. Reserved

14. Reserved












N/A Annually






539 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod




N/A Annually






(2) Restorable-type






(d) Heat detectors


X

Annually

(see14.4.4.5)



X Annually



X See Method



540 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod






X Annually





X Annually



X Semiannually











X Annually



541 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod


X Annually













X Annually




N/A See 14.4.4.3








X Annually



542 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod



X Semiannual



X Annually



X Annually



X Annually



X Annually



X Semiannually



X Annually







543 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod










X Annually



X Annually













X Annually









544 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod


(a) Audiblen X N/A




X N/A




(c) Visible X N/A

Perform initial and reacceptance testing inaccordance with the manufacturer’s publishedinstructions. Verify appliance locations to be perapproved layout and confirm that no floor planchanges affect the approved layout. Verify thatthe candela rating or method of candela controlmarking on each visible appliance and ratingwhen reported by the FACU agrees with theapproved drawing drawings . Confirm that eachappliance flashes.








X Annually

Use the manufacturer’s published instructions andthe as-built drawings provided by the systemsupplier to verify correct operation after the initial


545 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod

testing phase has been performed by the supplieror by the supplier’s designated representative.

















Actuate initiating device and verify receipt of thecorrect initiating device signal at the supervisingstation within 90 seconds. Upon completion of thetest, restore the system to its functional operating


546 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod

condition.



X Monthly




X Monthly

















X Monthly




547 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod




X Monthly







X Monthly






X Semiannually




(c) Master box

(1) Manualoperation







548 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod












X Annually



X Annually





549 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod



X Annually





X Annually




X Annually













550 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM















Public Input No. 519-NFPA 72-2016 [Section No. 14.3.1] Same Language Change Table 14.3.1





Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:



551 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM



552 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

14.4.3.2*


553 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM



ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod







X Annually








X Annually










554 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod






X Annually







555 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod




X Annually



(1) Open

(2) Ground


(4) Open and ground


(1) Open

(2) Ground



X Annually



X Annually








556 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod

















X Annually


9. Battery tests


(a) Lead-acid type


X Annually







557 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod


X Semiannually






X Annually








X Semiannually




X Annually



558 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod








X Daily










559 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod


12. Reserved

13. Reserved

14. Reserved












N/A Annually






560 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod




N/A Annually






(2) Restorable-type






(d) Heat detectors


X

Annually

(see14.4.4.5)



X Annually



X See Method



561 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod






X Annually





X Annually



X Semiannually











X Annually



562 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod


X Annually













X Annually




N/A See 14.4.4.3








X Annually



563 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod



X Semiannual



X Annually



X Annually



X Annually



X Annually



X Semiannually



X Annually







564 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod










X Annually



X Annually













X Annually









565 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod


(a) Audiblen X N/A




X N/A




(c) Visible X N/A









X Annually



566 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod



















567 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod



X Monthly




X Monthly

















X Monthly





568 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod



X Monthly







X Monthly






X Semiannually




(c) Master box

(1) Manualoperation







569 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod












X Annually



X Annually





570 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod

floor plan changes affect the approved layout.Verify that the candela rating marking agrees ormethod of candela control marking on eachvisible appliance and rating when reported by theFACU agrees with the approveddrawing drawings . Confirm that each applianceflashes.


X Annually





X Annually




X Annually










fInitiating devices such as smoke detectors used for elevator recall, closing dampers, or releasing doorsheld in the open position that are permitted by the Code (see NFPA 101 9.6.3) to initiate supervisory signalsat the fire alarm control unit (FACU) should be tested at the same frequency (annual) as those deviceswhen they are generating an alarm signal. They are not supervisory devices, but they initiate a supervisory


571 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

signal at the FACU.















Public Input No. 520-NFPA 72-2016 [Section No. 14.4.3.2] Related Language Change

Public Input No. 519-NFPA 72-2016 [Section No. 14.3.1] Related Language Change




Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:



572 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM



573 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

14.4.3.2*


574 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM



ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod







X Annually








X Annually







Actuate a supervisory device and verify receipt ofa supervisory signal at the off-premises location. Ifa transmission carrier is capable of operationunder a single- or multiple-fault condition, activatean initiating device during such fault condition andverify receipt of an alarm signal and a troublesignal at the off-premises location.



575 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod



Except for DACT, actuate initiating device andverify receipt of the correct initiating device signalat the supervising station within 90 seconds. Uponcompletion of the test, restore the system to itsfunctional operating condition.



X Annually



Disconnect the telephone line (primary line forDACTs using two telephone lines) from the DACT.Verify indication of the DACT trouble signal occursat the premises fire alarm control unit within4 minutes of detection of the fault. Verify receipt ofthe telephone line trouble signal at the supervisingstation. Restore the telephone line (primary linefor DACTs using two telephone lines), reset thefire alarm control unit, and verify that thetelephone line fault trouble signal returns tonormal. Verify that the supervising stationreceives the restoral signal from the DACT.




576 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod




X Annually



(1) Open

(2) Ground


(4) Open and ground


(1) Open

(2) Ground



X Annually



X Annually








577 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod

















X Annually

If a UPS system dedicated to the system is usedas a required power source, verify by the buildingowner operation of the UPS system in accordancewith NFPA 111.

9. Battery tests


(a) Lead-acid type


X Annually







578 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod


X Semiannually






X Annually








X Semiannually




X Annually



579 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod






(d) alternate batteriessuch as lithium-ion

(1) Battery replacement

(2) Charger test

(3) Discharge test

(4) Load Voltage test

X Semiannually

Verify the battery performs under load, inaccordance with the battery manufacturer’sspecifications.

Replace batteries in accordance with therecommendations of the alarm equipmentmanufacturer or when the recharged batteryvoltage or current falls below the manufacturer'srecommendations.

With the batteries fully charged and connected tothe charger, measure the voltage across thebatteries with a voltmeter. Verify the voltage is asspecified by the equipment manufacturer.

With the battery charger disconnected, load testthe batteries following the manufacturer'srecommendations. Verify the voltage level doesnot fall below the levels specified. Load testingcan be by means of an artificial laod equal to thefull fire alarm load connected to the battery.

Verify the battery performs under load, inaccordance with the battery manufacturer'sspecifications.


X Daily




(3)e Voltage between ground and circuits. If thistest shows a reading in excess of 50 percent ofthat shown in the test specified in (2), the troubleshall be immediately located and cleared.Readings in excess of 25 percent shall be givenearly attention. These readings shall be taken witha calibrated voltmeter of not more than 100 ohmsresistance per volt. Systems in which each circuitis supplied by an independent current source(Forms 3 and 4) require tests between groundand each side of each circuit. Common current


580 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod

source systems (Form 2) require voltage testsbetween ground and each terminal of eachbattery and other current source.






12. Reserved

13. Reserved

14. Reserved



Test all installation conductors with avolt/ohmmeter to verify that there are no stray(unwanted) voltages between installationconductors or between installation conductors andground. Verify the maximum allowable strayvoltage does not exceed 1 volt ac/dc, unless adifferent threshold is specified in the publishedmanufacturer's instructions for the installedequipment.








For initial and reacceptance testing, confirm theintroduction of a fault in any circuit monitored forintegrity results in a trouble indication at the fire


581 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod

alarm control unit. Open one connection at notless than 10 percent of the initiating devices,notification appliances and controlled devices onevery initiating device circuit, notificationappliance circuit, and signaling line circuit.Confirm all circuits perform as indicated inSections 23.5, 23.6, and 23.7.

N/A Annually




Test the fiber-optic transmission line by the use ofan optical power meter or by an optical timedomain reflectometer used to measure therelative power loss of the line. Test result datamust meet or exceed ANSI/TIA 568-C.3, OpticalFiber Cabling Components Standard, related tofiber-optic lines and connection/splice losses andthe control unit manufacturer’s publishedspecifications.



N/A Annually






(2) Restorable-type







582 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod

(d) Heat detectors


X

Annually

(see14.4.4.5)



X Annually



X See Method

After 15 years from initial installation, replace alldevices or have 2 detectors per 100 laboratorytested. Replace the 2 detectors with new devices.If a failure occurs on any of the detectorsremoved, remove and test additional detectors todetermine either a general problem involvingfaulty detectors or a localized problem involving 1or 2 defective detectors.





X Annually





X Annually



X Semiannually







If designed to be field adjustable, replacedetectors found to be outside of the approvedrange of sensitivity or adjust to bring them into the


583 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod

approved range.




X Annually



X Annually













X Annually




N/A See 14.4.4.3




584 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod






X Annually




X Semiannual



X Annually

Operate switch and verify receipt of signal isobtained where the required pressure is increasedor decreased a maximum 10 psi (70 kPa) from therequired pressure level.


X Annually



X Annually



X Annually



X Semiannually



X Annually



585 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod














X Annually



X Annually


(e) Matrix-type circuit X AnnuallyOperate all sensors in system. Verify developmentof correct matrix with each sensor operated.











X Annually



586 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod








(a) Audiblen X N/A




X N/A




(c) Visible X N/A

Perform initial and reacceptance testing inaccordance with the manufacturer’s publishedinstructions. Verify appliance locations to be perapproved layout and confirm that no floor planchanges affect the approved layout. Verify that thecandela rating marking agrees with the approveddrawing. Confirm that each appliance flashes.





587 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod





X Annually













If redundant central control equipment is provided,verify switchover and all required functions andoperations of secondary control equipment.



588 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod







X Monthly


Cause a signal to be transmitted on eachindividual incoming DACR line (path) at least onceevery 6 hours (24 hours for DACTs installed priorto adoption of the 2013 edition of NFPA 72). Verifyreceipt of these signals.


X Monthly







(d) McCulloh systems X MonthlyTest and record the current on each circuit at eachsupervising and subsidiary station under thefollowing conditions:







589 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod





X Monthly






X Monthly







X Monthly



Where multiple communication paths are used,disconnect both communication paths and confirmthat failure of the path is annunciated at thesupervising station within not more than 6 hoursof the failure (within 24 hours for communicationequipment installed prior to adoption of the 2013edition of NFPA 72). Restore both communicationpaths.



X Semiannually



590 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod



(c) Master box

(1) Manualoperation

















X Annually



591 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod


X Annually




Perform test in accordance with manufacturer’spublished instructions. Verify appliance locationsto be per approved layout and confirm that nofloor plan changes affect the approved layout.Verify that the candela rating marking agrees withthe approved drawing. Confirm that eachappliance flashes.


X Annually





X Annually




Energy Storage System

X

XAnnually

Disconnect ac power. Verify the ac power failurealarm status on central control equipment. With acpower disconnected, verify battery voltage underload.






592 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

















Provides inspection and maintenance guidance for energy storage systems components.



Organization: Nema

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:


593 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM



594 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM



595 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

14.4.3.2*


596 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM



ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod




Verify correct receipt of alarm, supervisory, andtrouble signals (inputs); operation of evacuationsignals and auxiliary functions (outputs); circuitsupervision, including detection of open circuitsand ground faults; and power supplysupervision for detection of loss of ac power anddisconnection of secondary batteries.



X Annually








X Annually

If control unit has disconnect or isolatingswitches, verify performance of intendedfunction of each switch. Verify receipt of troublesignal when a supervised function isdisconnected.


X Annually

If the system has a ground detection feature,verify the occurrence of ground-fault indicationwhenever any installation conductor isgrounded.




Actuate a supervisory device and verify receiptof a supervisory signal at the off-premiseslocation. If a transmission carrier is capable ofoperation under a single- or multiple-faultcondition, activate an initiating device duringsuch fault condition and verify receipt of analarm signal and a trouble signal at theoff-premises location.


597 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod




Except for DACT, actuate initiating device andverify receipt of the correct initiating devicesignal at the supervising station within90 seconds. Upon completion of the test,restore the system to its functional operatingcondition.



X Annually

Except for DACTs installed prior to adoption ofthe 2013 edition of NFPA 72 that are connectedto a telephone line (number) that is alsosupervised for adverse conditions by a derivedlocal channel, ensure connection of the DACTto two separate means of transmission.

Test DACT for line seizure capability by initiatinga signal while using the telephone line (primaryline for DACTs using two telephone lines) for atelephone call. Ensure that the call is interruptedand that the communicator connects to thedigital alarm receiver. Verify receipt of thecorrect signal at the supervising station. Verifyeach transmission attempt is completed within90 seconds from going off-hook to on-hook.

Disconnect the telephone line (primary line forDACTs using two telephone lines) from theDACT. Verify indication of the DACT troublesignal occurs at the premises fire alarm controlunit within 4 minutes of detection of the fault.Verify receipt of the telephone line trouble signalat the supervising station. Restore thetelephone line (primary line for DACTs using twotelephone lines), reset the fire alarm control unit,and verify that the telephone line fault troublesignal returns to normal. Verify that thesupervising station receives the restoral signalfrom the DACT.

Disconnect the secondary means oftransmission from the DACT. Verify indication ofthe DACT trouble signal occurs at the premisesfire alarm control unit within 4 minutes ofdetection of the fault. Verify receipt of thesecondary means trouble signal at thesupervising station. Restore the secondarymeans of transmission, reset the fire alarmcontrol unit, and verify that the trouble signalreturns to normal. Verify that the supervisingstation receives the restoral signal from thesecondary transmitter.


598 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod

Cause the DACT to transmit a signal to theDACR while a fault in the telephone line(number) (primary line for DACTs using twotelephone lines) is simulated. Verify utilization ofthe secondary communication path by theDACT to complete the transmission to theDACR.


X Annually



X Annually



(1) Open

(2) Ground


(4) Open and ground


(1) Open

(2) Ground



X Annually



X Annually




automatically. b Verify the premises unitannunciates the failure within 200 seconds ofthe transmission failure. Restore thecommunication path.


599 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod








X AnnuallyInstall phone set or remove phone from hookand verify receipt of signal at control unit.




X AnnuallyOperate the system with a minimum of any fivehandsets simultaneously. Verify voice qualityand clarity.


X Monthly




Disconnect all primary (main) power suppliesand verify the occurrence of required troubleindication for loss of primary power. Measure orverify the system’s standby and alarm currentdemand and verify the ability of batteries tomeet standby and alarm requirements usingmanufacturer’s data. Operate general alarmsystems a minimum of 5 minutes andemergency voice communications systems for aminimum of 15 minutes. Reconnect primary(main) power supply at end of test.


X Annually

If a UPS system dedicated to the system isused as a required power source, verify by thebuilding owner operation of the UPS system inaccordance with NFPA 111.

9. Battery tests


(a) Lead-acid type


X Annually


(2) Charger test X AnnuallyWith the batteries fully charged and connectedto the charger, measure the voltage across the


600 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod

batteries with a voltmeter. Verify the voltage is2.30 volts per cell ±0.02 volts at 77°F (25°C) oras specified by the equipment manufacturer.




X Semiannually

With the battery charger disconnected, load testthe batteries following the manufacturer’srecommendations. Verify the voltage level doesnot fall below the levels specified. Load testingcan be by means of an artificial load equal tothe full fire alarm load connected to the battery.Verify the battery does not fall below 2.05 voltsper cell under load.


Measure as required the specific gravity of theliquid in the pilot cell or all of the cells. Verify thespecific gravity is within the range specified bythe manufacturer. Although the specifiedspecific gravity varies from manufacturer tomanufacturer, a range of 1.205–1.220 is typicalfor regular lead-acid batteries, while1.240–1.260 is typical for high-performancebatteries. Do not use a hydrometer that showsonly a pass or fail condition of the battery anddoes not indicate the specific gravity, becausesuch a reading does not give a true indication ofthe battery condition.



X Annually



With the batteries fully charged and connectedto the charger, place an ampere meter in serieswith the battery under charge. Verify thecharging current is in accordance with themanufacturer’s recommendations for the type ofbattery used. In the absence of specific

information, use 1 ⁄ 30 to 1 ⁄ 25 of the batteryrating.




X Semiannually

With the battery charger disconnected, load testthe batteries following the manufacturer’srecommendations. Verify the voltage level doesnot fall below the levels specified. Load testing


601 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod

can be by means of an artificial load equal tothe full fire alarm load connected to the battery.Verify the float voltage for the entire battery is1.42 volts per cell, nominal, under load. Ifpossible, measure cells individually.



X Annually



With the batteries fully charged and connectedto the charger, measure the voltage across thebatteries with a voltmeter. Verify the voltage is2.30 volts per cell ±0.02 volts at 77°F (25°C) oras specified by the equipment manufacturer.





10.Public emergencyalarm reporting system— wired system

X Daily




(3) e Voltage between ground and circuits. Ifthis test shows a reading in excess of50 percent of that shown in the test specified in(2), the trouble shall be immediately located andcleared. Readings in excess of 25 percent shallbe given early attention. These readings shallbe taken with a calibrated voltmeter of not morethan 100 ohms resistance per volt. Systems inwhich each circuit is supplied by an independentcurrent source (Forms 3 and 4) require testsbetween ground and each side of each circuit.Common current source systems (Form 2)require voltage tests between ground and eachterminal of each battery and other currentsource.

(4) Ground current reading shall be permitted inlieu of (3). If this method of testing is used, allgrounds showing a current reading in excess of


602 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod

5 percent of the supplied line current shall begiven immediate attention.



Tests specified in (5) and (6) shall apply only tothose systems using a common battery. If morethan one common battery is used, eachcommon battery shall be tested.


12. Reserved

13. Reserved

14. Reserved





Test all installation conductors, other than thoseintentionally and permanently grounded, forisolation from ground per the installedequipment manufacturer’s publishedinstructions.






For initial and reacceptance testing, confirm theintroduction of a fault in any circuit monitored forintegrity results in a trouble indication at the firealarm control unit. Open one connection at notless than 10 percent of the initiating devices,notification appliances and controlled deviceson every initiating device circuit, notificationappliance circuit, and signaling line circuit.Confirm all circuits perform as indicated in


603 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod

Sections 23.5, 23.6, and 23.7.

N/A Annually




Test the fiber-optic transmission line by the useof an optical power meter or by an optical timedomain reflectometer used to measure therelative power loss of the line. Test result datamust meet or exceed ANSI/TIA 568-C.3,Optical Fiber Cabling Components Standard ,related to fiber-optic lines and connection/splicelosses and the control unit manufacturer’spublished specifications.


For initial and reacceptance testing, confirm theintroduction of a fault in any circuit monitored forintegrity results in a trouble indication at the firealarm control unit. Open one connection at notless than 10 percent of the initiating devices,notification appliances, and controlled deviceson every initiating device circuit, notificationappliance circuit, and signaling line circuit.Confirm all circuits perform as indicated inSections 23.5, 23.6, and 23.7.

N/A Annually






(2) Restorable-type

link g X AnnuallyVerify correct operation by removal of the fusiblelink and operation of the associated device.Lubricate any moving parts as necessary.





(d) Heat detectors

(1) Fixed-temperature,rate-of-rise, rate ofcompensation,

X

Annually

(see14.4.4.5)

Perform heat test with a listed and labeled heatsource or in accordance with the manufacturer’spublished instructions. Assure that the testmethod for the installed equipment does not


604 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod

restorable line, spottype (excludingpneumatic tube type)

damage the nonrestorable fixed-temperatureelement of a combination rate-of-rise/fixed-temperature element detector.


X Annually



X See Method

After 15 years from initial installation, replace alldevices or have 2 detectors per 100 laboratorytested. Replace the 2 detectors with newdevices. If a failure occurs on any of thedetectors removed, remove and test additionaldetectors to determine either a general probleminvolving faulty detectors or a localized probleminvolving 1 or 2 defective detectors.





X Annually

Perform heat tests (where test chambers are incircuit), with a listed and labeled heat source orin accordance with the manufacturer's publishedinstructions of the detector or conduct a testwith pressure pump.




X Annually



X Semiannually








Do not determine flame detector andspark/ember detector sensitivity using a lightsource that administers an unmeasured quantityof radiation at an undefined distance from the


605 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod

detector.



X Annually

h Test smoke detectors in place to ensuresmoke entry into the sensing chamber and analarm response. Use smoke or a listed andlabeled product acceptable to the manufactureror in accordance with their publishedinstructions. Other methods listed in themanufacturer's published instructions thatensure smoke entry from the protected area,through the vents, into the sensing chamber canbe used.


X Annually

Perform a functional test on all single- and multiple-station smoke alarms connected to a protectedpremises fire alarm system by putting the smokealarm into an alarm condition . and verifying that theprotected premises system receives a supervisorysignal and does not cause a fire alarm signal.




Test with smoke or a listed and labeled productacceptable to the manufacturer or inaccordance with their published instructions.Test from the end sampling port or point oneach pipe run. Verify airflow through all otherports or points.








X Annually




N/A See 14.4.4.3

i Perform any of the following tests to ensurethat each smoke detector is within its listed andmarked sensitivity range:




606 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod





X Annually

Test the devices in place to ensure CO entry tothe sensing chamber by introduction through thevents, to the sensing chamber of listed andlabeled product acceptable to the manufactureror in accordance with their publishedinstructions.



X Semiannual



X Annually



X Annually



X Annually



X Annually



X Semiannually

Water shall be flowed through an inspector'stest connection indicating the flow of waterequal to that from a single sprinkler of thesmallest orifice size installed in the system forwet-pipe systems, or an alarm test bypassconnection for dry-pipe, pre-action, or delugesystems in accordance with NFPA 25.


X Annually

Test each of the detection principles presentwithin the detector (e.g., smoke/heat/CO, etc.)independently for the specific detectionprinciple, regardless of the configuration statusat the time of testing. Also test each detector inaccordance with the published manufacturer'sinstructions.


607 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod

Test individual sensors together if thetechnology allows individual sensor responsesto be verified.













X Annually

Operate abort switch and verify correctsequence and operation in accordance withauthority having jurisdiction. Observesequencing as specified on as-built drawings orin system owner’s manual.


X Annually






X AnnuallyUse AGI flashbulb or other test light approvedby the manufacturer. Verify operation offlashbulb or light.







X Annually

Test communication between the deviceconnecting the fire extinguisher electronicmonitoring device/system and the fire alarm


608 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod

control unit to ensure proper signals arereceived at the fire alarm control unit andremote annunciator(s) if applicable.

(b) Carbon

monoxide l

device/system

X Annually



Test interface equipment connections byoperating or simulating the equipment beingsupervised. Verify signals required to betransmitted are received at the control unit. Testfrequency for interface equipment is the sameas the frequency required by the applicableNFPA standard(s) for the equipment beingsupervised.



(a) Audible n X N/A




X N/A




(c) Visible X N/A

Perform initial and reacceptance testing inaccordance with the manufacturer’s publishedinstructions. Verify appliance locations to be perapproved layout and confirm that no floor planchanges affect the approved layout. Verify that


609 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod

the candela rating marking agrees with theapproved drawing. Confirm that each applianceflashes.








X Annually

Use the manufacturer’s published instructionsand the as-built drawings provided by thesystem supplier to verify correct operation afterthe initial testing phase has been performed bythe supplier or by the supplier’s designatedrepresentative.

Test the two-way communication system toverify operation and receipt of visual andaudible signals at the transmitting unit and thereceiving unit, respectively.



Verify directions for the use of the two-waycommunication system, instructions forsummoning assistance via the two-waycommunication system, and writtenidentification of the location is posted adjacentto the two-way communication system.









610 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod









X Monthly


Cause a signal to be transmitted on eachindividual incoming DACR line (path) at leastonce every 6 hours (24 hours for DACTsinstalled prior to adoption of the 2013 edition ofNFPA 72 ). Verify receipt of these signals.


X Monthly

Cause the following conditions of all DARRs onall subsidiary and repeater station receivingequipment. Verify receipt at the supervisingstation of correct signals for each of thefollowing conditions:











611 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod







X Monthly






X Monthly







X Monthly


Where a single communications path is used,disconnect the communication path. Verify thatfailure of the path is annunciated at thesupervising station within 60 minutes of thefailure (within 5 minutes for communicationequipment installed prior to adoption of the 2013edition of NFPA 72 ). Restore thecommunication path.

Where multiple communication paths are used,disconnect both communication paths andconfirm that failure of the path is annunciated atthe supervising station within not more than6 hours of the failure (within 24 hours forcommunication equipment installed prior toadoption of the 2013 edition of NFPA 72 ).Restore both communication paths.



612 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod


X Semiannually

Actuate publicly accessible initiating device(s)and verify receipt of not less than threecomplete rounds of signal impulses. Performthis test under normal circuit conditions. If thedevice is equipped for open circuit operation(ground return), test it in this condition as one ofthe semiannual tests.



(c) Master box

(1) Manualoperation






(1) Use the manufacturer’s publishedinstructions and the as-built drawings providedby the system supplier to verify correctoperation after the initial testing phase has beenperformed by the supplier or by the supplier’sdesignated representative.

(2) Starting from the functional operatingcondition, initialize the system in accordancewith the manufacturer’s published instructions.Confirm the alternative communications pathexists between the wireless control unit andperipheral devices used to establish initiation,indication, control, and annunciation. Test thesystem for both alarm and trouble conditions.

(3) Check batteries for all components in thesystem monthly unless the control unit checksall batteries and all components daily.



At a minimum, test control equipment to verifycorrect receipt of alarm, supervisory, and troublesignals (inputs); operation of evacuation signalsand auxiliary functions (outputs); circuitsupervision, including detection of open circuitsand ground faults; and power supplysupervision for detection of loss of ac power anddisconnection of secondary batteries.



X Annually



613 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod



X Annually

Disconnect all secondary (standby) power andtest under maximum load, including all alarmappliances requiring simultaneous operation.Reconnect all secondary (standby) power atend of test. For redundant power supplies, testeach separately.


X Annually

Measure sound pressure level with a soundlevel meter meeting ANSI S1.4a, Specificationsfor Sound Level Meters, Type 2 requirements.Measure and record levels throughout protectedarea. Set the sound level meter in accordancewith ANSI S3.41, American National StandardAudible Evacuation Signal, using thetime-weighted characteristic F (FAST). Recordthe maximum output when the audibleemergency evacuation signal is on.



Perform test in accordance with manufacturer’spublished instructions. Verify appliancelocations to be per approved layout and confirmthat no floor plan changes affect the approvedlayout. Verify that the candela rating markingagrees with the approved drawing. Confirm thateach appliance flashes.


X Annually

Review event log file and verify that the correctevents were logged. Review system diagnosticlog file; correct deficiencies noted in file. Deleteunneeded log files. Delete unneeded error files.Verify that sufficient free disk space is available.Verify unobstructed flow of cooling air isavailable. Change/clean filters, cooling fans,and intake vents.




X Annually




X Annually





614 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod



















Several concerns. Devices manufactured to activate an alarm condition are listed to activate a fire alarm, not trigger a supervisory condition. This section conflicts with 29.7.7.7.1 AND 29.7.7.7.2 and section 23.12


615 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM


Submitter Full Name: Richard Simpson

Organization: Vector Security Inc

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:



616 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM



617 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

14.4.3.2*


618 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM



ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod







X Annually








X Annually










619 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod






X Annually







620 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod




X Annually



(1) Open

(2) Ground


(4) Open and ground


(1) Open

(2) Ground



X Annually



X Annually








621 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod

















X Annually


9. Battery tests


(a) Lead-acid type


X Annually







622 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod


X Semiannually






X Annually








X Semiannually




X Annually



623 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod








X Daily










624 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod


12. Reserved

13. Reserved

14. Reserved












N/A Annually






625 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod




N/A Annually






(2) Restorable-type






(d) Heat detectors


X

Annually

(see14.4.4.5)



X Annually



X See Method



626 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod






X Annually





X Annually



X Semiannually











X Annually



627 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod


X Annually













X Annually




N/A See 14.4.4.3








X Annually



628 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod



X Semiannual



X Annually



X Annually



X Annually



X Annually



X Semiannually



X Annually







629 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod










X Annually



X Annually













X Annually









630 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod


(a) Audiblen X N/A




X N/A


Verify audible information to be distinguishableand understandable and in compliance with14.4.11 10 .


(c) Visible X N/A









X Annually



631 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod



















632 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod



X Monthly




X Monthly

















X Monthly





633 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod



X Monthly







X Monthly






X Semiannually




(c) Master box

(1) Manualoperation







634 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod












X Annually



X Annually





635 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod



X Annually





X Annually




X Annually













636 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM













Reference to clause 14.4.11 in table 14.4.3.2(22) is not correct because the clause does not exist. Reference should be to 14.4.10.




Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:



637 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM



638 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

14.4.3.2*


639 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM



ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod







X Annually








X Annually










640 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod






X Annually







641 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod




X Annually



(1) Open

(2) Ground


(4) Open and ground


(1) Open

(2) Ground



X Annually



X Annually








642 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod

















X Annually


9. Battery tests


(a) Lead-acid type


X Annually







643 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod


X Semiannually






X Annually








X Semiannually




X Annually



644 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod








X Daily










645 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod


12. Reserved

13. Reserved

14. Reserved












N/A Annually






646 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod




N/A Annually






(2) Restorable-type






(d) Heat detectors


X

Annually

(see14.4.4.5)



X Annually



X See Method



647 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod






X Annually





X Annually



X Semiannually











X Annually



648 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod


X Annually













X Annually




N/A See 14.4.4.3








X Annually



649 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod



X Semiannual



X Annually



X Annually



X Annually



X Annually



X Semiannually

Water shall be flowed through an inspector's testconnection indicating the flow of water equal tothat from a single sprinkler of the smallest orificesize installed in the system or other Listed andApproved waterflow switch test methods forwet-pipe systems, or an alarm test bypassconnection for dry-pipe, pre-action, or delugesystems in accordance with NFPA 25.


X Annually







650 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod










X Annually



X Annually













X Annually









651 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod


(a) Audiblen X N/A




X N/A




(c) Visible X N/A









X Annually



652 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod



















653 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod



X Monthly




X Monthly

















X Monthly





654 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod



X Monthly







X Monthly






X Semiannually




(c) Master box

(1) Manualoperation







655 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod












X Annually



X Annually





656 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod



X Annually





X Annually




X Annually













657 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM












Change 14.4.3.2 (17) (K) to allow other Listed and Approved waterflow switch test methods in addition to opening the test valve. With the movement towards water conservation to combat droughts, concerns over the discharge of sprinkler water being treated as a pollution hazard and the realization that the introduction of fresh water and oxygen into fire sprinkler systems contributes to corrosion of the systems; alternative means of testing waterflow switches have been developed. If these alternative methods of testing are Listed, they should be allowed to be used if found acceptable to local AHJ’s.The Purpose of this standard as described in Section 1.2.1 is to define the means of signal initiation, transmission, notification and annunciation. It is not to prove the availability of a water supply.Also as indicated in the Purpose of this standard as described in Section 1.2.3, this is a minimum means of testing. This change would allow an AHJ determine whether or not to Approve the use of an alternative means of testing a waterflow switch and how often that alternative method could be used. For instance, an actual flow test could be required annually but the alternative method could be required quarterly.

The purpose of the waterflow test is to verify the operation of the alarm attachment not to verify that water will flow through the entire system. This is explained in the annex of NFPA 13, A.8.17.4.2. Other tests in NFPA 25 such as the main drain tests are much more suitable to confirm the proper water supply is available.Relying on a waterflow test through an ITV to verify water will flow through the system or even to prove that water supply valves are open is a false sense of security. A vane type waterflow switch is required to detect flow at 10 gpm. That is all the waterflow test through an ITV proves is that 10 gpm is flowing to that point, nothing more. For comparison, the alarm bypass valve is allowed to be used to test the pressure type waterflow switch on dry, pre-action, or wet systems with alarm check valves. This test only proves that 6 psi is available at the alarm port of the Dry, preaction or alarm check valve, nothing more. The alarm pressure switch is required to operate at 6 psi.


Submitter Full Name: Michael Henke


658 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

Organization: Potter Electric Signal Company

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Thu Dec 24 11:11:53 EST 2015


659 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM



660 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

14.4.3.2*


661 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM



ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod







X Annually








X Annually










662 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod






X Annually







663 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod




X Annually



(1) Open

(2) Ground


(4) Open and ground


(1) Open

(2) Ground



X Annually



X Annually








664 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod












If an engine-driven generator dedicated to thesystem is used as a required power source, verifyoperation of the generator and transfer switch inaccordance with NFPA 110 by the building owner.





X Annually


9. Battery tests


(a) Lead-acid type


X Annually







665 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod


X Semiannually






X Annually








X Semiannually




X Annually



666 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod








X Daily










667 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod


12. Reserved

13. Reserved

14. Reserved












N/A Annually






668 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod




N/A Annually






(2) Restorable-type






(d) Heat detectors


X

Annually

(see14.4.4.5)



X Annually



X See Method



669 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod






X Annually





X Annually



X Semiannually











X Annually



670 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod


X Annually













X Annually




N/A See 14.4.4.3








X Annually



671 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod



X Semiannual



X Annually



X Annually



X Annually



X Annually



X Semiannually



X Annually







672 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod










X Annually



X Annually













X Annually









673 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod


(a) Audiblen X N/A




X N/A




(c) Visible X N/A









X Annually



674 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod



















675 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod



X Monthly




X Monthly

















X Monthly





676 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod



X Monthly







X Monthly






X Semiannually




(c) Master box

(1) Manualoperation







677 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod












X Annually



X Annually





678 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod



X Annually





X Annually




X Annually













679 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM












Transfer switches are essential parts of the backup system and should be identified as such. We find that it is much easier to test a generator than a transfer switch because of the disruption transfer switch operation can cause occupants.


Submitter FullName:

Michael Anthony


Affilliation:University of Michigan | Business & Finance Plant Operations |@StandardsUMich

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:



680 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM



681 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

14.4.3.2*


682 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM



ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod







X Annually








X Annually







Actuate a supervisory device and verify receipt ofa supervisory signal at the off-premises location.If a transmission carrier is capable of operationunder a single- or multiple-fault condition, activatean initiating device during such fault conditionand verify receipt of an alarm signal and a troublesignal at the off-premises location.



683 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod






X Annually





Cause the DACT to transmit a signal to theDACR while a fault in the telephone line (number)(primary line for DACTs using two telephonelines) is simulated. Verify utilization of thesecondary communication path by the DACT tocomplete the transmission to the DACR.


684 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod




X Annually



(1) Open

(2) Ground


(4) Open and ground


(1) Open

(2) Ground



X Annually



X Annually








685 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod















Disconnect all primary (main) power supplies andverify the occurrence of required troubleindication for loss of primary power. Measure orverify the system’s standby and alarm currentdemand and verify the ability of batteries to meetstandby and alarm requirements usingmanufacturer’s data. Operate general alarmsystems a minimum of 5 minutes and emergencyvoice communications systems for a minimum of15 minutes. Reconnect primary (main) powersupply at end of test.


X Annually


9. Battery tests


(a) Lead-acid type


X Annually







686 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod


X Semiannually



Measure as required the specific gravity of theliquid in the pilot cell or all of the cells. Verify thespecific gravity is within the range specified bythe manufacturer. Although the specified specificgravity varies from manufacturer to manufacturer,a range of 1.205–1.220 is typical for regularlead-acid batteries, while 1.240–1.260 is typicalfor high-performance batteries. Do not use ahydrometer that shows only a pass or failcondition of the battery and does not indicate thespecific gravity, because such a reading does notgive a true indication of the battery condition.



X Annually








X Semiannually

With the battery charger disconnected, load testthe batteries following the manufacturer’srecommendations. Verify the voltage level doesnot fall below the levels specified. Load testingcan be by means of an artificial load equal to thefull fire alarm load connected to the battery. Verifythe float voltage for the entire battery is 1.42 voltsper cell, nominal, under load. If possible,measure cells individually.



X Annually



687 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod








X Daily










688 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod


12. Reserved

13. Reserved

14. Reserved












N/A Annually






689 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod




N/A Annually






(2) Restorable-type






(d) Heat detectors


X

Annually

(see14.4.4.5)



X Annually



X See Method



690 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod






X Annually





X Annually



X Semiannually











X Annually



691 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod


X Annually













X Annually




N/A See 14.4.4.3








X Annually

Test the devices in place to ensure CO entry tothe sensing chamber by introduction through thevents, to the sensing chamber of listed andlabeled product acceptable to the manufactureror in accordance with their published instructions.


692 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod



XSemiannual Annually

Operate valve and verify signal receipt to bewithin the first two revolutions of the handwheelor within one-fifth of the travel distance, or per themanufacturer’s published instructions.


X Annually



X Annually



X Annually



X Annually



X Semiannually



X Annually







693 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod










X Annually



X Annually













X Annually









694 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod


(a) Audiblen X N/A




X N/A




(c) Visible X N/A









X Annually

Use the manufacturer’s published instructionsand the as-built drawings provided by the systemsupplier to verify correct operation after the initialtesting phase has been performed by the supplieror by the supplier’s designated representative.


695 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod



















696 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod



X Monthly




X Monthly

















X Monthly





697 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod



X Monthly







X Monthly






X Semiannually

Actuate publicly accessible initiating device(s)and verify receipt of not less than three completerounds of signal impulses. Perform this test undernormal circuit conditions. If the device isequipped for open circuit operation (groundreturn), test it in this condition as one of thesemiannual tests.



(c) Master box

(1) Manualoperation







698 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod












X Annually



X Annually

Measure sound pressure level with a sound levelmeter meeting ANSI S1.4a, Specifications forSound Level Meters, Type 2 requirements.Measure and record levels throughout protectedarea. Set the sound level meter in accordancewith ANSI S3.41, American National StandardAudible Evacuation Signal, using thetime-weighted characteristic F (FAST). Recordthe maximum output when the audibleemergency evacuation signal is on.




699 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

ComponentInitial

Acceptance

Periodic

FrequencyMethod



X Annually





X Annually




X Annually













700 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM












Since this component is already supervised, an annual test will release man-hours to test other higher risk components.


Submitter Full Name: Michael Anthony


Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Tue Feb 16 11:27:00 EST 2016


701 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM


Testing of CO System Detectors

14.4.3.5 For all carbon monoxide system detectors installed after January 1, 2012, carbon monoxide testsshall be performed at initial acceptance and annually by the introduction of carbon monoxide into thesensing chamber or element. An electronic check (magnets, analog values, etc.) is not sufficient to complywith this requirement.


Incorporation of requirements from NFPA 720.


Submitter Full Name: Laurence Dallaire

Organization: Architect Of The Capitol

Affilliation: Task Group on 720 Incorporation

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:



702 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM


14.4.4.5.4

Within 5 years, each detector shall have been tested.

14.4.4.5.5 Carbon monoxide apparatus that require resetting to maintain normal operation shall be restoredto normal as promptly as possible after each test and alarm and kept in normal condition for operation. Alltest signals received shall be recorded to indicate date and time.


Incorporation of NFPA 720 requirements.




Affilliation: Task Group on 720 Integration

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:



703 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM


TITLE OF NEW CONTENT

14.4.5.4.2

Carbon monoxide alarms shall be replaced when either the end-of-life signal is activated or themanufacturer’s replacement date is reached.


Incorporation of NFPA 720.




Affilliation: Task Group on 720 Integration

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:



704 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM


14.4.6.1 Testing.

Household fire alarm systems shall be tested by a qualified service technician at least annually according tothe methods of Table 14.4.3.2. The installing contractor shall be required to provide this information inwriting by official correspondence to the customer upon completion of the system installation. To the extentthat the fire alarm system is monitored offsite, the supervising station contractor shall provide notice of thisrequirement to the customer on a yearly basis. (SIG-HOU)


See PI 8







Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:



705 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM


14.4.6.1 Testing.

Household fire alarm systems shall be tested by a qualified service technician at least annually according to themethods of Table 14.4.3.2 . The installing contractor shall be required to provide this information in writing to thecustomer upon completion of the system installation. To the extent that the fire alarm system is monitored offsite,the supervising station contractor shall provide notice of this requirement to the customer on a yearly basis .(SIG-HOU)


Maintaining a household system is the responsibility of the protected premise's owner not the installing company or supervising station.




Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:



706 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM


14.4.6.1 Testing.

Household fire alarm systems shall be tested by a qualified service technician according tomanufacturer’s published Instructions at least annually according to the methods of Table 14.4.3.2 . Theinstalling contractor shall be required to provide this information in writing to the customer upon completionof the system installation. To the extent that the fire alarm system is monitored offsite, the supervisingstation contractor shall provide notice of this requirement to the customer on a yearly

basis. (SIG-HOU)


Requiring a qualified technician to conduct an annual test in Household is not enforceable, will be ignored because it’s the expense for the desired outcome is not practical for the typical home homeowner/occupant, and is in conflict with table 14.4.3.2

Table 14.4.3.2 TestingComponent17. Initiating devices(3) System smoke detectors used in one- and two-family dwellings

Periodic Frequency = Annually

Method = Conduct functional tests according to manufacturer’s published Instructions


Submitter Full Name: Anthony Mucci

Organization: Tyco Integrated Security

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:



707 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM


14.4.8 Household Carbon Monoxide Detection Systems.14.4.8.1 Testing of Household Carbon Monoxide Detection Systems.

14.4.8 .1.1

Household carbon monoxide detection systems shall be tested by a qualified service technician at leastevery 3 years according to the methods in Table 14.4.3.2 [1] .

14.4.8.1 .2

Carbon monoxide d etectors shall be replaced when the end-of-life signal is activated, the manufacturer’sreplacement date is reached, or when they fail to respond to operability tests.


NFPA 720 Integration




Affilliation: Task Group on 720 integration

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:



708 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM


14.4.7 Circuits from Central Station.

Circuits extending from the central station that have had no signal activity in the preceding 24 hours shallbe tested at intervals of not more than 24 hours .


Unable top determine the reason for this section.




Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:



709 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM


14.6.1.4

For air sampling systems that utilize remote sampling test points, a label shall be installed to the pipeadjacent to the test point to document the following information; commissioning test date, test point number,associated detector number and transport time.


SIG-IDS Technical Committee felt that additional air sampling-type smoke detection system guidance was necessary in NFPA 72. As a result, the SIG-IDS Chairman formed a task group to propose changes that would assist the fire protection community with the application, installation, inspection, testing, and maintenance of ASSD systems. This change is a result of that task group's efforts. Additionally, the task group proposed a complete re-write of section 17.7.3.6.







Submitter Full Name: Scott Golly


Affilliation: SIG-IDS ASSD Task Group

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:



710 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM


14.6.2.5The system shall be clearly identified by a placard, sticker, or other means to indicate the next regularlyscheduled inspection, test or maintenance.

Exception: If the devices have been tested as part of the normal carbon monoxide alarm testing, theexisting means of indicating the next regularly scheduled inspection period shall be permitted.


NFPA 720 integration




Affilliation: Task Group on 720 integration

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:



711 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM


Chapter 26 Supervising Station Alarm Systems

26.1* Application.

The performance, installation, and operation of alarm systems at a continuously attended supervisingstation and between the protected premises and the continuously attended supervising station shall complywith the requirements of this chapter.

26.1.1*

Where any system regulated by this Code sends signals to a supervising station, the entire system shallbecome a supervising station alarm system.

26.1.2

The requirements of Chapters 7, 10, 12, 14, and 23 shall apply unless otherwise noted in this chapter.

26.1.3

The requirements of this chapter shall not apply to Chapter 29 unless otherwise noted.

26.2 General.

26.2.1 Alarm Signal Disposition.

26.2.1.1

Alarm signals initiated by manual fire alarm boxes, automatic fire detectors, waterflow fromthe automaticsprinkler system, or actuation of other fire suppression system(s) or equipment shall be treated as firealarm signals.

26.2.1.2*

Except as permitted by 26.2.2 and 29.7.9.2, all fire alarm signals received by a supervising station shall beimmediately retransmitted to the communications center.

26.2.1.3

Fire alarm signals received at the supervising station by a zone or zones shall be retransmitted by zone tothe communications center.

26.2.1.4

Fire alarm signals received at the supervising station that are identified as an individual point or points shallbe retransmitted by point identifier to the communications center.

26.2.2* Alarm Signal Verification.


946 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

26.2.2.1

For applications other than those addressed under the scope of 29.7.9.2, supervising station personnelshall attempt to verify alarm signals prior to reporting them to the communication center where all thefollowing conditions exist:

(1)

(2) Documentation of the requirement for alarm signal verification is provided by the responsible firedepartment to the supervising station and the protected premises.

(3) If the requirement for verification changes, the responsible fire department shall notify the supervisingstation and the protected premises.

(4)

(5) Verification of a true fire is received from anyone on premises or verification of an unwanted alarmsignal is received only from a pre-assigned list of authorized personnel within the protected premises.

(6)

(7)

(8)

26.2.3 Alarm Signal Content.

Where required by the enforcing authority, governing laws, codes, or standards, alarm signals transmittedto a supervising station shall be by addressable device or zone identification.

26.2.4 Restoral Signals.

26.2.4.1

All supervising station fire alarm systems shall be programmed to report restoral signals to the supervisingstation of all alarm, supervisory, and trouble signals upon restoration of the activation.

26.2.4.2*

Any signal received by the supervising station that has not restored to normal condition within 24 hours ofinitial receipt shall be redisplayed to an operator as a nonrestored signal and shall be reported to thesubscriber.

Exception: This provision shall not apply to scheduled impairments.

26.2.5 Multiple Buildings.

For multiple building premises, the requirements of 10.17.5.3 shall apply to the alarm, supervisory, andtrouble signals transmitted to the supervising station.

26.2.6* Change of Service.

26.2.6.1*

Supervising station customers or clients and the authority having jurisdiction shall be notified in writing viaOfficial Correspondence by the new supervising station within 30 calendar days of any change of serviceprovider that results in signals from the client's property being handled by a new supervising station.

26.2.6.2

Where the new provider of supervising station services covered by 26.2.6.1also provides the requiredtesting, the new provider shall test zones, points, and signals from each affected property in accordancewith the requirements of Chapter 14 at or prior to the next scheduled periodic test.

* Alarm signal verification is required by the responsible fire department for a specific protectedpremises.

* The verification process does not take longer than 90 seconds from the time the alarm signal isreceived at the supervising station until the time that retransmission of the verified alarm signal isinitiated.

* Verified alarm signals are immediately retransmitted to the communications center and includeinformation that the signal was verified at the protected premises to be an emergency.

* Alarm signals where verification is not conclusive are immediately retransmitted to thecommunications center.

* Alarm signals that are verified as unwanted alarms shall be reported to the responsible firedepartment in a manner and at a frequency specified by the responsible fire department.


947 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

26.2.6.3

Where the new provider of supervising station services covered by 26.2.6.1does not provide the requiredtesting, the new provider shall notify the alarm system owner of the need to test zones, points, and signalsfrom each affected property in accordance with the requirements of Chapter 14 prior to or at the nextscheduled periodic test.

26.2.6.4

The supervising station shall notify the authority having jurisdiction prior to terminating service.

26.2.7 Supervising Station Signal Processing Equipment.

Signal processing equipment located at the supervising station listed to ANSI/UL 60950, InformationTechnology Equipment — Part 1: General Requirements, and used for computer-aided alarm andsupervisory signal processing shall not be required to comply with 10.3.5 provided it is installed andoperated conforming to ANSI/UL 1981, Central Station Automation Systems, within an environment that ismaintained at a level within the temperature, humidity, and voltage rating range of the equipment, and theequipment manufacturer's published instructions are available for examination.

26.2.8 Qualification of Supervising Station Operators.

Supervising station operators shall be qualified in accordance with the requirements of 10.5.5.

26.3 Central Station Service Alarm Systems.

Alarm systems used to provide central station service shall comply with the general requirements and theuse requirements of Section 26.3.

26.3.1 System Scope.

Alarm systems for central station service shall include the central station physical plant, exteriorcommunications channels, subsidiary stations, and alarm and signaling equipment located at the protectedpremises.

26.3.2* Service Scope.

Section 26.3 shall apply to central station service, which consists of the following elements:

(1) Installation of alarm transmitters

(2) Alarm, guard, supervisory, and trouble signal monitoring

(3) Retransmission

(4) Associated record keeping and reporting

(5) Testing and maintenance

(6) Runner service

26.3.3 Contract Requirements.

The central station service elements shall be provided under contract to a subscriber by a prime contractorthat has a listing for central station fire alarm services.

26.3.3.1

The prime contractor shall be responsible for code-compliant service delivery, regardless of anysubcontracting arrangements involved in the delivery of service.

26.3.3.2

Signal monitoring, retransmission, and associated recordkeeping and reporting shall be provided by acompany that has a listing for central station alarm services covering these elements.

26.3.4* Indication of Central Station Service.

The prime contractor shall conspicuously indicate that the alarm system providing service at a protectedpremises complies with all the requirements of this Code through the use of a systematic follow-upprogram under the control of the organization that has listed the prime contractor.

26.3.4.1

Documentation indicating Code compliance of the alarm system shall be issued by the organization thathas listed the prime contractor.


948 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

26.3.4.2

The documentation shall include, at a minimum, the following information:

(1) Name of the prime contractor involved with the ongoing Code compliance of the central station service

(2)

(3) Issue and expiration dates of the documentation

(4) Name, address, and contact information of the organization issuing the document

(5) Identification of the authority(ies) having jurisdiction for the central station service installation

26.3.4.3

The documentation shall be physically posted within 3 ft (1 m) of the control unit, and copies of thedocumentation shall be made available to the authority(ies) having jurisdiction upon request.

26.3.4.4

A central repository of issued documentation, accessible to the authority having jurisdiction, shall bemaintained by the organization that has listed the prime contractor.

26.3.4.5*

Alarm system service that does not comply with all the requirements of Section 26.3 shall not bedesignated as central station service.

26.3.4.6*

For the purpose of Section 26.3, the subscriber shall notify the prime contractor , in writing, via OfficialCorrespondence of the identity of the authority(ies) having jurisdiction.

26.3.4.7

The authority(ies) having jurisdiction identified in 26.3.4.2 (5) shall be notified within 30 calendar days ofthe expiration or cancellation by the organization that has listed the prime contractor.

26.3.4.8

The subscriber shall surrender expired or canceled documentation to the prime contractor within 30 days ofthe termination date.

26.3.5 Facilities.

26.3.5.1

The central station building or that portion of a building occupied by a central station shall conform to theconstruction, fire protection, restricted access, emergency lighting, and power facilities requirements of thelatest edition of ANSI/UL 827, Standard for Central-Station Alarm Services.

26.3.5.2

Subsidiary station buildings or those portions of buildings occupied by subsidiary stations shall conform tothe construction, fire protection, restricted access, emergency lighting, and power facilities requirements ofthe latest edition of ANSI/UL 827, Standard for Central-Station Alarm Services.

26.3.5.2.1

All intrusion, fire, power, and environmental control systems for subsidiary station buildings shall bemonitored by the central station in accordance with 26.3.5.

26.3.5.2.2

The subsidiary facility shall be inspected at least monthly by central station personnel for the purpose ofverifying the operation of all supervised equipment, all telephones, all battery conditions, and all fluid levelsof batteries and generators.

26.3.5.2.3

In the event of the failure of equipment at the subsidiary station or the communications channel to thecentral station, a backup shall be operational within 90 seconds.

26.3.5.2.4

With respect to 26.3.5.2.3, restoration of a failed unit shall be accomplished within 5 days.

* Full description of the alarm system as installed


949 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

26.3.5.2.5

Each communications channel shall be continuously supervised between the subsidiary station and thecentral station.

26.3.5.2.6

When the communications channel between the subsidiary station and the supervising station fails, thecommunications shall be switched to an alternate path. Public switched telephone network facilities shall beused only as an alternate path.

26.3.5.2.7

In the subsidiary station, there shall be a communications path, such as a cellular telephone, that isindependent of the telephone cable between the subsidiary station and the serving wire center.

26.3.5.2.8

A plan of action to provide for restoration of services specified by this Code shall exist for each subsidiarystation.

(A)

This plan shall provide for restoration of services within 4 hours of any impairment that causes loss ofsignals from the subsidiary station to the central station.

(B)

An exercise to demonstrate the adequacy of the plan shall be conducted at least annually.

26.3.6 Equipment.

26.3.6.1

The central station and all subsidiary stations shall be equipped so as to receive and record all signals inaccordance with 26.6.6.

26.3.6.2

Circuit-adjusting means for emergency operation shall be permitted to be automatic or to be providedthrough manual operation upon receipt of a trouble signal.

26.3.6.3

Computer-aided alarm and supervisory signal–processing hardware and software shall be listed for thepurpose.

26.3.6.4

Power supplies shall comply with the requirements of Chapter 10.

26.3.6.5

Transmission means shall comply with the requirements of Section 26.6.

26.3.6.6*

Two independent means shall be provided to retransmit an alarm signal to the designated communicationscenter.

26.3.6.6.1

The use of a universal emergency number, such as the 911 public safety answering point, shall not meetthe intent of this Code for the principal means of retransmission.

26.3.6.6.2

If the principal means of retransmission is not equipped to allow the communications center to acknowledgereceipt of each alarm report, both means shall be used to retransmit.

26.3.6.6.3

The retransmission means shall be tested in accordance with Chapter 14.

26.3.6.6.4

The retransmission signal and the time and date of retransmission shall be recorded at the central station.

26.3.7 Personnel.


950 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

26.3.7.1

The central station shall have not less than two qualified operators on duty at the central station at all timesto ensure disposition of signals in accordance with the requirements of 26.3.8.

26.3.7.2

Operation and supervision shall be the primary functions of the operators, and no other interest or activityshall take precedence over the protective service.

26.3.8 Disposition of Signals.

26.3.8.1 Alarm Signals.

26.3.8.1.1

The central station shall perform the following actions:

(1)

(2) Dispatch a runner or technician to the protected premises to arrive within 2 hours after receipt of asignal if equipment needs to be manually reset by the prime contractor. Except where prohibited by theauthority having jurisdiction, the runner or technician shall be permitted to be recalled prior to arrival atthe premises if a qualified representative of the subscriber at the premises can provide the necessaryresetting of the equipment and is able to place the system back in operating condition.

(3) Immediately notify the subscriber.

(4) Provide notice to the subscriber or authority having jurisdiction, or both, if required.

Exception: If the alarm signal results from a prearranged test, the actions specified by 26.3.8.1.1 (1) and(3) shall not be required.

26.3.8.2 Guard’s Tour Supervisory Signal.

26.3.8.2.1

Upon failure to receive a guard’s tour supervisory signal within a 15-minute maximum grace period, thecentral station shall perform the following actions:

(1) Communicate without unreasonable delay with personnel at the protected premises

(2) Dispatch a runner to the protected premises to arrive within 30 minutes of the delinquency ifcommunications cannot be established

(3) Report all delinquencies to the subscriber or authority having jurisdiction, or both, if required

26.3.8.2.2

Failure of the guard to follow a prescribed route in transmitting signals shall be handled as a delinquency.

26.3.8.3* Supervisory Signals.

Upon receipt of a supervisory signal that is not prearranged, the central station shall perform the followingactions:

(1)

(2) Dispatch a runner or maintenance person to arrive within 2 hours to investigate unless the supervisorysignal is cleared in accordance with a scheduled procedure determined by 26.3.8.3 (1)

(3) Notify the authority having jurisdiction and the subscriber when sprinkler systems or other firesuppression systems or equipment have been wholly or partially out of service for 8 hours

(4) When service has been restored, provide notice to the subscriber and the authority having jurisdictionof the nature of the signal, the time of occurrence, and the restoration of service when equipment hasbeen out of service for 8 hours or more

* Retransmit the alarm to the communications center in accordance with 26.2.1.

* Communicate immediately with the persons designated by the subscriber and notify the firedepartment, law enforcement agency, or both when required by the authority having jurisdiction


951 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

26.3.8.4 Trouble Signals.

Upon receipt of trouble signals or other signals pertaining solely to matters of equipment maintenance ofthe alarm systems, the central station shall perform the following actions:

(1)

(2) Dispatch personnel to arrive within 4 hours to initiate maintenance, if necessary

(3) When the interruption is more than 8 hours, provide notice to the subscriber and the fire department ifso required by the authority having jurisdiction as to the nature of the interruption, the time ofoccurrence, and the restoration of service

26.3.8.5 Test Signals.

26.3.8.5.1

All test signals received shall be recorded to indicate date, time, and type.

26.3.8.5.2

Test signals initiated by the subscriber, including those for the benefit of an authority having jurisdiction,shall be acknowledged by central station personnel whenever the subscriber or authority inquires.

26.3.8.5.3*

Any test signal not received by the central station shall be investigated immediately, and action shall betaken to reestablish system integrity.

26.3.8.5.4

The central station shall dispatch personnel to arrive within 2 hours if protected premises equipment needsto be manually reset after testing.

26.3.8.5.5

The prime contractor shall provide each of its representatives and each alarm system user with a uniquepersonal identification code.

26.3.8.5.6

In order to authorize the placing of an alarm system into test status, a representative of the prime contractoror an alarm system user shall first provide the central station with his or her personal identification code.

26.3.9 Record Keeping and Reporting.

26.3.9.1

Complete records of all signals received shall be retained for at least 1 year.

26.3.9.2

Testing and maintenance records shall be retained as required by 14.6.3.

26.3.9.3

The central station shall make arrangements to furnish reports of signals received to the authority havingjurisdiction in a manner approved by the authority having jurisdiction.

26.3.10 Testing and Maintenance.

Testing and maintenance for central station service shall be performed in accordance with Chapter 14.

26.4 Proprietary Supervising Station Alarm Systems.

26.4.1 Application.

Supervising facilities of proprietary alarm systems shall comply with the operating procedures ofSection 26.4. The facilities, equipment, personnel, operation, testing, and maintenance of the proprietarysupervising station shall also comply with Section 26.4.

26.4.2 General.

26.4.2.1

Proprietary supervising stations shall be operated by trained, competent personnel in constant attendancewho are responsible to the owner of the protected property.

* Communicate immediately with persons designated by the subscriber


952 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

26.4.2.2

The protected property shall be either a contiguous property or noncontiguous properties under oneownership.

26.4.2.3

If a protected premises control unit is integral to or colocated with the supervising station equipment, therequirements of Section 26.6 shall not apply.

26.4.3 Facilities.

26.4.3.1*

The proprietary supervising station shall be located in either of the following:

(1) Fire-resistive, detached building

(2) A fire-resistive room protected from the hazardous parts of the building

26.4.3.2

Access to the proprietary supervising station shall be restricted to those persons directly concerned with theimplementation and direction of emergency action and procedure.

26.4.3.3

The proprietary supervising station, as well as remotely located power rooms for batteries or engine-drivengenerators, shall be provided with portable fire extinguishers that comply with the requirements of NFPA 10.

26.4.3.4

The emergency lighting system shall comply with the requirements of 26.4.3.4.1 through 26.4.3.4.3.

26.4.3.4.1

The proprietary supervising station shall be provided with an automatic emergency lighting system.

26.4.3.4.2

The emergency source shall be independent of the primary lighting source.

26.4.3.4.3

In the event of a loss of the primary lighting for the supervising station, the emergency lighting system shallprovide illumination for a period of not less than 26 hours to permit the operators to carry on operations andshall be tested in accordance with the requirements of Chapter 14.

26.4.3.5

If 25 or more protected buildings or premises are connected to a subsidiary station, both of the followingshall be provided at the subsidiary station:

(1) Automatic means for receiving and recording signals under emergency staffing conditions

(2) A telephone

26.4.4 Equipment.

26.4.4.1 Signal-Receiving Equipment.

26.4.4.1.1

Signal-receiving equipment in a proprietary supervising station shall comply with 26.4.4.

26.4.4.1.2

Provision shall be made to designate the building in which a signal originates.

26.4.4.1.3

The floor, section, or other subdivision of the building in which a signal originates shall be designated at theproprietary supervising station or at the building that is protected.

Exception: Where the area, height, or special conditions of occupancy make detailed designationunessential as approved by the authority having jurisdiction.


953 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

26.4.4.1.4

Designation, as required by 26.4.4.1.2 and 26.4.4.1.3, shall use private-mode notification appliancesapproved by the authority having jurisdiction.

26.4.4.2 Signal-Alerting Equipment.

26.4.4.2.1

The proprietary supervising station shall have, in addition to a recording device, two different means foralerting the operator when each signal is received that indicates a change of state of any connectedinitiating device circuit.

26.4.4.2.1.1

One of these means shall be an audible signal, which shall persist until manually acknowledged.

26.4.4.2.1.2

Means shall include the receipt of alarm, supervisory, and trouble signals, including signals indicatingrestoration.

26.4.4.2.1.3

If means is provided in the proprietary supervising station to identify the type of signal received, a commonaudible indicating appliance shall be permitted to be used for alarm, supervisory, and trouble indication.

26.4.4.2.1.4

At a proprietary supervising station, an audible trouble signal shall be permitted to be silenced, providedthat the act of silencing does not prevent the signal from operating immediately upon receipt of asubsequent trouble signal.

26.4.4.2.2

All signals required to be received by the proprietary supervising station that show a change in status shallbe automatically and permanently recorded, including time and date of occurrence, in a form that expeditesoperator interpretation in accordance with any one of the means detailed in 26.4.4.2.2.1 through26.4.4.2.2.4.

26.4.4.2.2.1

If a visual display is used that automatically provides change of status information for each required signal,including type and location of occurrence, any form of automatic permanent visual record shall bepermitted.

(A)

The recorded information shall include the content described in 26.4.4.2.2.

(B)

The visual display shall show status information content at all times and be distinctly different after theoperator has manually acknowledged each signal.

(C)

Acknowledgment shall produce recorded information indicating the time and date of acknowledgment.

26.4.4.2.2.2

If a visual display is not provided, required signal content information shall be automatically recorded onduplicate, permanent visual recording instruments.

26.4.4.2.2.3

One recording instrument shall be used for recording all incoming signals, while the other shall be used forrequired alarm, supervisory, and trouble signals only.

(A)

Failure to acknowledge a signal shall not prevent subsequent signals from recording.

(B)

Restoration of the signal to its prior condition shall be recorded.

26.4.4.2.2.4


954 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

In the event that a system combines the use of a sequential visual display and recorded permanent visualpresentation, the required signal content information shall be displayed and recorded.

(A)

The visual information component shall be retained either on the display until manually acknowledged orrepeated at intervals not greater than 5 seconds, for durations of 2 seconds each, until manuallyacknowledged.

(B)

Each new displayed status change shall be accompanied by an audible indication that persists until manualacknowledgment of the signal is performed.

26.4.4.3* Redisplay of Status.

A means shall be provided for the operator to redisplay the status of required signal-initiating inputs thathave been acknowledged but not yet restored.

26.4.4.3.1

If the system retains the signal on the visual display until manually acknowledged, subsequent recordedpresentations shall not be inhibited upon failure to acknowledge.

26.4.4.3.2

Alarm signals shall be segregated on a separate visual display in this configuration.

Exception: Alarm signals shall not be required to be segregated on a separate display if given prioritystatus on the common visual display.

26.4.4.4 Display Rate.

To facilitate the prompt receipt of alarm signals from systems handling other types of signals that are able toproduce multiple simultaneous status changes, the requirements of either of the following shall be met:

(1) Record simultaneous status changes at a rate not slower than either a quantity of 50 or 10 percent ofthe total number of initiating device circuits connected, within 90 seconds, whichever number issmaller, without loss of any signal

(2) Display or record alarm signals at a rate not slower than one every 10 seconds, regardless of the rateor number of status changes occurring, without loss of any signals

26.4.4.5 Trouble Signals.

Trouble signals and their restoration shall be automatically indicated and recorded at the proprietarysupervising station.

26.4.4.5.1

The recorded information for the occurrence of any trouble condition of signaling line circuit, leg facility, ortrunk facility that prevents receipt of alarm signals at the proprietary supervising station shall be such thatthe operator is able to determine the presence of the trouble condition.

26.4.4.5.2

Trouble conditions in a leg facility shall not affect or delay receipt of signals at the proprietary supervisingstation from other leg facilities on the same trunk facility.

26.4.5 Personnel.

26.4.5.1

The proprietary supervising station shall have at least two qualified operators on duty at all times. One ofthe two operators shall be permitted to be a runner.

Exception: If the means for transmitting alarms to the fire department is automatic, at least one operatorshall be on duty at all times.

26.4.5.2

When the runner is not in attendance at the proprietary supervising station, the runner shall establishtwo-way communications with the station at intervals not exceeding 15 minutes, unless otherwise permittedby 26.4.5.3.


955 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

26.4.5.3

Where two or more operators are on duty in the supervising station, a runner physically in attendance at anoncontiguous protected premises and immediately available via telephone or other approved means ofcommunication shall not be required to maintain two-way communications at 15-minute intervals if thatrunner is not responsible for another protected premises.

26.4.5.4

The primary duties of the operator(s) shall be to monitor signals, operate the system, and take such actionas shall be required by the authority having jurisdiction.

26.4.5.5

The operator(s) shall not be assigned any additional duties that would take precedence over the primaryduties.

26.4.6 Operations.

26.4.6.1 Communications and Transmission Channels.

26.4.6.1.1

All communications and transmission channels between the proprietary supervising station and theprotected premises control unit shall be operated manually or automatically once every 24 hours to verifyoperation.

26.4.6.1.2

If a communications or transmission channel fails to operate, the operator shall immediately notify theperson(s) identified by the owner or authority having jurisdiction.

26.4.6.2 Operator Controls.

26.4.6.2.1

All operator controls at the proprietary supervising station(s) designated by the authority having jurisdictionshall be operated at each change of shift.

26.4.6.2.2

If operator controls fail, the operator shall immediately notify the person(s) identified by the owner orauthority having jurisdiction.

26.4.6.3 Retransmission.

Indication of a fire shall be promptly retransmitted to the communications center or other locations acceptedby the authority having jurisdiction, indicating the building or group of buildings from which the alarm hasbeen received.

26.4.6.4* Retransmission Means.

The means of retransmission shall be accepted by the authority having jurisdiction and shall be inaccordance with 26.3.6.6, 26.5.4.4, or Chapter 27.

Exception: Secondary power supply capacity shall be as required in Chapter 10.

26.4.6.5* Coded Retransmission.

Retransmission by coded signals shall be confirmed by two-way voice communications indicating thenature of the alarm.

26.4.6.6 Dispositions of Signals.

26.4.6.6.1 Alarms.

Upon receipt of an alarm signal, the proprietary supervising station operator shall initiate action to performthe following:

(1) Notify the communications center, the emergency response team, and such other parties as theauthority having jurisdiction requires in accordance with 26.2.1

(2) Dispatch a runner or technician to the alarm location to arrive within 2 hours after receipt of a signal

(3) Restore the system as soon as possible after disposition of the cause of the alarm signal


956 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

26.4.6.6.2 Guard’s Tour Supervisory Signal.

If a guard’s tour supervisory signal is not received from a guard within a 15-minute maximum grace period,or if a guard fails to follow a prescribed route in transmitting the signals (where a prescribed route has beenestablished), the proprietary supervising station operator shall initiate action to perform the following:

(1) Communicate at once with the protected areas or premises by telephone, radio, calling back over thesystem circuit, or other means accepted by the authority having jurisdiction

(2) Dispatch a runner to arrive within 30 minutes to investigate the delinquency if communications with theguard cannot be promptly established

26.4.6.6.3 Supervisory Signals.

Upon receipt of sprinkler system and other supervisory signals, the proprietary supervising station operatorshall initiate action to perform the following, if required:

(1) Communicate immediately with the designated person(s) to ascertain the reason for the signal

(2) Dispatch personnel to arrive within 2 hours to investigate, unless supervisory conditions are promptlyrestored

(3) Notify the fire department if required by the authority having jurisdiction

(4) Notify the authority having jurisdiction when sprinkler systems are wholly or partially out of service for8 hours or more

(5)

26.4.6.6.4 Trouble Signals.

Upon receipt of trouble signals or other signals pertaining solely to matters of equipment maintenance ofthe alarm system, the proprietary supervising station operator shall initiate action to perform the following, ifrequired:

(1) Communicate immediately with the designated person(s) to ascertain reason for the signal

(2) Dispatch personnel to arrive within 4 hours to initiate maintenance, if necessary

(3) Notify the fire department if required by the authority having jurisdiction

(4) Notify the authority having jurisdiction when interruption of service exists for 4 hours or more

(5) When equipment has been out of service for 8 hours or more, provide written notice to the authorityhaving jurisdiction as to the nature of the signal, time of occurrence, and restoration of service


26.4.7.1

Complete records of all signals received shall be retained for at least 1 year.

26.4.7.2

Testing and maintenance records shall be retained as required by 14.6.3.

26.4.7.3

The proprietary supervising station shall make arrangements to furnish reports of signals received to theauthority having jurisdiction in a manner approved by the authority having jurisdiction.

26.4.8 Testing and Maintenance.

Testing and maintenance of proprietary alarm systems shall be performed in accordance with Chapter 14.

26.5 Remote Supervising Station Alarm Systems.

26.5.1 Application and General.

26.5.1.1

Section 26.5 shall apply where central station service is neither required nor elected.

* Provide written notice to the authority having jurisdiction as to the nature of the signal, time ofoccurrence, and restoration of service when equipment has been out of service for 8 hours or more


957 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

26.5.1.2

The installation, maintenance, testing, and use of a remote supervising station alarm system that servesproperties under various ownership from a remote supervising station shall comply with the requirements ofSection 26.5.

26.5.1.3

Remote supervising station physical facilities, equipment, operating personnel, response, retransmission,signals, reports, and testing shall comply with the minimum requirements of Section 26.5.

26.5.1.4

Remote supervising station alarm systems shall provide an automatic audible and visible indication ofalarm, supervisory, and trouble conditions at a location remote from the protected premises.

26.5.1.5

Section 26.5 shall not require the use of audible or visible notification appliances other than those requiredat the remote supervising station. If it is desired to provide alarm evacuation signals in the protectedpremises, the alarm signals, circuits, and controls shall comply with the provisions of Chapters 18 and 23in addition to the provisions of Section 26.5.

26.5.1.6

The loading capacities of the remote supervising station equipment for any approved method oftransmission shall be as designated in Section 26.6.

26.5.2 Indication of Remote Station Service.

Owners utilizing remote station alarm systems shall provide annual documentation to the authority havingjurisdiction identifying the party responsible for the inspection, testing, and maintenance requirements ofChapter 14. This documentation shall take one of the following forms:

(1)

(2) Documentation indicating code compliance of the remote station alarm system issued by theorganization that listed the service provider

(3) Other documentation acceptable to the authority having jurisdiction

26.5.3* Facilities.

26.5.3.1

Alarm systems utilizing remote supervising station connections shall transmit alarm and supervisory signalsto a facility meeting the requirements of 26.5.3.1.1, 26.5.3.1.2, 26.5.3.1.3, or 26.5.3.1.4.

26.5.3.1.1

Alarm, supervisory, and trouble signals shall be permitted to be received at a communications center thatcomplies with the requirements of NFPA 1221.

26.5.3.1.2

Alarm, supervisory, and trouble signals shall be permitted to be received at the fire station or at thegovernmental agency that has public responsibility for taking prescribed action to ensure response uponreceipt of an alarm signal.

26.5.3.1.3

Where permitted by the authority having jurisdiction, alarm, supervisory, and trouble signals shall bepermitted to be received at a listed central supervising station.

26.5.3.1.4*

Where permitted by the authority having jurisdiction, alarm, supervisory, and trouble signals shall bepermitted to be received at an alternate location approved by the authority having jurisdiction.

* Affidavit attesting to the responsibilities and qualifications of the parties performing the inspection,testing, and maintenance and accepting responsibility of compliance with Chapter 14 and signed by arepresentative of the service provider


958 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

26.5.3.2*

Trouble signals shall be permitted to be received at an approved location that has personnel on duty whoare trained to recognize the type of signal received and to take prescribed action. The location shall bepermitted to be other than that at which alarm and supervisory signals are received.

26.5.3.3

If locations other than the communications center are used for the receipt of signals, access to receivingequipment shall be restricted in accordance with the requirements of the authority having jurisdiction.

26.5.4 Equipment.

26.5.4.1

Signal-receiving equipment shall indicate receipt of each signal both audibly and visibly.

26.5.4.1.1

Audible signals shall meet the requirements of Chapter 18 for the private operating mode.

26.5.4.1.2

Means for silencing alarm, supervisory, and trouble signals shall be provided and shall be arranged so thatsubsequent signals shall re-sound.

26.5.4.1.3

A trouble signal shall be received when the system or any portion of the system at the protected premisesis placed in a bypass or test mode.

26.5.4.1.4

An audible and visible indication shall be provided upon restoration of the system after receipt of any signal.

26.5.4.1.5

If visible means are provided in the remote supervising station to identify the type of signal received, acommon audible notification appliance shall be permitted to be used.

26.5.4.2

Power supplies shall comply with the requirements of Chapter 10.

26.5.4.3

Transmission means shall comply with the requirements of Section 26.6.

26.5.4.4

Retransmission of an alarm signal, if required, shall be by one of the following methods, which appear indescending order of preference as follows:

(1) A dedicated circuit that is independent of any switched telephone network. This circuit shall bepermitted to be used for voice or data communications.

(2) A one-way (outgoing only) telephone at the remote supervising station that utilizes the public-switchedtelephone network. This telephone shall be used primarily for voice transmission of alarms to atelephone at the communications center that cannot be used for outgoing calls.

(3) A private radio system using the fire department frequency, where permitted by the fire department.

(4) Other methods accepted by the authority having jurisdiction.

26.5.5 Personnel.

26.5.5.1

The remote supervising station shall have not less than two qualified operators on duty at the remotesupervising station at all times to ensure disposition of signals in accordance with the requirements of26.5.6.

26.5.5.2

Duties pertaining to other than operation of the remote supervising station receiving and transmittingequipment shall be permitted, subject to the approval of the authority having jurisdiction.

26.5.6 Disposition of Signals.


959 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

26.5.6.1

If the remote supervising station is at a location other than the communications center, alarm signals shallbe retransmitted to the communications center in accordance with 26.2.1.

26.5.6.2

Upon receipt of an alarm, supervisory, or trouble signal by the remote supervising station, the operator onduty shall be responsible for immediately notifying the owner or the owner’s designated representative and,where required, the authority having jurisdiction.

26.5.7 Operations.

All operator controls at the remote supervising station shall be operated at the beginning of each shift orchange in personnel, and the status of all alarm, supervisory, and trouble signals shall be noted andrecorded.


26.5.8.1

A permanent record of the time, date, and location of all signals and restorations received and the actiontaken shall be maintained for at least 1 year and shall be able to be provided to the authority havingjurisdiction.

26.5.8.2

Testing and maintenance records shall be retained as required in 14.6.3.

26.5.8.3

Records shall be permitted to be created by manual means.

26.5.9 Inspection, Testing, and Maintenance.

26.5.9.1

Inspection, testing, and maintenance for remote supervising stations shall be performed in accordance withChapter 14.

26.5.9.2

Where required, inspection, testing, and maintenance reports shall be submitted to the authority havingjurisdiction in a form acceptable to the authority having jurisdiction.

26.6 Communications Methods for Supervising Station Alarm Systems.

26.6.1* Application.

26.6.1.1

The methods of communications between the protected premises and the supervising station shall complywith the requirements in Section 26.6. These requirements shall include the following:

(1) Transmitter located at the protected premises

(2) Transmission channel between the protected premises and the supervising station or subsidiarystation

(3) If used, any subsidiary station and its communications channel

(4) Signal receiving, processing, display, and recording equipment at the supervising station

26.6.1.2

The minimum signaling requirement shall be an alarm signal, trouble signal, and supervisory signal, whereused.

26.6.2 General.

26.6.2.1 Master Control Unit.

If the protected premises master control unit is neither integral to nor colocated with the supervising station,the communications methods of Section 26.6 shall be used to connect the protected premises to either asubsidiary station, if used, or a supervising station for central station service in accordance withSection 26.3, proprietary station in accordance with Section 26.4, or remote station in accordance withSection 26.5.


960 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

26.6.2.2* Alternate Methods.

Nothing in Chapter 26 shall be interpreted as prohibiting the use of listed equipment using alternatecommunications methods that provide a level of reliability and supervision consistent with the requirementsof Chapter 10 and the intended level of protection.

26.6.2.3* Equipment.

26.6.2.3.1

Alarm system equipment and installations shall comply with Federal Communications Commission (FCC)rules and regulations, as applicable, concerning the following:

(1) Electromagnetic radiation

(2) Use of radio frequencies

(3) Connection to the public switched telephone network of telephone equipment, systems, and protectionapparatus

26.6.2.3.2

Equipment shall be installed in compliance with NFPA 70.

26.6.2.3.3

The external antennas of all radio transmitting and receiving equipment shall be protected in order tominimize the possibility of damage by static discharge or lightning.

26.6.2.4 Communications Technologies.

The communications methods used to transmit signals to supervising stations shall meet the requirementsof 26.6.3 for performance-based technologies, or 26.6.4 or 26.6.5 for prescriptive-based technologies.

26.6.3* Performance-Based Technologies.

26.6.3.1 Conformance.

Communications methods operating on principles different from specific methods covered by this chaptershall be permitted to be installed if they conform to the performance requirements of this section and to allother applicable requirements of this Code.

26.6.3.2 Communications Integrity.

Provision shall be made to monitor the integrity of the transmission technology and its communicationspath.

26.6.3.3 Single Communications Path.

Unless prohibited by the enforcing authority, governing laws, codes, or standards, a single transmissionpath shall be permitted, and the path shall be supervised at an interval of not more than 60 minutes. Afailure of the path shall be annunciated at the supervising station within not more than 60 minutes. Thefailure to complete a signal transmission shall be annunciated at the protected premises in accordance withSection 10.14.

26.6.3.4 Multiple Communications Paths.

If multiple transmission paths are used, the following requirements shall be met:

(1) Each path shall be supervised within not more than 6 hours.

(2) The failure of any path of a multipath system shall be annunciated at the supervising station within notmore than 6 hours.

(3) Multiple communications paths shall be arranged so that a single point of failure shall not cause morethan a single path to fail.

(4) The failure to complete a signal transmission shall be annunciated at the protected premises inaccordance with Section 10.14.

26.6.3.5* Single Technology.

A single technology shall be permitted to be used to create the multiple paths provided that therequirements of 26.6.3.4 (1) through 26.6.3.4 (4) are met.


961 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

26.6.3.6 Spare System Unit Equipment.

An inventory of spare equipment shall be maintained at the supervising station such that any failed piece ofequipment can be replaced and the systems unit restored to full operation within 30 minutes of failure.

26.6.3.7 Loading Capacity of System Unit.

26.6.3.7.1

The maximum number of independent fire alarm systems connected to a single system unit shall be limitedto 512.

26.6.3.7.2

If duplicate spare system units are maintained at the supervising station and switchover can be achieved in30 seconds, then the system capacity shall be permitted to be unlimited.

26.6.3.8 End-to-End Communication Time for Alarm.

The maximum duration between the initiation of an alarm signal at the protected premises, transmission ofthe signal, and subsequent display and recording of the alarm signal at the supervising station shall notexceed 90 seconds.

26.6.3.9 Unique Identifier.

If a transmitter shares a transmission or communications channel with other transmitters, it shall have aunique transmitter identifier.

26.6.3.10 Recording and Display Rate of Subsequent Alarms.

Recording and display of alarms at the supervising station shall be at a rate no slower than one completesignal every 10 seconds.

26.6.3.11 Signal Error Detection and Correction.

26.6.3.11.1

Communication of alarm, supervisory, and trouble signals shall be in accordance with this section toprevent degradation of the signal in transit, which in turn would result in either of the following:

(1) Failure of the signal to be displayed and recorded at the supervising station

(2) Incorrect corrupted signal displayed and recorded at the supervising station

26.6.3.11.2

Reliability of the signal shall be achieved by any of the following:

(1) Signal repetition — multiple transmissions repeating the same signal

(2) Parity check — a mathematically check sum algorithm of a digital message that verifies correlationbetween transmitted and received message

(3) An equivalent means to 26.6.3.11.2 (1) or 26.6.3.11.2 (2) that provides a certainty of 99.99 percentthat the received message is identical to the transmitted message

26.6.3.12* Sharing Communications Equipment On-Premises.

If the fire alarm transmitter is sharing on-premises communications equipment, the shared equipment shallbe listed as communications or information technology equipment.

26.6.3.13* Secondary Power.

26.6.3.13.1 Premises Equipment.

The secondary power capacity for all transmitters and shared equipment necessary for the transmission ofalarm, supervisory, trouble, and other signals located at the protected premises shall be a minimum of24 hours or as permitted by 10.6.7.3.1 (2).

Exception: Secondary power capacity for shared equipment shall be permitted to have a capacity of8 hours where acceptable to the authority having jurisdiction and where a risk analysis is performed toensure acceptable availability is provided.


962 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

26.6.3.13.2 Supervising Station.

Secondary power capacity for all equipment necessary for reception of alarm, supervisory, trouble, andother signals located at the supervising station shall comply with 10.6.7.

26.6.3.14 Unique Flaws Not Covered by This Code.

If a communications technology has a unique flaw that could result in the failure to communicate a signal,the implementation of that technology for alarm signaling shall compensate for that flaw so as to eliminatethe risk of missing an alarm signal.

26.6.4 Digital Alarm Communicator Systems.

26.6.4.1 Digital Alarm Communicator Transmitter (DACT).

26.6.4.1.1* Public Switched Telephone Network.

A DACT shall be connected to the public switched telephone network upstream of any private telephonesystem at the protected premises.

(A)

The connections to the public switched telephone network shall be under the control of the subscriber forwhom service is being provided by the supervising station alarm system.

(B)

Special attention shall be required to ensure that this connection is made only to a loop start telephonecircuit and not to a ground start telephone circuit.

26.6.4.1.2 Signal Verification.

All information exchanged between the DACT at the protected premises and the digital alarmcommunicator receiver (DACR) at the supervising or subsidiary station shall be by digital code or someother approved means. Signal repetition, digital parity check, or some other approved means of signalverification shall be used.

26.6.4.1.3* Requirements for DACTs.

(A)

A DACT shall be configured so that, when it is required to transmit a signal to the supervising station, itshall seize the telephone line (going off-hook) at the protected premises and disconnect an outgoing orincoming telephone call and prevent use of the telephone line for outgoing telephone calls until signaltransmission has been completed. A DACT shall not be connected to a party line telephone facility.

(B)

A DACT shall have the means to satisfactorily obtain a dial tone, dial the number(s) of the DACR, obtainverification that the DACR is able to receive signals, transmit the signal, and receive acknowledgment thatthe DACR has accepted that signal. In no event shall the time from going off-hook to on-hook exceed90 seconds per attempt.

(C)*

A DACT shall have means to reset and retry if the first attempt to complete a signal transmission sequenceis unsuccessful. A failure to complete connection shall not prevent subsequent attempts to transmit analarm where such alarm is generated from any other initiating device circuit or signaling line circuit, or both.Additional attempts shall be made until the signal transmission sequence has been completed, up to aminimum of 5 and a maximum of 10 attempts.

(D)

If the maximum number of attempts to complete the sequence is reached, an indication of the failure shallbe made at the premises.

26.6.4.1.4 Transmission Channels.


963 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

(A)

A system employing a DACT shall employ one telephone line (number). In addition, one of the followingtransmission means shall be employed:

(1) One-way private radio alarm system

(2) Two-way RF multiplex system

(3) Transmission means complying with 26.6.3

Exception: Where access to two technologies in the preceding list is not available at the protectedpremises, with the approval of the authority having jurisdiction, a telephone line (number) shall bepermitted to be used as the second transmission means. Each DACT shall be programmed to call asecond DACR line (number) when the signal transmission sequence to the first called line (number) isunsuccessful. The DACT shall be capable of selecting the operable means of transmission in the event offailure of the other means. Where two telephone lines (numbers) are used, it shall be permitted to testeach telephone line (number) at alternating 6-hour intervals.

(B)

The following requirements shall apply to all combinations listed in 26.6.4.1.4(A):

(1) The means for supervising each channel shall be in a manner approved for the method oftransmission employed.

(2) If a signal has not been processed over the subject channel in the previous 6 hours, a test signal shallbe processed.

(3) The failure of either channel shall send a trouble signal on the other channel within 4 minutes.

(4) When one transmission channel has failed, all status change signals shall be sent over the otherchannel.

(5) The primary channel shall be capable of delivering an indication to the DACT that the message hasbeen received by the supervising station.

(6)

(7) Simultaneous transmission over both channels shall be permitted.

(8) Failure of telephone lines (numbers) shall be annunciated locally.

* The first attempt to send a status change signal shall use the primary channel.

Exception: When the primary channel is known to have failed.


964 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

26.6.4.1.5 DACT Transmission Means.

The following requirements shall apply to all DACTs:

(1) A DACT shall be connected to two separate means of transmission at the protected premises so thata single point of failure on one means of transmission shall not affect the second means oftransmission.

(2) The DACT shall be capable of selecting the operable means of transmission in the event of failure ofthe other means.

(3) The primary means of transmission shall be a telephone line (number) connected to the publicswitched network.

(4)

(5) Each DACT shall be programmed to call a second receiver when the signal transmission sequence tothe first called line (number) is unsuccessful.

(6) Each transmission means shall automatically initiate and complete a test signal transmissionsequence to its associated receiver at least once every 6 hours. A successful signal transmissionsequence of any other type, within the same 6-hour period, shall fulfill the requirement to verify theintegrity of the reporting system, provided that signal processing is automated so that 6-hourdelinquencies are individually acknowledged by supervising station personnel.

(7)

26.6.4.2 Digital Alarm Communicator Receiver (DACR).

26.6.4.2.1 Equipment.

(A)

Spare DACRs shall be provided in the supervising or subsidiary station. The spare DACRs shall be on lineor able to be switched into the place of a failed unit within 30 seconds after detection of failure.

(B)

One spare DACR shall be permitted to serve as a backup for up to five DACRs in use.

(C)

The number of incoming telephone lines to a DACR shall be limited to eight lines, unless the signal-receiving, processing, display, and recording equipment at the supervising or subsidiary station isduplicated and a switchover is able to be accomplished in less than 30 seconds with no loss of signalduring this period, in which case the number of incoming lines to the unit shall be permitted to be unlimited.


(A)*

The DACR equipment at the supervising or subsidiary station shall be connected to a minimum of twoseparate incoming telephone lines (numbers). The lines (numbers) shall have the following characteristics:

(1) If the lines (numbers) are in a single hunt group, they shall be individually accessible; otherwise,separate hunt groups shall be required.

(2) The lines (numbers) shall be used for no other purpose than receiving signals from a DACT.

(3) The lines (numbers) shall be unlisted.

(B)

The failure of any telephone line (number) connected to a DACR due to loss of line voltage shall beannunciated visually and audibly in the supervising station.

* The first transmission attempt shall utilize the primary means of transmission.

* If a DACT is programmed to call a telephone line (number) that is call forwarded to the line (number)of the DACR, a means shall be implemented to verify the integrity of the call forwarding feature every4 hours.


965 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

(C)*

The loading capacity for a hunt group shall be in accordance with Table 26.6.4.2.2(C) or be capable ofdemonstrating a 90 percent probability of immediately answering an incoming call.

(1) Table 26.6.4.2.2(C) shall be based on an average distribution of calls and an average connected timeof 30 seconds for a message.

(2) The loading figures in Table 26.6.4.2.2(C) shall presume that the lines are in a hunt group (i.e., DACTis able to access any line not in use).

(3) A single-line DACR shall not be allowed for any of the configurations shown in Table 26.6.4.2.2(C).

Table 26.6.4.2.2(C) Loading Capacities for Hunt Groups

System Loading at the Supervising Station

Number of Lines in Hunt Group

1 2 3 4 5–8

With DACR lines processed in parallel

Number of initiating circuits NA 5,000 10,000 20,000 20,000

Number of DACTs NA 500 1,500 3,000 3,000

With DACR lines processed serially (put on hold, then answered one at a time)

Number of initiating circuits NA 3,000 5,000 6,000 6,000

Number of DACTs NA 300 800 1,000 1,000

NA: Not allowed.

(D)

Each supervised burglar alarm (open/close) or each suppressed guard’s tour transmitter shall reduce theallowable DACTs as follows:

(1) Up to a four-line hunt group, by 10

(2) Up to a five-line hunt group, by 7

(3) Up to a six-line hunt group, by 6

(4) Up to a seven-line hunt group, by 5

(5) Up to an eight-line hunt group, by 4

(E)

Each guard’s tour transmitter shall reduce the allowable DACTs as follows:

(1) Up to a four-line hunt group, by 30

(2) Up to a five-line hunt group, by 21

(3) Up to a six-line hunt group, by 18

(4) Up to a seven-line hunt group, by 15

(5) Up to an eight-line hunt group, by 12

(F)

A signal shall be received on each individual incoming DACR line at least once every 6 hours.

(G)

The failure to receive a test signal from the protected premises shall be treated as a trouble signal.

26.6.5 Radio Systems.

26.6.5.1 Two-Way Radio Frequency (RF) Multiplex Systems.


966 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

26.6.5.1.1 Maximum Operating Time.

The maximum end-to-end operating time parameters allowed for a two-way RF multiplex system shall beas follows:

(1) The maximum allowable time lapse from the initiation of a single alarm signal until it is recorded at thesupervising station shall not exceed 90 seconds. When any number of subsequent alarm signals occurat any rate, they shall be recorded at a rate no slower than one every additional 10 seconds.

(2) The maximum allowable time lapse from the occurrence of an adverse condition in any transmissionchannel until recording of the adverse condition is started shall not exceed 200 seconds for Type 4 andType 5 systems. The requirements of 26.6.5.1.4 shall apply.

(3) In addition to the maximum operating time allowed for alarm signals, the requirements of one of thefollowing shall be met:

(4) A system unit that has more than 500 initiating device circuits shall be able to record not lessthan 50 simultaneous status changes within 90 seconds.

(5) A system unit that has fewer than 500 initiating device circuits shall be able to record not lessthan 10 percent of the total number of simultaneous status changes within 90 seconds.

26.6.5.1.2 Supervisory and Control Functions.

Facilities shall be provided at the supervising station for the following supervisory and control functions ofthe supervising or subsidiary station and the repeater station radio transmitting and receiving equipment,which shall be accomplished via a supervised circuit where the radio equipment is remotely located fromthe system unit:


(2) Failure of ac power supplying the radio equipment



(5) Independent deactivation of either RF transmitter controlled from the supervising station

26.6.5.1.3 Transmission Channel.

(A)

The RF multiplex transmission channel shall terminate in an RF transmitter/receiver at the protectedpremises and in a system unit at the supervising or subsidiary station.

(B)

Operation of the transmission channel shall conform to the requirements of this Code whether channels areprivate facilities, such as microwave, or leased facilities furnished by a communications utility company. Ifprivate signal transmission facilities are used, the equipment necessary to transmit signals shall alsocomply with requirements for duplicate equipment or replacement of critical components, as described in26.6.6.2.

26.6.5.1.4* Categories.

Two-way RF multiplex systems shall be divided into Type 4 or Type 5 classifications based on their abilityto perform under adverse conditions.


967 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

(A)

A Type 4 system shall have two or more control sites configured as follows:

(1) Each site shall have an RF receiver interconnected to the supervising or subsidiary station by aseparate channel.

(2) The RF transmitter/receiver located at the protected premises shall be within transmission range of atleast two RF receiving sites.

(3) The system shall contain two RF transmitters that are one of the following:

(4) Located at one site with the capability of interrogating all of the RF transmitters/receivers on thepremises

(5) Dispersed with all of the RF transmitters/receivers on the premises having the capability to beinterrogated by two different RF transmitters

(6) Each RF transmitter shall maintain a status that allows immediate use at all times. Facilities shall beprovided in the supervising or subsidiary station to operate any off-line RF transmitter at least onceevery 8 hours.

(7) Any failure of one of the RF receivers shall in no way interfere with the operation of the system fromthe other RF receiver. Failure of any receiver shall be annunciated at the supervising station.

(8) A physically separate channel shall be required between each RF transmitter or RF receiver site, orboth, and the system unit.

(B)

A Type 5 system shall have a single control site configured as follows:

(1) A minimum of one RF receiving site

(2) A minimum of one RF transmitting site

26.6.5.1.5 Loading Capacities.

(A)

The loading capacities of two-way RF multiplex systems shall be based on the overall reliability of thesignal receiving, processing, display, and recording equipment at the supervising or subsidiary station andthe capability to transmit signals during adverse conditions of the transmission channels.


968 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

(B)

Allowable loading capacities shall comply with Table 26.6.5.1.5(B).

Table 26.6.5.1.5(B) Loading Capacities for Two-Way RF Multiplex Systems

Trunks

System Type

Type4

Type5

Maximum number of alarm service initiating device circuits per primary trunk facility 5,120 1,280

Maximum number of leg facilities for alarm service per primary trunk facility 512 128

Maximum number of leg facilities for all types of alarm service per secondary trunk facility* 128 128

Maximum number of all types of initiating device circuits per primary trunk facility in anycombination

10,240 2,560

Maximum number of leg facilities for types of alarm service per primary trunk facility in anycombination*

1,024 256

System Units at the Supervising Station

Maximum number of all types of initiating device circuits per system unit* 10,240 10,240

Maximum number of protected buildings and premises per system unit 512 512

Maximum number of alarm service initiating device circuits per system 5,120 5,120

Systems Emitting from Subsidiary Station† — —

*Includes every initiating device circuit (e.g., waterflow, alarm, supervisory, guard, burglary, hold-up).

†Same as system units at the supervising station.

(C)

The capacity of a system unit shall be permitted to be unlimited if the signal-receiving, processing, display,and recording equipment are duplicated at the supervising station and a switchover is able to beaccomplished in not more than 30 seconds, with no loss of signals during this period.

26.6.5.1.6 Adverse Conditions.

(A)

The occurrence of an adverse condition on the transmission channel between a protected premises and thesupervising station that prevents the transmission of any status change signal shall be automaticallyindicated and recorded at the supervising station. This indication and record shall identify the affectedportions of the system so that the supervising station operator will be able to determine the location of theadverse condition by trunk or leg facility, or both.

(B)

For two-way RF multiplex systems that are part of a central station alarm system, restoration of service tothe affected portions of the system shall be automatically recorded. When service is restored, the firststatus change of any initiating device circuit, any initiating device directly connected to a signaling linecircuit, or any combination thereof that occurred at any of the affected premises during the serviceinterruption also shall be recorded.

26.6.5.2* One-Way Private Radio Alarm Systems.

26.6.5.2.1 Independent Receivers.

(A)

The requirements of 26.6.5.2 for a radio alarm repeater station receiver (RARSR) shall be satisfied if thesignals from each radio alarm transmitter (RAT) are received and supervised, in accordance withChapter 26, by at least two independently powered, independently operating, and separately locatedRARSRs or radio alarm supervising station receivers (RASSRs), or by one of each.

(B)

At least two separate paths shall be provided from a RAT to the ultimate RASSR.


969 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

(C)

Only one path to the RASSR shall be required to be utilized in the event alarms can be transmitted from aRAT to the RASSR and the RAT has the ability to receive a positive acknowledgment that the RASSR hasreceived the signal.

26.6.5.2.2* Maximum Operating Time.

The end-to-end operating time parameters allowed for a one-way radio alarm system shall be as follows:

(1) There shall be a 90 percent probability that the time between the initiation of a single alarm signal untilit is recorded at the supervising station will not exceed 90 seconds.

(2) There shall be a 99 percent probability that the time between the initiation of a single alarm signal untilit is recorded at the supervising station will not exceed 180 seconds.

(3) There shall be a 99.999 percent probability that the time between the initiation of a single alarm signaluntil it is recorded at the supervising station will not exceed 7.5 minutes (450 seconds), at which timethe RAT shall cease transmitting. When any number of subsequent alarm signals occurs at any rate,they shall be recorded at an average rate no slower than one every additional 10 seconds.

(4) In addition to the maximum operating time allowed for alarm signals, the system shall be able torecord not less than 12 simultaneous status changes within 90 seconds at the supervising station.

(5) The system shall be supervised to ensure that at least two independent RARSRs or one RARSR andone independent RASSR are receiving signals for each RAT during each 24-hour period.

26.6.5.2.3 Supervision.

Equipment shall be provided at the supervising station for the supervisory and control functions of thesupervising or subsidiary station and for the repeater station radio transmitting and receiving equipment.This shall be accomplished via a supervised circuit where the radio equipment is remotely located from thesystem unit and the conditions of 26.6.5.2.3(A) through 26.6.5.2.3(D) are met.

(A)

The following conditions shall be supervised at the supervising station:

(1) Failure of ac power supplying the radio equipment

(2) Malfunction of RF receiver

(3) Indication of automatic switchover, if applicable

(B)

Interconnections between elements of transmitting equipment, including any antennas, shall be supervisedeither to cause an indication of failure at the protected premises or to transmit a trouble signal to thesupervising station.

(C)

If elements of transmitting equipment are physically separated, the wiring or cabling between them shall beprotected by conduit.

(D)

Personnel shall be dispatched to arrive within 12 hours to initiate maintenance after detection of primarypower failure.


Transmission channels shall comply with 26.6.5.2.4(A) through 26.6.5.2.4(F).

(A)

The one-way RF transmission channel shall originate with a RAT at the protected premises and shallterminate at the RF receiving system of an RARSR or RASSR capable of receiving transmissions fromsuch transmitting devices.

(B)

A receiving network transmission channel shall terminate at an RARSR at one end and with either anotherRARSR or an RASSR at the other end.


970 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

(C)

Operation of receiving network transmission channels shall conform to the requirements of this Codewhether channels are private facilities, such as microwave, or leased facilities furnished by acommunications utility company.

(D)

If private signal transmission facilities are used, the equipment necessary to transmit signals shall alsocomply with requirements for duplicate equipment or replacement of critical components as described in26.6.6.2.

(E)

The system shall provide information that indicates the quality of the received signal for each RARSRsupervising each RAT in accordance with 26.6.5.2 and shall provide information at the supervising stationwhen such signal quality falls below the minimum signal quality levels set forth in 26.6.5.2.

(F)

Each RAT shall be installed in such a manner so as to provide a signal quality over at least twoindependent one-way RF transmission channels, of the minimum quality level specified, that satisfies theperformance requirements in 26.6.2.3 and 26.6.6.

26.6.5.2.5 System Categories.

One-way radio alarm systems shall be divided into two categories on the basis of the following number ofRASSRs present in the system:

(1) A Type 6 system shall have one RASSR and at least two RARSRs.

(2) A Type 7 system shall have more than one RASSR and at least two RARSRs.

(3) In a Type 7 system, when more than one RARSR is out of service and, as a result, any RATs are nolonger being supervised, the affected supervising station shall be notified.

(4) In a Type 6 system, when any RARSR is out of service, a trouble signal shall be annunciated at thesupervising station.

26.6.5.2.6 Loading Capacities.

The loading capacities of one-way radio alarm systems shall be based on the overall reliability of thesignal-receiving, processing, display, and recording equipment at the supervising or subsidiary station andthe capability to transmit signals during adverse conditions of the transmission channels. Loadingcapacities shall comply with 26.6.5.2.6(A) and 26.6.5.2.6(B).


971 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

(A)

Allowable loading capacities shall be in accordance with Table 26.6.5.2.6(A) , except as modified by thefollowing:

(1) Each guard’s tour transmitter shall reduce the allowable RATs by 15.

(2) Each two-way protected premises radio transmitter shall reduce the allowable RATs by two.

(3) Each supervised burglar alarm (open/close) or each suppressed guard’s tour transmitter shall reducethe allowable RATs by five.

Table 26.6.5.2.6(A) Loading Capacities of One-Way Radio Alarm Systems

Radio Alarm Repeater Station Receiver (RARSR)

System Type

Type6

Type7

Maximum number of fire alarm service initiating device circuits per RARSR 5,120 5,120

Maximum number of RATs for fire 512 512

Maximum number of all types of initiating device circuits per RARSR in any combination* 10,240 10,240

Maximum number of RATs for all types of fire alarm service per RARSR in anycombination*

1,024 1,024

System Units at the Supervising Station

Maximum number of all types of initiating device circuits per system unit* 10,240 10,240

Maximum number of fire-protected buildings and premises per system unit 512 512

Maximum number of fire alarm service initiating device circuits per system unit 5,120 5,120

*Includes every initiating device circuit (e.g., waterflow, fire alarm, supervisory, guard, burglary, hold-up).

(B)

If the signal-receiving, processing, display, and recording equipment is duplicated at the supervising stationand a switchover is able to be accomplished in not more than 30 seconds, with no loss of signals duringthis period, the capacity of a system unit shall be permitted to be unlimited.

26.6.5.2.7 Adverse Conditions.

The system shall be supervised to ensure that at least two independent radio alarm repeater stationreceivers (RARSRs) are receiving signals for each radio alarm transmitter (RAT) during each 24-hourperiod.

(A)

The occurrence of a failure to receive a signal by either RARSR shall be automatically indicated andrecorded at the supervising station.

(B)

The indication shall identify which RARSR failed to receive such supervisory signals.

(C)

Received test signals shall not be required to be indicated at the supervising station.

26.6.6 Display and Recording Requirements for All Transmission Technologies.


972 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

26.6.6.1*

Any status changes, including the initiation or restoration to normal of a trouble condition, that occur in aninitiating device or in any interconnecting circuits or equipment, including the local protected premisescontrols from the location of the initiating device(s) to the supervising station, shall be presented in a form toexpedite prompt operator interpretation. Status change signals shall provide the following information:

(1) Identification of the type of signal to show whether it is an alarm, supervisory, delinquency, or troublesignal

(2) Identification of the signal to differentiate between an initiation of an alarm, a supervisory, adelinquency, or a trouble signal and a clearing from one or more of these conditions

(3) Identification of the site of origin of each status change signal

(4)

26.6.6.2*

If duplicate equipment for signal receiving, processing, display, and recording is not provided, the installedequipment shall be designed so that any critical assembly is able to be replaced from on-premises sparesand the system is able to be restored to service within 30 minutes. A critical assembly shall be an assemblyin which a malfunction prevents the receipt and interpretation of signals by the supervising station operator.

Exception: Proprietary station systems.

26.6.6.3*

Any method of recording and display or indication of change of status signals shall be permitted, providedthat all of the following conditions are met:

(1) Each change of status signal requiring action to be taken by the operator shall result in an audiblesignal and not less than two independent methods of identifying the type, condition, and location of thestatus change.

(2) Each change of status signal shall be automatically recorded. The record shall provide the type ofsignal, condition, and location, as required by 26.6.6.1, in addition to the time and date the signal wasreceived.

(3) Failure of an operator to acknowledge or act upon a change of status signal shall not preventsubsequent alarm signals from being received, indicated or displayed, and recorded.

(4) Change of status signals requiring action to be taken by the operator shall be displayed or indicated ina manner that clearly differentiates them from those that have been acted upon and acknowledged.

(5) Each incoming signal to a DACR shall cause an audible signal that persists until manuallyacknowledged.

Exception: Test signals required by 26.6.4.1.5 (6) received at a DACR.

26.6.7 Testing and Maintenance Requirements for All Transmission Technologies.

Testing and maintenance of communications methods shall be in accordance with the requirements ofChapter 14.


Use of New Definition "Official Correspondence". See related PI 340 and PI 345



Public Input No. 340-NFPA 72-2016 [Sections 14.2.2.2.3,14.2.2.2.4]

Chapter 14 use of "Official Correspondence"

Public Input No. 345-NFPA 72-2016 [New Section after 3.3]Chapter 3 definition of "OfficialCorrespondence"


* Identification of specific types of signals that dictate a different response


973 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM




Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:



974 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

Public Input No. 434-NFPA 72-2016 [ New Section after A.7.8.2(2) ]


Type your content here ...

A.8.4.3.3 Fire extinguishers for proprietary supervising station, remotely located power rooms for batteries,and engine-driven generators should be compatible with the equipment used in those rooms. Clean agentextinguishers (halons and halogenated agents) are usually recommended where electrical and electroniccontrols and computerized equipment is in use. The clean agent provides protection for class A, B, and Chazards that are present and will not be harmful to delicate electronics. In addition, these clean agents willnot thermally shock those components and are non-conductive and leave no harmful or corrosive residue.


The new annex text will help in the selection of the most appropriate extinguishing agent for the extinguishers that are being installed in these spaces.


Submitter Full Name: Jennifer Boyle

Organization: FEMA

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:



1158 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

Public Input No. 32-NFPA 72-2015 [ Section No. A.14.2.10 ]

A.14.2.10

The test plan is intended to clarify exactly what is to be tested and how it is to be tested. Testing of firealarm and signaling systems is often done in a segmented fashion to accommodate the availability oftesting or other personnel, or to minimize the interruption of building operations. Building operations can beaffected by testing of the fire alarm or signaling system itself and by the operation of emergency controlfunctions activated by the fire alarm or signaling system. As such, the responsibility of formulating the test plan, outlining what will and will not be tested, should beformulated by the testing organization(s) and formally acknowledged and approved through officialcorrespondence by the building owner and/or building owner’s designated representative(s). Theboundary of the fire alarm or signaling system extends up to and includes the emergency control functioninterface device. The testing requirements prescribed in NFPA 72 for fire alarm and signaling systemsend at the emergency control function interface device. The purpose of the test plan is to document whatdevices were and were not actually tested.

The testing of emergency control functions, releasing systems, or interfaced equipment is outside the scopeof NFPA 72. Requirements for testing other systems are found in other governing laws, codes, orstandards. Requirements for integrated testing of combined systems also fall under the authority of othergoverning laws, codes, standards, or authority having jurisdiction. NFPA 3 provides guidance for suchtesting. NFPA 3 recognizes the importance of the development of an integrated testing plan.

Further information on testing associated with emergency control functions can be found in Table 14.4.3.2,Item 24 and its related annex material in A.14.4.3.2.


Please note that the only change being proposed is the following additional sentence: "As such, the responsibility of formulating the test plan, outlining what will and will not be tested, should be formulated by the testing organization(s) and formally acknowledged and approved through official correspondence by the building owner and/or building owner’s designated representative(s)."

Please disregard additional portions that TerraView has underlined in error.

This additional sentence provides much-needed language as current language regarding the test plan is silent on the party or parties responsible for formulating this important document.




Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Tue Dec 29 08:34:02 EST 2015


1183 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

Public Input No. 136-NFPA 72-2016 [ New Section after A.14.4.3.2 ]

Omic and Load Testing Table 14.4.3.2 Item 9 (d) & (e)

See Attachment for added text to Annex A text for Table 14.4.3.2 Item 9(d) and Item 9(e).



Table_14.4.3.2_d_e_.docxAnnex A Table 14.4.3.2 Items 9(d) and 9(e), Ohmic Testing and Load Testing


Add the following text, associated figure, and table to Annex A as A.14.4.3.2.Item 9 (d) and A.14.4.3.2 Item 9 (e).

Basis: Annex material added to provide the user of this Code adequate explanatory information of newly introduced ohmic testing technology and corrected load test methods, providing user’s guidance to ensure these tests are conducted properly. These annex additions are in direct support of the changes to Table 14.4.3.2 recommended by the IEEE Stationary Battery Committee and SIG-TMS Battery Task Group based on published IEEE battery standards and EPRI technical reports. Refer to: IEEE standards 450 and 1188, EPRI technical reports 1002925 and 1006757.















Public Input No. 143-NFPA 72-2016 [New Section after A.10.6.7.2.1.1]

Public Input No. 144-NFPA 72-2016 [Section No. A.10.6.7.2.1.1]




1184 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM



Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:



1185 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

A.14.4.3.2 Table 14.4.3.2 Item 9(d) Ohmic testing is a means to determine the state-of-health of a VRLA battery’s cells by measuring some form of a cell’s internal resistance. Typically ohmic testing equipment use one of three techniques—conductance, impedance, or resistance—to make these measurements.

In simplest technical terms, ohmic technology is based on Ohm’s Law, which expresses the relationship between volts, amperes, and ohms in an electrical circuit. Ohmic testing attempts to use voltage and current to determine the resistive characteristic of a battery’s cells. As the cells in a battery age and start to lose capacity, the internal components of the battery are undergoing a degradation process. The degradation of these components (plates, grids, internal connection straps) within the battery’s cells cause an increased resistance in the conduction paths of the cell, which in turn cause a change in the internal ohmic values. A measured increase in impedance or resistance, or a decrease in conductance, indicates the battery is losing its ability to produce the energy it was designed to deliver when called upon to support the connected loads.

The key to effective application of ohmic testing is the appropriate trending of test results over time compared to a baseline or reference value. Studies have demonstrated that an individual battery produces a unique ohmic "signature" and the use of ohmic testing equipment to trend changes in this signature from installation through the life of the battery is the most effective use of the technology. A program that involves ohmic testing on a regular interval to note changes in the battery is a good maintenance practice.

An ohmic baseline reference value is a benchmark value based on data collected from known good batteries. Reference values can be determined from site-specific measurement, or from testing a sample of new healthy batteries, or by using a generic baseline value to get started.

(1) The best baseline is one established on the installed battery within three to six months after installation and trend accordingly using good record keeping. Ideally the individual ohmic value should be measured at installation and again after the battery has been on float charge for at least 72 hours in order for it to reach a high state of stabilization. These initial “site-specific” values should be recorded and permanently affixed to the battery as a baseline for subsequent tests over the life of the battery. The ohmic value will typically increase for conductance and decrease for resistance and impedance between the initial installation and after being on float-charge for 90 to 180 days (10 percent to 15 percent depending on battery type and size). Six months after installation measure and compare the ohmic readings to the readings taken at installation. Use whichever value is greater for conductance or lower for resistance and impedance, as the baseline for that particular battery at that site going forward.

(2) A sample of new healthy batteries in a fully charged state can be tested to obtain a baseline value representative of a new battery. A sample size of at least 30 batteries from one manufacturer with the same make, model, amp-hour rating, age (within 6 months), and manufacturing lot is recommended. Record the following information for the batteries:

(a) Battery manufacturer (b) Model number (c) Date of manufacture (d) Manufacturing lot number (if available) (e) Battery temperature (f) Has the battery had a freshening charge or not (g) Battery voltage (h) Ohmic test value

Calculate the average ohmic value of the batteries. Do not include batteries that deviate more than 30 percent from the average because they could be outside of an acceptable range. Use the average value as a baseline starting point for this model battery.

(3) A generic baseline value for a specific battery model can often be found by contacting the ohmic test equipment manufacturer or from the battery manufacturer. While it is important to note that the use of generic reference values might not be as accurate, it is still possible to identify grossly failed batteries and significant changes in battery condition by applying this method. Generic baseline values are typical averages to be used as general guidelines and should only be used when no other data is available. When testing older batteries for which no initial site-specific ohmic value is available reference values can be obtained in the following ways:

(a) Contact the equipment or battery manufacturer for assistance (b) Consult your company documentation to see if reference values were created for the battery you are testing (c) Using ohmic readings of recently installed batteries of the same:

(i) Manufacturer and model of the battery (ii) Manufacturer and model of the alarm panel/system (iii) Charging circuit (iv) Temperature at time of measurements calculate the average ohmic value of the best 8 - 10 batteries and use this value as a baseline reference

As a battery ages and loses capacity, the internal ohmic values change. Although the change might not be perfectly consistent over all battery models and sizes, experience and extensive test data shows that a deviation of ohmic values from the established baseline by 30 percent or more for conductance and 40 percent or more for resistance or impedance indicates that the actual

battery capacity has dropped to 80 percent or lower. (For lead-acid batteries, capacity drops off rapidly once the 80-percent capacity point is reached in the lifetime curve, so this is known as the “knee” of the capacity vs. lifetime curve). This 80-percent capacity is the level at which battery manufacturers recommend battery replacement. Figure A.14.4.3.2 item 9(d) illustrates an ohmic trend of a 5-year design life battery with an actual expected service life of 3 years. Note that while battery Unit #1 still has good ohmic readings, semiannual measurements show Unit #2 failing prematurely. For this case, it is desirable to replace both units at the same time. If one unit fails at 2-1/2 years, it is likely the second unit will fail in one of the next semiannual tests. Full replacement ensures that all units will “float” together. One exception would be in the case of “infant mortality” in which one of the units fails in the first year.

FIGURE A.14.4.3.2 Item 9(d) Example Ohmic Trend Analysis for a 24 Volt Battery Made Up of Two 12 Volt Units.

Ohmic testing can be a safe, simple, accurate, and reliable means of determining the state of health of VRLA batteries. It is important however to understand some basic guidelines in order to maximize the benefits and avoid possible misleading test results.

(1) Follow safety regulations: wear eye protection, remove metal jewelry, etc. prior to working with batteries. (2) Conduct a visual inspection prior to testing. A cracked case, leaking terminal or post, or bulging battery should be replaced,

not tested. (3) Temperature changes affect measured ohmic values and battery capacity. Ohmic measurements should be taken at 77°F

(25°C), +/- 13°F (7°C). (4) For maximum accuracy and consistency, batteries should be tested when in a fully charged state. (5) Check the battery charging current prior to test. The charging current should be stable and be within the normal float

current recommendations of the battery manufacturer for the battery model. If it is not, it is likely that the batteries have recently been discharged and a test is not appropriate until this float current stabilizes.

(6) Whenever possible, ohmic readings should be taken each time with the same instrument, but as a minimum with the same model. Changing models will skew the data and require re-establishing the baseline.

(7) When test equipment is provided with an alert, set the ohmic baseline and/or thresholds prior to beginning the test to provide an indication of any deviations from baseline.

(8) It is essential to take ohmic measurements at the battery terminal or post. For consistency and accuracy subsequent tests should always have probes or clamps placed at the same point while avoiding battery hardware such as bolt heads or washers. Connecting on the hardware will influence the readings and could cause replacement of a healthy battery.

(9) Maintain good contact at the test point for the duration of the test. If the probe or clamp slips off during the test an incorrect reading will result.

(10) For batteries with fully insulated quick disconnect connectors, the battery should be taken offline by removing the quick disconnects from the battery terminals and then measuring and recording the internal ohmic value of the battery.

(11) Do not condemn a battery based upon results of a single test without any trending data or an established baseline for that specific battery.

(12) When one or more units in a battery fall outside the acceptable range from baseline, replace the entire string. (13) A battery tested online can display a different value than when tested offline due to the charger circuit and load being across

the battery. Always test the same way, either online or offline, to have consistent and meaningful results. When ohmic testing is performed online, a change in current occurs due to the ohmic test set signal that could impact battery voltage readings. Because battery float voltage is directly tied to float current the sum of the voltages of each battery cell/unit have to equal the charger float voltage of the battery string. If a load is applied from the ohmic test set that depresses one cell/unit, then the others have to rise somewhat to offset it. As ohmic testing progresses through the battery string, each cell/unit gets pulled down by the ohmic test set somewhat and the charger must boost the string current to maintain the voltage, raising the voltage of the cells/units that have not yet been tested. For this reason voltage readings should be taken with a voltmeter prior to performing ohmic testing online.

A.14.4.3.2 Table 14.4.3.2 Item 9(e) Battery capacity is determined by the mass of active material contained in the battery and is a measure of the battery’s stored energy. The rated capacity of small VRLA batteries used in fire alarm and signaling system

applications is typically measured in ampere-hours (Ah) where the ampere-hour rating is based on the battery’s capability to provide a constant current at the nominal battery voltage for twenty hours. The rated capacity might vary from manufacturer to manufacturer.

The actual battery capacity during service life, often referred to as the State Of Charge (SOC), can vary significantly from rated capacity due to aging, charging and discharge cycles, temperature, and other factors. The unique failure modes of VRLA batteries due to aging and internal degradation are attributed for a high failure rate where the actual battery capacity has degraded to 80 percent of the manufacturer’s rated capacity. As a result, battery manufacturers often recommend replacement much sooner than the rated design life for critical systems.

A test of battery capacity is designed to determine if the battery is capable of continuing to deliver the voltage level specified by the manufacturer. The results of a capacity test can also be used to estimate where the battery is in its service life. A test of capacity is performed by applying a constant current load to the battery based on the manufacturer’s published discharge rates until voltage falls to specified levels. Although discharging the battery for capacity testing concerns some, VRLA batteries are designed to handle numerous discharges within the limits established by the battery manufacturer.

The discharge rate selected for testing should be representative of the battery duty cycle. At shorter test times the test duration has a greater effect on the capacity calculation. For example, a one-minute difference in actual test time for a 5-minute discharge rate compared to a 3-hour discharge rate will result in a greater deviation of the calculated capacity. The battery is also operating less efficiently at shorter discharge rates and the effects of aging and degradation might not be as prevalent during shorter discharges.

Fire alarm and signaling system loading is typically insufficient for the practical application of a battery load test because the system load cannot be varied to maintain a constant current equal to the battery manufacturer’s published discharge rates. The fixed load applied by the system will result in final voltage levels that are deceptively high. Battery sizing is also a factor. The calculated system loads for the battery duty cycle (e.g., 24 hours standby followed by 5 minutes in an alarm) will rarely align with published discharge rates necessary for load testing. In many applications where the battery size is large in comparison to the required system current, the system loading could be too small to accurately determine battery capacity. In these cases, a battery near failure could conceivably satisfy the low discharge rate applied by the fire alarm or signaling system.

In order to satisfy the load test requirements of Table 14.4.3.2 Item 9(e), battery capacity testing can be performed in the following manner or in accordance with other methods such as those identified in IEEE Standard 1188:

(1) Referring to the battery manufacturer’s specifications, determine the load current for the 3-hour battery rating to the selected end voltage, typically 1.67 volts per cell (10.2 volts for 12-volt system or 20.4 volts for 24-volt system).

(2) Record the battery temperature at the negative terminal. (3) Disconnect the charger and connect a load bank to the battery terminals. (4) Apply the constant current specified for the 3-hour rate to the battery. Once the constant current is applied continue the test

until the battery terminal voltage decreases to the specified end voltage. (5) Stop the test when the selected end voltage is reached (6) Record the actual test duration in minutes (7) Disconnect the load bank and reconnect the charger (8) Calculate percent battery capacity as follows:

%Capacity = [Tactual/(180 x KT)] x100 where: Tactual = the test duration in minutes KT = the temperature correction factor for the actual battery temperature at the start of the test from Table A.14.4.3.2 Item 9(e). Additional Temperature Correction Factors can be obtained from IEEE 1188.

(9) Replace the battery if the battery capacity is less than or equal to 80 percent. Replace the battery at the next scheduled test interval if the battery capacity is less than 85 percent.

Temperature KT

°F (°C)

65 18.3 0.920

66 18.9 0.927

67 19.4 0.935

68 20.0 0.942

69 20.6 0.948

70 21.1 0.955

71 21.7 0.960

72 22.2 0.970

73 22.8 0.975

74 23.4 0.980

75 23.9 0.985

76 24.5 0.990

77 25.0 1.000

78 25.6 1.002

79 26.1 1.007

80 26.7 1.011

81 27.2 1.017

82 27.8 1.023

83 28.3 1.030

84 28.9 1.035

85 29.4 1.040

86 30.0 1.045

87 30.6 1.050

88 31.1 1.055

89 31.6 1.060

90 32.2 1.065

95 35.0 1.090

100 37.8 1.112

Table A.14.4.3.2 Item 9(e) Temperature Correction Factors.

As a good practice, a new battery should be fully charged and then load tested following the battery manufacturer’s recommendations prior to installation. A new battery should have a capacity of at least 90 percent.

Public Input No. 209-NFPA 72-2016 [ Section No. A.14.4.3.2 ]


1186 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

A.14.4.3.2

Table 14.4.3.2 , Item 17. Where the manufacturer publishes limits of accuracy for theoperation of an initiating device, the test method should verify actuation within the tolerancesprovided.

Table 14.4.3.2 , Item 24. The extent of testing of a fire alarm or signaling system, including devices thatwere not tested, should be documented in accordance with the Test Plan in 14.2.10. NFPA 72 does notrequire testing of an emergency control function, such as elevator recall, but does require testing of theemergency control function interface device, such as the relay powered by the fire alarm or signalingsystem. Where the emergency control function is not being tested concurrent with the fire alarm or signalingsystem testing, measurement of the emergency control function interface device output should be verifiedusing the proper test devices. This might require reading or observing the condition of a relay, a voltagemeasurement, or the use of another type of test instrument. Once testing is complete, verification that anydisabled or disconnected interface devices have been restored to normal is essential, and this verificationshould be documented in the testing results.

Testing of the emergency control functions themselves is outside of the scope of NFPA 72. A completeend-to-end test that demonstrates the performance of emergency control functions activated by the firealarm or signaling system might be required by some other governing laws, codes, or standards, or theauthority having jurisdiction. In that situation, other applicable installation standards and design documents,not NFPA 72, would address testing and performance of the emergency control functions. NFPA 4 providesrequirements for integrated (end-to-end) system testing..

It is important to note that the appropriate NFPA standard would provide the acceptance criteria for theoverall emergency control function operation requirements, including performance and test methods,whileNFPA 72 covers the required performance and testing of the emergency function interface device.

For instance, if an end-to-end test for a building with an engineered smoke control system is required bysome other governing laws, codes, standards, or the authority having jurisdiction, the test protocol wouldhave unique criteria for the smoke control system design, and a special inspector would be responsible forthe overall operation and performance of the smoke control system in accordance with the appropriatestandard (NFPA 92 and NFPA 101) during the testing, including measuring pressure differentials andensuring proper fan and damper operation. Refer to the following extract from NFPA 101 on smoke control:

9.3.2 System Designer. The engineer of record shall clearly identify the intent of the system, the designmethod used, the appropriateness of the method used, and the required means of inspecting, testing, andmaintaining the system. [ 101:9.3.2]

9.3.3 Acceptance Testing. Acceptance testing shall be performed by a special inspector in accordancewith Section 9.13. [ 101:9.3.3]

Even though the fire alarm or signaling system initiating device might activate the smoke control system,the actual testing of the dampers and fan operation would be as required by the smoke control design andnot part of the fire alarm or signaling system.

Other emergency control operation requirements might be as follows: For fan shutdown and smoke damperoperation, the fan and damper operations would be in accordance with NFPA 90A and NFPA 105respectively, and those equipment operations would be verified by those responsible for HVAC systems incombination with the fire alarm system personnel. Guidance for elevator inspection and testing can befound in ASME A.17.2, Guide for Inspection of Elevators, Escalators and Moving Walks. For elevatorsystems, the recall function, elevator power shutdown, and hat illumination would be done with the elevatormechanics present during the test. This operational test is often accomplished during routine periodic firealarm testing. For fire door holder and fire shutter release, it would be expected that the emergency controlfunction operation of the doors/shutters would be verified in accordance with NFPA 80 and NFPA 101during the test. In some cases, the door manufacturer representative might need to be present to reset theequipment.

Table 14.4.3.2 Item 22(a) and 22(b)

If during the course of the periodic test of audible appliances, it is suspected that alarm sound levels couldbe lower than the required minimum, the system owner or the system owner's designated representativeshould be notified in writing. Such notification will allow the building owner or designated buildingrepresentative to determine whether sound pressure level readings should be taken for the area(s) inquestion.



1187 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

In given test methods of Table 14.4.3.2 a single value is used to reference initiation of a signal. Users of this code interpret the value to be an absolute limit for actuation. Equipment manufacturers often provide operational tolerances for equipment. When a component is operated it should be verified to respond in accordance with the requirements of the Code while taking the accuracy of the component into consideration.

When testing room temperature switch actuation eight out of eight switches failed to actuate above 40F. The tolerance of the switch is 40 +/- 5F. Four out of eight switches actuated within the manufacturer's published limits of accuracy.

This public input is submitted as an alternative to PI 204.







Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:



1188 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM



1189 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

A.14.4.3.2

Table 14.4.3.2, Item 24. The extent of testing of a fire alarm or signaling system, including devices thatwere not tested, should be documented in accordance with the Test Plan in 14.2.10. NFPA 72 does notrequire testing of an emergency control function, such as elevator recall, but does require testing of theemergency control function interface device, such as the relay powered by the fire alarm or signalingsystem. Where the emergency control function is not being tested concurrent with the fire alarm or signalingsystem testing, measurement of the emergency control function interface device output should be verifiedusing the proper test devices. This might require reading or observing the condition of a relay, a voltagemeasurement, or the use of another type of test instrument. Once testing is complete, verification that anydisabled or disconnected interface devices have been restored to normal is essential, and this verificationshould be documented in the testing results.

Testing of the emergency control functions themselves is outside of the scope of NFPA 72. A completeend-to-end test that demonstrates the performance of emergency control functions activated by the firealarm or signaling system might be required by some other governing laws, codes, or standards, or theauthority having jurisdiction. In that situation, other applicable installation standards and design documents,not NFPA 72, would address testing and performance of the emergency control functions. NFPA 4 providesrequirements for integrated (end-to-end) system testing..

It is important to note that the appropriate NFPA standard would provide the acceptance criteria for theoverall emergency control function operation requirements, including performance and test methods,whileNFPA 72 covers the required performance and testing of the emergency function interface device.

For instance, if an end-to-end test for a building with an engineered smoke control system is required bysome other governing laws, codes, standards, or the authority having jurisdiction, the test protocol wouldhave unique criteria for the smoke control system design, and a special inspector would be responsible forthe overall operation and performance of the smoke control system in accordance with the appropriatestandard (NFPA 92 and NFPA 101) during the testing, including measuring pressure differentials andensuring proper fan and damper operation. Refer to the following extract from NFPA 101 on smoke control:

9.3.2 System Designer. The engineer of record shall clearly identify the intent of the system, the designmethod used, the appropriateness of the method used, and the required means of inspecting, testing, andmaintaining the system. [ 101:9.3.2]

9.3.3 Acceptance Testing. Acceptance testing shall be performed by a special inspector in accordancewith Section 9.13. [ 101:9.3.3]

Even though the fire alarm or signaling system initiating device might activate the smoke control system,the actual testing of the dampers and fan operation would be as required by the smoke control design andnot part of the fire alarm or signaling system.

Other emergency control operation requirements might be as follows: For fan shutdown and smoke damperoperation, the fan and damper operations would be in accordance with NFPA 90A and NFPA 105respectively, and those equipment operations would be verified by those responsible for HVAC systems incombination with the fire alarm system personnel. Guidance for elevator inspection and testing can befound in ASME A.17.2, Guide for Inspection of Elevators, Escalators and Moving Walks. For elevatorsystems, the recall function, elevator power shutdown, and hat illumination would be done with the elevatormechanics present during the test. This operational test is often accomplished during routine periodic firealarm testing. For fire door holder and fire shutter release, it would be expected that the emergency controlfunction operation of the doors/shutters would be verified in accordance with NFPA 80 and NFPA 101during the test. In some cases, the door manufacturer representative might need to be present to reset theequipment.

Table 14.4.3.2 Item 22(a) and 22(b)

If during the course of the periodic test of audible appliances, it is suspected that alarm sound levels couldbe lower than the required minimum, the system owner or the system owner's designated representativeshould be notified in writing by official correspondence . Such notification will allow the building owner ordesignated building representative to determine whether sound pressure level readings should be taken forthe area(s) in question.


See PI 8.


1190 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM







Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:



1191 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM


A.14.6.2.4

One method used to define the required sequence of operations and to document the actual sequence ofoperations is an input/output matrix (see Figure A.14.6.2.4).

Figure A.14.6.2.4 Typical Input/Output Matrix.



Figure_A.14.6.2.4.pdf Figure A.14.6.2.4


Modify column GG and replace exterior strobe with exterior visible notification appliance. See attached file with section highlighted that needs modification.

Terraview does not allow for the editing of a graph so please use the sentence above to give direction for the change in FIGURE A.14.6.2.4 Typical Input/Output Matrix.

As part of the CC TG on terms, the term "light" and “strobe” was reviewed throughout the entire document for proper use. In some cases it refers to a physical appliance while other sections use it to refer to the output of an appliance. In this section the term is for an appliance and the proper term "visible notification appliance" should be used.




Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:



1192 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

Copyright 2015 National Fire Protection Association (NFPA). licensed, by agreement, for individual use and download on October 2,2015 to Rodger Reiswig for designated user Rodger Reiswig. No other reproduction ortransmission in any form permitted without written permission of NFPA. For inquires or to report unauthorized use, contact [email protected].

ANNEXA 72-209

pressure level readings should be taken for the area(s) inquestion.

A.14.4.4 It is suggested that the annual test be conducted insegments so that all devices are tested annually.

The intent of 14.4.4 is to prevent a test from being made atintervals exceeding those allowed by Table 14.4.3.2. Annualtests should be made every 12 months; monthly tests should bemade every 30 days, and so forth. For example, it is not accept-able to conduct an annual test in January of year one, andDecember of year two (23-month frequency), just becauseTable 14.4.3.2 requires a test once each year. See the defini-tion of frequency in 3.3.113 for minimum and maximum timebetween testing events.

A.14.4.4.3 Detectors that cause unwanted alarms should betested at their lower listed range (or at 0.5 percent obscurationif unmarked or unknown). Detectors that activate at less thanthis level should be replaced.

A.14.4.4.6 It is not intended to require testing the pathways atevery device or circuit junctions.

A.14.4.5.3 It is intended that smoke alarms and connectedappliances be considered as a "fire protection system" for thepurpose of applying the responsibility provisions in 14.2.3.

A.14.4.5.5 Carbon monoxide alarm replacement is coveredunder NFPA720.

A.14.4.10 See Annex D, Speech Intelligibility.

A.14.6.1 For final determination of record retention, see14.4.4.3 for sensitivity options.

A.14.6.1.2 With many software-based fire systems, a copy ofthe site-specific software is required to restore system opera-tion if a catastrophic system failure should occur. Without aback-up copy readily available on site, recovery of system op-eration by authorized service personnel can be substantiallydelayed.

The intent of this requirement is to provide authorizedservice personnel with an on-site copy of the site-specific soft-ware. The on-site copy should provide a means to recover thelast installed and tested version of the site-specific operation ofthe system. This typically would be an electronic copy of thesource files required to load an external programming devicewith the site-specific data. This requirement does not extendto the system executive software, nor does it require that theexternal programmer software if required be stored on site.

It is intended that this copy of the software be an electronicversion stored on a nonrewritable media containing all of thefile(s) or data necessary to restore the system and not just aprinted version of the operation stored on electronic media.One example of a nonrewritable medium is a CD-R.

A.14.6.2.4 One method used to define the required se-quence of operations and to document the actual sequence ofoperations is an input/output matrix (see Figure A.14.6.2.4).

System Outputs

System InputsM N Q X ZAA BBC

1 • • • • •2 • • • • • • • •• • • • • • • •• • • • • • • • •• • • • • • • • •• • • • • • • • •• • • • • • • •• • • • • • • • •• • • • • • • • • •• • • • • •• • • • • •• • • • • •• • • • • •• • • • • •• • • • • • •• • • •• • •• • • • • • •• • • • • • • • • ••• • • • • • • • • • •• • • • • • • • • • •• • • • •• • • • •• • • • ••• • • • • •• • • • •• •• • •• • •• • •• • •A B C D E F G H I J K L M N 0 P Q R S T U V W x y

FIGURE A.14.6.2.4 Typical Input/Output Matrix.

2016 Edition(i.J...."

mailto:[email protected].

RReiswig

Highlight

Public Input No. 415-NFPA 72-2016 [ New Section after A.17.8.5.4 ]

A17.10.1 GENERAL

Natural gas and propane suppliers add a distinctive odor to their gas. Gas alarms are recommended forthose who desire an additional level of protection from propane or natural gas leaks.


Many gas customers are not aware that gas alarms are available. The Gas and Appliance industries have recommended gas detectors for additional protection.

Here are some web links to some brochures that state this.http://www.southernstates.com/docs/brochures/0608_propanesafetybrochure.pdfhttp://www.propanesafetyfirst.com/pdf/AmeriGas-Propane-Safety-Brochure.pdfhttp://www.propanecouncil.org/uploadedFiles/Council/Site_Sections/Marketer_Resources/Safety_and_Training/Consumer_Safety_-_Duty_to_Warn/safety_messages-.66_page-color.pdf


Submitter Full Name: David Buddingh

Organization: Buddingh Assoc

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:



1194 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

Public Input No. 608-NFPA 72-2016 [ New Section after A.17.11.2 ]


A.17.12.2(1)

Detectors are located on the ceiling above permanently installed fuel-burning appliances because of thebuoyancy of the heated combustion gases as compared to normal ambient temperatures. Detectors shouldbe located as close as practical to the permanently installed fuel-burning appliance consistent withconsiderations of detector accessibility, sources of detector contamination, and nuisance sources. Sitingconsiderations can include transient backdrafting spillage of flue gases during startup and ventilation supplyor exhaust vents.


This Appendix revision is one of a numerous revisions proposed as part of the integration of NFPA 720 carbon monoxide detection requirements into the NFPA 72 Fire Alarm and Signaling Code. This change is recommended to provide recognition of use, application and/or installation requirement consistent with other device requirements in Chapter 17 and where such requirement is applicable to carbon monoxide detection devices.



Public Input No. 607-NFPA 72-2016 [New Section after17.11.5.3]

Appendix - CO requirements integration into72


Submitter Full Name: Daniel O`Connor


Affilliation: Task Group for the NFPA 720/72 consolidation

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:



1195 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

Public Input No. 526-NFPA 72-2016 [ Chapter D ]

Annex D Speech Intelligibility

This annex is not a part of the requirements of this NFPA document but is included for informationalpurposes only.

Users of Annex D should refer back to the text of NFPA 72 to familiarize themselves with the specificrequirements for the planning, design, installation, and testing of voice communication systems.

D.1 Introduction.

D.1.1

This annex is intended to provide guidance on the planning, design, installation, and testing of voicecommunication systems. The majority of this annex contains recommendations for testing of theintelligibility of voice systems.

D.1.2

As with most systems, proper system performance is related to good planning, design, installation, andmaintenance. Similarly, test results are a valuable feedback mechanism for persons planning, designing,and installing systems.

D.1.3

This annex describes when, where, and how to test for speech intelligibility. It is also not the intent of thistest protocol to describe how to interpret results or how to correct systems or environments that contributeto poor speech intelligibility.

D.1.4

For occupancies that do not yet exist, the designer should have an understanding of the acousticcharacteristics of the architectural design, as well as the acoustic performance properties of availableloudspeakers. Architecturally, this includes the physical size and shape of the space, as well as theacoustic properties of the walls, floors, ceilings, and interior furnishings. A proper design analysis cansometimes reveal that an intelligible system is not achievable unless some features of the architecturaldesign are changed. The designer should be prepared to defend such conclusions and, if necessary, refuseto certify the installation of such a system. While “hand calculations” and experience work well for simplerinstallations, more complex designs are frequently better and more cost-effectively analyzed using one of anumber of readily available computer-based design programs.

D.1.5

The designer and the authority having jurisdiction should both be aware that the acoustic performanceparameters of the chosen loudspeakers, as well as their placement in the structure, play a major role indetermining how many appliances are necessary for adequate intelligibility. The numerical count ofappliances for a given design and protected space cannot, by itself, be used to determine the adequacy ofthe design. Sometimes, the acoustic problems of certain placement constraints can be satisfactorilyovercome through the careful selection of loudspeakers with the requisite performance characteristics,rather than by increasing their number.

D.2 Fundamentals of Test Protocol.

D.2.1 Measurement Method.

D.2.1.1 STI/STIPA.

D.2.1.1.1

Where the method for measuring speech intelligibility is the Speech Transmission Index (STI), this testprotocol should be followed.

D.2.1.1.2

There are several methods that measure the STI. One method common to the emergency communicationssystem industry uses a test signal referred to as STIPA — STI-Public Address.


1308 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

D.2.1.2 Other Methods.

Where the method for measuring speech intelligibility is the Phonetically Balanced Word test (PB), ModifiedRhyme Test (MRT), or Speech Intelligibility Index (SII) method, the same methods for determiningmeasurement locations should be used.

D.2.2 References.

D.2.2.1

IEC 60268-16, Sound system equipment — Part 16: Objective rating of speech intelligibility by speechtransmission index, International Electrotechnical Commission, Geneva, Switz., 22 May 2003.

D.2.2.2

ISO 7240-19, Fire Detection and Alarm Systems — Part 19: Design, Installation, Commissioning andService of Sound Systems for Emergency Purposes, International Organization for Standardization,Geneva, Switz., 1st edition, 15 Aug 2007.

D.2.2.3

NEMA Standards Publication SB 50-2008, Emergency Communications Audio Intelligibility ApplicationsGuide, National Electrical Manufacturers Association, Rosslyn VA, 2008.

D.2.3 Terminology.

D.2.3.1 Acoustically Distinguishable Space (ADS).

D.2.3.1.1

An acoustically distinguishable space (ADS) can be an emergency communication system notificationzone, or subdivision thereof, that can be an enclosed or otherwise physically defined space, or that can bedistinguished from other spaces because of different acoustical, environmental, or use characteristics suchas reverberation time and ambient sound pressure level. The ADS might have acoustical design featuresthat are conducive for voice intelligibility, or it might be a space where voice intelligibility could be difficult orimpossible to achieve.

D.2.3.1.2

All parts of a building or area intended to have occupant notification are subdivided into ADSs as defined.Some ADSs might be designated to have voice communication capability and require that thosecommunications be intelligible. Other spaces might not require voice intelligibility or might not be capable ofreliable voice intelligibility. Each is still referred to as an ADS.

D.2.3.1.3

In smaller areas, such as those under 400 ft2 (40 m2), walls alone will define the ADS. In larger areas,other factors might have to be considered. In spaces that might be subdivided by temporary or movablepartitions, such as ballrooms and meeting rooms, each individual configuration should be considered aseparate ADS. Physical characteristics such as a change in ceiling height of more than 20 percent orchange in acoustical finish, such as carpet in one area and tile in another, would require those areas to betreated as separate ADSs. In larger areas there might be noise sources that require a section to be treatedas a separate ADS. Any significant change in ambient sound pressure level or frequency might necessitatean area be considered a separate ADS.

D.2.3.1.4

In areas of 85 dBA or greater ambient sound pressure level, meeting the pass/fail criteria for intelligibilitymight not be possible and other means of communication might be necessary. So, for example, the spaceimmediately surrounding a printing press or other high noise machine might be designated as a separateADS and the design might call for some form of effective notification but not necessarily require the abilityto have intelligible voice communication. The aisles or operator’s control stations might be separate ADSswhere intelligible voice communication might be desired.

D.2.3.1.5

Significant differences in furnishings, for example, an area with tables, desks, or low dividers adjacent to anarea with high shelving, would require separate consideration. The entire desk area could be a singleacoustic zone whereas each area between shelving could be a unique zone. Essentially, any noteworthychange in the acoustical environment within an area will mandate consideration of that portion of the areato be treated as an acoustic zone. Hallways and stairwells will typically be considered as individual acousticzones.


1309 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

D.2.3.1.6

Spaces confined by walls with carpeting and acoustical ceilings can be deemed to be one ADS. An ADSshould be an area of consistent size and material. A change of materials from carpet to hard tile, theexistence of sound sources such as decorative waterfalls, large expanses of glass, and changes in ceilingheight are all factors that might separate one ADS from another.

D.2.3.1.7

Each ADS might require different components and design features to achieve intelligible voicecommunication. For example, two ADSs with similar acoustical treatments and noise levels might havedifferent ceiling heights. The ADS with the lower ceiling height might require more ceiling-mountedspeakers to ensure that all listeners are in a direct sound field. See Figure D.2.3.1.7. Other ADSs mightbenefit from the use of alternate speaker technologies such as line arrays to achieve intelligibility.

Figure D.2.3.1.7 Illustration Demonstrating Effect of Ceiling Height. (Source: R. P. SchifilitiAssociates, Inc.)

D.2.3.1.8

An ADS that differs from another because of the frequency and level of ambient sound pressure level mightrequire the use of speakers and system components that have a wider frequency bandwidth thanconventional emergency communications equipment. However, designers should not use higher bandwidthspeakers in all locations unless needed to overcome certain acoustic and ambient conditions. This isbecause the higher bandwidth appliance will require more energy to perform properly. This increasesamplifier and wire size and power supply requirements.

D.2.3.1.9

In some spaces it might be impractical to achieve intelligibility, and in such a case alternatives to voiceevacuation might be required within such areas.

D.2.3.1.10

There might be some areas of a facility where there are several spaces of the same approximate size andwith the same acoustic properties. For example, there might be an office space with multiple individualoffices, each with one speaker. If one or two are satisfactorily tested, there is no need to test all of them forspeech intelligibility.

D.2.3.2 Audibility Test.

Measurement of the sound pressure level of a tone signal in accordance with the requirements of NFPA 72.

D.2.3.3 Intelligibility Test.

A test method used to predict how well speech is understood by a listener.

D.2.3.4 Occupied Ambient Sound Pressure Level.

The period of time when the building involved in the test is occupied and is reasonably close to havingmaximum background noise. For example, this might involve the operation of HVAC equipment, anindustrial process, or a maximum number of occupants such as might occur in a place of public assembly.

D.2.3.5 STI or STIPA Test Signal.

D.2.3.5.1

A special audio signal that is played over the emergency communications system being tested.


1310 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

D.2.3.5.2

Instruments that measure STI using a STIPA signal use a special signal that consists of signals in sevenoctave bands. The sound in each octave band is modulated using two (separate) modulation frequencies.The STI and STIPA have been standardized in IEC 60268. However, at the present time, theimplementation of the measurement software and correlations with the test signal can differ betweeninstrument manufacturers. Therefore, until there is further standardization, only the test signalrecommended by the instrument manufacturer should be used with their instrument. Although the STIPAtest signals can sound similar, there might be speed or other differences that affect results if onemanufacturer's test signal is used with another manufacturer’s instrument.

D.2.3.6 Talkbox.

An instrument usually consisting of a high quality audio speaker and a CD player or other method used toplay an STI or STIPA test signal.

D.2.3.7 Unoccupied Ambient Sound Pressure Level.

The period of time when the primary occupants of the facility are not present, or when ambient soundpressure level is not at its highest level.

D.2.4 Acceptability Criteria.

D.2.4.1

The intelligibility of an emergency communication system is considered acceptable if at least 90 percent ofthe measurement locations within each ADS have a measured STI of not less than 0.45 (0.65 CIS) and anaverage STI of not less than 0.50 STI (0.70 CIS).

D.2.4.2

Speech intelligibility is not a physical quantity like meters, feet, amperes, volts, or even decibels. It is abenchmark of the degree to which we understand spoken language, and as such is a complexphenomenon affected by many variables (Ref: Jacob, K. & Tyson, T., “Computer-Based Prediction ofSpeech Intelligibility for Mass Notification Systems,” SUPDET 2008, Fire Protection Research Foundation,Mar 2008). There are two basic categories of intelligibility testing: (1) subject (human) based testing and (2)instrument based test methods. Test methods that use human subjects are only statistical predictions ofhow well speech might be understood at any other time for any other group of listeners. Several subjectbased test methods have been extensively researched, tested for reliability, and standardized. Examplesinclude the Phonetically Balanced (PB) word scores (256 words or 1000 words) and Modified Rhyme Test(MRT). (Ref: ANSI S3.2-1989 revised 2009, “Method for Measuring the Intelligibility of Speech overCommunication Systems.” Ref: ISO/TR 4870, “Acoustics — The Construction and Calibration of SpeechIntelligibility Tests”).

D.2.4.3

Subject based test methods can gauge how much of the spoken information is correctly understood by aperson or group of persons for that particular test. When properly done, that resulting value is a predictionof how much of the spoken word will be correctly understood by others at some other time. Therefore, theresults of speech intelligibility testing are usually described as predictions, not measurements. However,most users of the instruments refer to the results as measurements, not as predictions. Since the use ofportable instruments is the more common method in the alarm and emergency communications industries,in this document the results will be referred to as measurements to avoid confusion. However, in scientificand general acoustic literature, readers can see the measured values correctly referred to as predictions.

D.2.4.4

Several instrument based methods for predicting speech intelligibility have been extensively researchedand tested for accuracy and repeatability, and the methods have been standardized, most notably theSpeech Intelligibility Index (SII) (formerly the Articulation Index, AI), Speech Transmission Index (STI), andSpeech Transmission Index for Public Address (STIPA) (Ref: IEC 60268-16, “Sound system equipment —Part 16: Objective rating of speech intelligibility by speech transmission index”, 2003. Ref: ANSI/ASA S3.5,“American National Standard Methods for Calculation of the Speech Intelligibility Index”, 1997). Accuracy ishow close the meter corresponds to actual human test results. Thus, even though an instrument is used,the results are subjective in that they correlate with how humans perceive the quality of speech.


1311 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

D.2.4.5

Each of the established methods for measuring speech intelligibility has its own scale. The CommonIntelligibility Scale (CIS) was developed in 1995 to show the relationship between the different methods andto permit codes and standards to require a certain level of performance while permitting any of theaccepted measurement methods to be employed (Ref: Barnett, P.W. and Knight, A.D., “The CommonIntelligibility Scale,” Proceedings of the Institute of Acoustics, Vol. 17, Part 7, 1995). The SpeechTransmission Index (STI) is widely used and has been implemented in portable equipment using a modifiedmethod called STIPA (STI Public Address). For this reason, the performance metrics cited in this documentuse units of STI with units of CIS in parentheses. The relationship between the two is: CIS = 1 + log (STI).Relationships between other methods can be found in the literature (Ref: IEC 60849, Annex B, SoundSystems for Emergency Purposes, Feb 1998).

D.2.4.6

If an ADS is small enough to only require one measurement location (see the requirements formeasurement point spacing), the result should be 0.50 STI (0.70 CIS) or more for the ADS to pass therequirement for speech intelligibility. This is based on the requirement for an average of 0.50 STI (0.70 CIS)or more in that ADS. Therefore, a single measurement of 0.45 STI (0.65 CIS) would not be consideredacceptable, because that one measurement would be below the minimum required average of 0.50 STI(0.70 CIS) in that ADS.

D.2.4.7

If the value at that one measurement location were less than 0.50 STI (0.70 CIS), additional measurementscould be taken at that same single measurement location. As with simple sound pressure levelmeasurements, intelligibility measurements at any point will vary. If the average of all the measurements atthat location were 0.50 STI (0.70 CIS) or more, the ADS would pass the requirement for speechintelligibility.

D.2.4.8

Some ADSs might require multiple measurement points due to their larger size. (See the requirements formeasurement point spacing.) However, even in a small ADS where one measurement point would bepermitted, a designer might intend that multiple measurements be made because of conditions that mightresult in specific points having intelligibility scores below the minimum. Where an ADS has multiplemeasurement locations, the requirement is that at least 90 percent of the measurement locations havevalues not less than 0.45 STI, (0.65 CIS) and that all measurement points average to 0.50 STI (0.70 CIS) orgreater.

D.2.4.9

The use of an average intelligibility score as a part of the requirement permits a wider range of measuredvalues within an ADS than would a simple minimum requirement. A range of permitted values is notappropriate since there is no need for an upper limit for intelligibility — prefect intelligibility is certainlyacceptable.

D.2.4.10

The requirement that only 90 percent of the measured points in the ADS meet the minimum and that theaverage for the entire ADS be 0.50 STI (0.70 CIS) or greater recognizes that in any space, with any systemand any set of acoustic conditions, there can be points where the intelligibility score might be below theminimum. See also the discussion on the definition of an ADS and how some ADSs might be designated tonot require speech intelligibility at all. For example, in a room that is otherwise similar from an acousticsstandpoint, the space around a loud machine might be one ADS while the rest of the room is a separateADS. The ADS surrounding the machine might be designed to have some form of occupant notification, butnot to have intelligible voice communications. This type of ADS designation permits the remainder of theroom to be scored without being penalized by the fact that intelligible communication near some loud soundsources might not be possible.


1312 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

D.2.4.11

The intelligibility performance requirement cited herein intentionally uses two decimal points. Portableinstruments that use the STIPA method for measuring the Speech Transmission Index (STI) generally havea precision on the order of 0.02 to 0.03 (Ref: Sander J. van Wijngaarden and Jan A. Verhave, Past Presentand Future of the Speech Transmission Index, Chapter 9, Measurement and Prediction of SpeechIntelligibility in Traffic Tunnels Using the STI, p113, TNO Human Factors, The Netherlands, 2002). Othermethods that measure STI can have a greater measurement precision. Other measurement methods, suchas Modified Rhyme Test (MRT), Phonetically Balanced Word (PB) lists, and Speech Intelligibility Index (SII),also have levels of precision in the hundredths when properly conducted and scored. However, there mightbe slight variations in measured values between any two meters or between any two persons takingmeasurements with the same instrument, or between any two listener panels when using subject basedtest methods. This is true for any measurement method or instrument, including simple scales formeasuring length or mass.

D.2.4.12

Measurements should be made and recorded using two decimal places. Averages can be calculated tothree decimal points and rounded. The calculated average value should be rounded to the nearestfive-hundredths (0.05) to reflect possible measurement errors and the intent of the requirement (Ref: Mapp,P., “Systematic & Common Errors in Sound System STI and Intelligibility Measurements,” ConventionPaper 6271, Audio Engineering Society, 117th Convention, San Fran, CA, 28–31 Oct 2004. Ref: PeterMapp, Past Present and Future of the Speech Transmission Index, Chapter 8, Practical Application of STIto Assessing Public Address and Emergency Sound Systems, TNO Human Factors, The Netherlands,2002). For example, averages of 0.47–0.525 STI would all be rounded to report an average of 0.50 STI(0.70 CIS). The minimum value permitted for all but 10 percent of the measurement locations in an ADSshould be 0.45 STI (0.65 CIS) or greater. For example, values of 0.44 STI are below the minimum; they arenot rounded up to 0.45 STI.

D.2.5 Limitations of Test Method.

D.2.5.1

Equipment designed in accordance with UL 864 and fire alarm speakers designed in accordance withUL 1480 are only tested for and only required to produce frequencies of 400 to 4000 Hz. Speech, however,includes a wider range of frequencies. Speech intelligibility measurements using STI and STIPA includeoctave band measurements that range from 125 Hz to 8000 Hz. STI results are most dependent on the2000, 1000, 500, and 4000 Hz octave bands (in order of weighting) and to a lesser extent the 8000 and250 Hz octave bands and to an even lesser extent, the 125 Hz band (again, in order of weighting).

D.2.5.2

While the lower and higher octave bands in STI calculations are weighted much less than the others, undercertain acoustic conditions, systems that do not produce the highs and the lows can produce speechintelligibility that is less than desired. This does not imply that all systems should use equipment capable ofgreater bandwidth sound reproduction. While the larger frequency response will probably sound better andbe more intelligible to a listener, it might not be necessary for the minimum desired performance. The use ofequipment with higher bandwidth will require an increase in power supplies, amplifiers, and wire sizes todrive the speaker appliances.

D.2.5.3

Areas of high ambient sound pressure levels (“noise”) might be incapable of meeting the acceptabilitycriteria in D.2.4.

D.2.5.4

In areas where the ambient sound pressure level exceeds 90 dBA, speech satisfactory speech intelligibilityis difficult to achieve with conventional communications equipment and design practice. A better systemdesign might include alternate communications methods, such as signs and displays, or might involveproviding occupant notification but not communication at that location.

D.2.5.5

Impulse sounds made during measurements can impact measurement accuracy or cause instrument error.


1313 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

D.2.5.6

Impulse sounds such as accidentally tapping the meter microphone, or a nearby door slamming can causea measurement error. Some meters will display an error message. If an impulse sound occurs during themeasurement, consider taking another measurement to check the results. This process is analogous toignoring temporary sound sources, as permitted by NFPA 72 when taking sound pressure levelmeasurements.

D.2.5.7

Natural variation in ambient sound pressure level levels can affect the results.

D.2.6 General Requirements.

D.2.6.1

The qualified staff should be identified on the system design documents. Acceptable evidence ofqualifications or certification should be provided when requested by the authority having jurisdiction.Qualified personnel should include, but not be limited to, one or more of the following:

(1) Personnel who are factory trained and certified for fire alarm system design of the specific type andbrand of system addressed by this test protocol

(2) Personnel who are certified by a nationally recognized certification organization acceptable to theauthority having jurisdiction

(3) Personnel who are registered, licensed, or certified by a state or local authority

D.2.6.2

All necessary precautions should be taken with the facility owner to work with appropriately qualified staffwhen handling or performing any function with the emergency communications system control unit.

D.2.6.3

Testing impairment and record keeping requirements of NFPA 72, Chapter 14 should apply.

D.2.6.4

Test measurements and other documentation should be maintained as required by the authority havingjurisdiction.

D.2.6.5

Impairment management procedures of NFPA 72, Section 10.20 should be followed.

D.2.6.6 Test Participants.

The test participants should include representatives of and/or coordination with the following: buildingowners; the organizations responsible for the fire alarm or emergency communications system design andinstallation; system equipment supplier and/or manufacturer; and the authority having jurisdiction.

D.3 Pre-Planning.

D.3.1 Facility Occupancy and Use.

D.3.1.1 Occupancy/Use Types.

Prior to testing, the pre-planning effort should identify the occupancy or use type to better minimizedisruption to the facility occupants during the test.

D.3.1.2 Normal Operational Time Periods.

Prior to testing, pre-planning efforts should identify the operational time periods when the occupied ambientsound pressure level and the unoccupied ambient sound pressure level are most likely to occur.

D.3.1.3 Testing Before Building Furnishing Completion.

It might be necessary to perform testing to permit partial use before the building is in its final acousticconfiguration. The results of intelligibility testing at this stage can differ from the final performance of thesystem. It might be necessary to work with the authority having jurisdiction to develop a testing plan. Forexample, until acoustical treatments such as carpeting, ceiling tiles, and other furnishings are in place, thesystem can be partially tested to meet audibility requirements but not necessarily intelligibility requirements.Other test plans or mitigating procedures might be permitted.


1314 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

D.3.1.4 Facility Construction and Condition.

Construction in the facility to be tested should be completed for areas that will be subject to intelligibilitytesting. This specifically requires that the command center and all locations of system microphones to betested should be completed. Any location of remote system microphones not tested during this time shouldbe noted, and said locations should be fully tested with positive results within 90 days of area occupancy oras required by the authority having jurisdiction. Also, all building systems such as environmentalconditioning systems should be completed and operational, as they both produce noise and provideacoustic noise travel paths. In addition, all floor treatments and any acoustical wall or ceiling treatmentsshould be in place.

D.3.1.5 System Under Test Status.

The system under test should be completed for all areas where intelligibility testing will be done.

D.3.1.6 System Under Test Power.

System under test should be on permanent primary power source as defined in NFPA 72.

D.3.1.7 System Under Test Secondary Power.

Secondary power, where required and/or provided for the system under test, should be fully functional. Ifbatteries are used for this purpose, batteries should be fully charged for a minimum of 48 hours prior to thecommencement of any testing.

D.3.2 Emergency Communication Equipment.

D.3.2.1

As discussed in D.2.3.1, not all ADSs will require or be capable of intelligible voice communications. It isthe designer’s job to define areas that will have voice communication versus those that might havetone-only signaling, as well as which spaces will have strobes, textual signage, or other forms of notificationand/or communication. This document intends that “notification” mean any form of notification, not justvoice communication, whether audible, visual, or using some other human sense.

D.3.2.2

There might be applications where not all spaces will require intelligible voice signaling (Ref: NFPA 72,2007, Section A.7.4.1.4). For example, in a residential occupancy such as an apartment, the authorityhaving jurisdiction and the designer might agree to a system that achieves the required audibilitythroughout but does not result in intelligible voice signaling in the bedrooms. The system would be sufficientto awaken and alert. However, intelligibility might not be achieved in the bedrooms with the doors closedand the sounder in the adjacent hallway or room. In some cases this can require that messages repeat asufficient number of times to ensure that occupants can reach a location where the system is sufficientlyintelligible to be understood. Systems that use tone signaling in some areas and voice signaling in otherareas would not require voice intelligibility in those areas only covered by the tone.

D.3.2.3 Emergency Communications System Control Panel.

The system under test for the emergency communications system should be located and identified prior totesting, and its operation features necessary for the testing clarified. Personnel who are authorized toaccess and service the control panel are necessary for the testing and should be included within the teamperforming the tests. If necessary, notification to locations beyond the facility that is being tested (e.g., firedepartment or a supervising station) should be notified of the tests, and if appropriate, their automaticnotification feature disabled. Upon completion of the tests the emergency communications system shouldbe returned to its normal operating condition.

D.3.2.4 Test Set-up.

The function and operation of the emergency communication system control unit should be reviewed withpersonnel authorized to access and operate this equipment. Information should be acquired on thefunctioning of the voice notification portion of the system, and whether it has zone capabilities that will allowminimal disruption to building occupants by testing each zone individually. The test plan should also specifywhether other functions of the system, such as elevator recall and air handler control, will be disabledduring the testing of the emergency communications system.

D.3.2.5 System Under Test Calibration.

The complete system under test audio path should be fully calibrated in accordance with manufacturer’sinstructions. On systems with adjustable technology, if manufacturer’s instructions are not provided, thealternate calibration procedure offered below can be employed to calibrate the system under test.


1315 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

D.3.2.5.1 Alternate Calibration Procedure.

D.3.2.5.1.1

This calibration is to be performed with the system under test on normal AC power, then checked with thesystem on secondary power (if so equipped).

D.3.2.5.1.2

The system under test amplifier output or the circuit being calibrated should have a minimum of a 1-wattload during the calibration process.

D.3.2.5.1.3

Perform pre-test occupant and remote monitoring station notification requirements specified in NFPA 72,Chapter 14.

D.3.2.5.1.4

Introduce a 1 kHz sine-wave tone (± 100 Hz) at 90 dBA-fast 4” (4 in.) to the system microphone on-axis,perpendicular to the face of the microphone.

D.3.2.5.1.5

Place the system under test into manual paging mode (microphone “live” and connected to amplifiercircuitry with notification appliance circuits active).

D.3.2.5.1.6

Using a 4-digit accuracy RMS meter, set on AC scale, set the output of the System Under Test audionotification appliance circuits to between 24 and 26 Vrms for 25.2 volt systems or between 69 and 71 Vrmsfor 70.7 volt systems.

D.3.2.5.1.7

Once system under test manual paging mode has been calibrated, pre-recorded tone (if so equipped)should then be tested by playing it through the system under test to ensure that there is no more than a 3dBA difference between manual paging using the system microphone and the pre-recorded message. ThedBA measurement should be made using an integrating/averaging meter and averaged over approximately10 seconds of voice announcement to compensate for voice amplitude modulation.

D.3.2.5.1.8

On a system under test with more than one emergency paging microphone and/or pre-recorded messageunits, the primary units should be calibrated, then secondary units tested to ensure that they producesignals throughout the system under test at the same amplitude as the primary units.

D.3.3 Plans and Specifications.

D.3.3.1

The approved plans and specifications for the system should be used to plan and document the tests.

D.3.3.2

Testing is best accomplished using large scale plans showing all notification appliances.

D.3.3.3

The plans should show the different system notification zones.

D.3.3.4

The type and location of the notification appliances used in the emergency communication system shouldbe identified prior to testing.

D.3.3.5

Notification appliance symbols should differentiate the type of appliance where more than one type is used.

D.3.3.6

Notification appliance symbols should include the design wattage for each speaker appliance.

D.3.3.7

The plans should show the ambient sound pressure levels used as a basis for the system design.


1316 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

D.3.4 Calculating Percentage of Articulation Loss of Consonants (%ALCONS).

There are occasions in which a space may not be available to take test measurements in prior to the designbeing completed. One method of calculation for the Speech Intelligibly Index is by calculating percentage ofarticulation loss of consonants (%ALCONS). The formula is:

[D.3.4]

where:

D 2 = distance from the loudspeaker to the farthest listener

RT 60 = reverberation time (seconds)

N = power ratio of LW causing LD to the LW of all devices except those causing LD

V = volume of the room (ft3)

Q = directivity index (ratio)

M = DC modifier (usually 1)

As point of reference, DC is the critical distance.

N is further defined as:

LW = sound power level (dB)

LD = total direct energy

LW = 10log (Wa /10-12 W)

Wa = acoustic watts

10-12 = specified reference

LD = LW + 10log (Q/4πr 2) + 10.5

The conversion factor from %ALCONS to STI:

STI = [–0.1845 × ln(%ALCONS)] + 0.9482

D.3.5 Assignment of Acoustically Distinguishable Spaces.

D.3.5.1

ADSs should be assigned prior to the test, and be subject to review by all test participants.

D.3.5.2

ADS assignments should be a part of the original design process. See the discussion in D.2.3.1.

D.3.5.3

The design drawings should be used to plan and show the limits of each ADS where there is more thanone.

D.3.5.4

All areas that are intended to have audible occupant notification, whether by tone only or by voice are to bedesignated as one or more ADSs. See D.2.3.1.

D.3.5.5

The drawings or a table listing all ADSs should be used to indicate which ADSs will require intelligible voicecommunications and which will not. The same drawings or table could be used to list audibilityrequirements where tones are used and to list any forms of visual or other notification or communicationsmethods being employed in the ADS.

D.3.5.6

ADS layouts that differ from the original, approved design documents should be approved by the authorityhaving jurisdiction.

D.3.6 Spaces Not Requiring Testing.


1317 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

D.3.6.1

Buildings and areas of buildings that are not acoustically challenging such as traditional officeenvironments, hotel guest rooms, dwelling units, and spaces with carpeting and furnishings generally meetintelligibility levels if the audibility levels are consistent with the requirements of NFPA 72. Performingintelligibility testing might not be necessary in these areas. Areas of a typical building that can beacoustically challenging could include vehicle parking levels and large lobby areas with hard floors and wallsurfaces, stairs, and other spaces with high reverberation. Intelligibility meeting the requirements in thisdocument can be difficult to achieve throughout these spaces. Specialized sound system designprocedures, principles, and equipment might be necessary to achieve speech intelligibility in high noiseareas or areas with challenging acoustics. Alternatively, intelligibility could be provided near exits and withinspecific areas (elevator lobby of a parking level) where occupants can obtain clear instructions after beingalerted. This is done, in part, by the proper planning and designation of ADSs.

D.3.6.2

Factors that influence the decision to measure speech intelligibility include:

D.3.6.2.1

Possible reasons not to test speech intelligibility include the following:

(1) Distance listener to speaker less than 30 ft (9.1 m) in the room (assuming proper audibility and lowreverberation)

(2) Ambient sound level is less than 50 dBA and the average SPL of the voice message is 10–15 dBAfast greater

(3) No appreciable hard surfaces (e.g., glass, marble, tile, metal, etc.)

(4) No appreciable high ceilings (i.e., ceiling height equals speaker spacing at a ratio of 1:1 optimal or1:2 max)

D.3.6.2.2

Possible reasons not to test intelligibility, except possibly for spot sample testing include the following:

(1) Space has been acoustically designed by individuals having skills sufficient to properly design avoice/alarm system for the occupancy to be protected (e.g., space has been designed usingcommercially available computer modeling software acceptable to authority having jurisdiction)

D.3.6.2.3

Possible reasons to test include the following:

(1) Appreciable hard surfaces (e.g., glass, marble, tile, metal, etc.)

(2) Appreciable high ceilings (e.g., atriums, multiple ceiling heights)

D.3.6.3

In situations where there are several ADSs that have the exact same physical and system configuration, itmight be possible to test only a representative sample and then just check the others to confirm system andappliance operation — for example, hotel rooms with similar layouts or offices of similar size andfurnishings where each has a speaker appliance. In these cases there would be no expected difference insystem intelligibility. The only possible problem would be one where an appliance was not operational ortapped at the incorrect wattage. These problems would be apparent by a basic “listening” test.

D.3.6.4

Not all ADSs will require speech intelligibility testing. Some areas might be designed for notification, but notfor voice communication. Notification can be accomplished by tone-only signaling or by a pre-alert tonepreceding a voice message. See D.3.5.5.


1318 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

D.3.6.5

By definition, an ADS is relatively uniform in acoustic characteristics. However, speech intelligibility will varyat different points within an ADS depending primarily on distance to noise sources and distance to speakerappliances. Generally, in smaller spaces up to about 40 ft × 40 ft (12.2 m × 12.2 m), one measurementlocation will be sufficient. The location should not be directly in front of a wall mounted speaker or directlyunder a ceiling mounted speaker. Neither should it be in the far corner right next to walls or windows.Generally, try to stay about 5 to 10 ft (1.5 to 3.0 m) away from vertical surfaces that reflect sound. In largerspaces, a grid of about 40 ft × 40 ft (12.2 m × 12.2 m) can be used as a starting guide, then adjusted for thelocations of machines and other obstructions and for speaker appliance locations. See D.2.4 for additionaldiscussion on measuring points and the averaging of results in an ADS.

D.3.6.6

Of the ADSs that do require intelligible voice communications, some will require speech intelligibility testingand others might only require audibility testing.

D.3.6.7

Testing of intelligibility might not be required in buildings and areas of buildings that are not acousticallychallenging and that meet the audibility requirements of NFPA 72. Spaces that are not considered to beacoustically challenging include traditional office environments, hotel guest rooms, spaces with carpetingand furnishings that reduce reverberation, and other, smaller spaces where a speaker appliance is installedin the space.

D.3.7 Measurement Points Within ADS.

D.3.7.1

Measurements should be taken at an elevation of 5 ft (1.5 m) or at any other elevation deemed appropriatebased on occupancy (e.g., elevated walkways, child-height, sitting height, work area height, etc.) or testinstrument instructions.

D.3.7.2

The number and location of measurement points in each ADS should be planned and based on the areaand volume of the space and the speaker appliance location within the space. The location of noisesources, egress paths, and the locations of personnel in the space should also be considered.

D.3.7.3

Testing when the area is occupied and when the ambient sound level is at or near its expected maximum ispreferred because it is easier. However, it does involve playing of a test signal through the emergencycommunications system for the duration of the test. When testing using the STIPA signal, the signal is acontinuous noise signal. Other methods that measure STI use a swept tone that should be repeated foreach measurement location. The alternate procedure is to test and save the STI measurement data duringunoccupied times, measure and save the unoccupied sound level, and then take and save sound levelmeasurements during occupied times. The three data sets are combined by software to calculate thecorrected STI for the area. Testing using this method requires three measurements at each measurementlocation, but does not subject occupants to constant test signals. The choice of testing occupied versusunoccupied for intelligibility is the same as for audibility testing of tone signaling systems and is based onconvenience versus disruption of normal use of the space. However, unlike audibility testing, intelligibilitytesting is less likely to contribute to the Cry Wolf Syndrome because the test signal is not the same as theevacuation tone, which would be sounded throughout testing of a tone signaling system. [Ref: Schifiliti,Robert P., “Fire Alarm Testing Strategies Can Improve Occupant Response and Reduce the “Cry Wolf”Syndrome,” NEMA Supplement in Fire Protection Engineering, Society of Fire Protection Engineers,Bethesda, MD 20814, Fall 2003.] and [Ref: Brezntiz, S., “Cry Wolf: The Psychology of False Alarms,”Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, Hillsdale, NJ, February 1984.]

D.3.7.4

If multiple measurement points are required within an ADS, they should be separated by about 40 ft(12.2 m).

D.3.7.5

No more than one third of the measurement points within an ADS should be on the axis of a speaker.

D.3.7.6

See D.2.4 for the requirements for averaging the results at different measurement points within an ADS.


1319 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

D.3.7.7

Measurement points should be shown on plans or otherwise described in a way that permits future testingat the same locations.

D.3.8 Test Method — Occupied versus Unoccupied.

D.3.8.1

It is possible to conduct STI measurements when the area is occupied or when it is not occupied. In thisdocument “occupied” versus “unoccupied” is intended to be consistent with the definitions in D.2.3 foroccupied ambient sound pressure level and for unoccupied ambient sound pressure level.

D.3.8.2

The preferred procedure is to conduct the STI/STIPA test in the presence of the occupied ambient soundpressure level. See D.6.4.

D.3.8.3

Where the test method is measuring the STI using the STIPA test signal, the STIPA test signal can beplayed through the system and the STI can be measured and the data saved by the test instrument whenthe area is either not occupied or when the background ambient conditions are not the occupied ambientsound pressure level. It is also necessary to measure and save the unoccupied ambient sound level ateach measurement location. Then, during occupied times, take and save ambient sound levelmeasurements. The three data sets are combined by software to calculate the corrected STI for the area.See D.6.5.6.

D.4 Test Equipment Calibration for Testing Using STIPA Test Signal.

D.4.1 General.

D.4.1.1

The calibration of the STI test instrument is done in accordance with this section using a talkbox or inaccordance with manufacturer’s instructions.

D.4.1.2

The Intelligibility Test System consists of a talkbox and STIPA test meter (analyzer) all from onemanufacturer. Units from other manufacturers should not be interchanged unless said units have beentested by a recognized testing laboratory for compatibility (see D.2.3.5.2).

D.4.1.3

Prior to performing any intelligibility testing or intelligibility system calibration, verify that the test meter’smicrophone, talkbox, and analyzer are within calibration date as listed on the unit’s calibration tag.

D.4.1.4

All audio test equipment, including ANSI Type 2 sound pressure level meters required by NFPA 72 foraudibility testing, require regular calibration to known, traceable standards. The portable meters used tomeasure STI using the STIPA test signal should meet or exceed ANSI Type 2 meter requirements. Inaddition, the STIPA test signal and the meter algorithm for measuring the received signal and calculatingthe modulation transfer function to arrive at the STI should be tested by a certifying laboratory for accuracyto the IEC standard for STI.

D.4.2 Calibration Procedure.

D.4.2.1

The following procedures should be performed at the commencement and conclusion of intelligibilitytesting. If the following procedure differs from that recommended by the manufacturer of the test equipment,follow their calibration test procedure.

D.4.2.2

Perform these calibration procedures in a quiet room (45 dBA or less) without any extraneous sounds orany talking, music, etc.

D.4.2.3

Start STIPA test tone as instructed by the manufacturer.


1320 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

D.4.2.4

Apply power to the talkbox and then activate the STIPA test signal.

D.4.2.5

Turn on the analyzer and set it to SPL A fast measurement mode.

D.4.2.6

Place the analyzer’s microphone approximately 1 in., on axis, from the talkbox. Do not place the analyzermicrophone against any hard surface — this can lead to induced noise and affect the calibration.

D.4.2.7

Adjust the talkbox volume so that the STI analyzer’s reading is approximately 92 dBA.

D.4.2.8

Keeping the analyzer in approximately the same position, measure the STI. Note that some meters displaySTI measurements using the CIS scale while some can display results in either STI or CIS units. See D.2.4for an explanation of the CIS scale.

D.4.2.9

The equipment is working properly if the reading is greater than 0.91 STI or 0.96 CIS. Up to three tests canbe performed. If the system does not pass after three tests, it should be returned to the manufacturer forrepair or recalibration.

D.5 Talkbox Set-up.

D.5.1 Input Test Signal.

D.5.1.1

The input test signal should be configured to produce the proper level by utilizing either the microphoneinput method or the direct input injection method.

D.5.1.2

Most emergency communications systems have microphones for manual voice communication and shouldbe tested using the microphone test method. Systems that do not have microphones and that only playpre-recorded voice announcements can be tested using the direct input injection method.

D.5.1.3

By putting the STI or STIPA test signal into the system via the system microphone, the ECS system is beingtested from end to end. If an ECS system has the test signal pre-recorded in its hardware, playback of thattest signal would not be testing the microphone and the part that feeds the microphone signal into thesystem.

D.5.1.4 Direct Input Injection Method for Test Signals.

D.5.1.4.1

With this method the STI or STIPA test signals are pre-recorded in the emergency communications systemhardware in the same way as the pre-recorded voice messages and at the same input levels. Alternately,the test signal can input to the system via input jacks or terminals.

D.5.1.4.2

The input level of the test signal should be tested by the ECS listing agency as being the same as thepre-recorded voice levels or should be calibrated using the ECS equipment manufacturer’s instructions.

D.5.1.4.3

For ECS systems that permit voice messages to be custom recorded, the equivalent sound level (seeA.18.4.3.1) Leq of the recorded voice over a period of 10 seconds or the length of the voice message

should be measured and should be within 3 dB of the prerecorded STI or STIPA test signal to ensure that itis at the correct level.

D.5.1.4.4

Field measurements of the STI are made using the procedure in Section D.5.

D.5.1.5 Microphone Input Method for Test Signals.


1321 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

D.5.1.5.1

With this method a recording of the STI or STIPA test signals are played into the system microphone usinga talkbox.

D.5.1.5.2

The talkbox is set up and calibrated per D.5.2, and field measurements of the STI are made using theprocedure in Section D.6.

D.5.2 Calibrating the Input Test Signal for Microphone Input Method.

D.5.2.1

Of the two methods for setting the test signal input to the system microphone, the method that sets the levelto match that of a person speaking into the microphone is the one required by IEC 60268-16, Soundsystem equipment — Part 16: Objective rating of speech intelligibility by speech transmission index, thestandard that defines STI and STIPA.

D.5.2.2

In theory, the two methods for setting up the talkbox should result in the talkbox being set at approximatelythe same sound level. The ECS should be designed and configured so that input to the microphone resultsin the same output level that any pre-recorded announcements would produce.

D.5.2.3 General.

D.5.2.3.1

There are two methods for setting the level of the STI or STIPA test signal at the input microphone.

D.5.2.3.2

Method 1 sets the volume of the input test signal so that the dBA output in the area under test is the sameas that for a pre-recorded message.

D.5.2.3.3

Method 2 sets the volume of the input test signal to match that of speech level under normal conditions.

D.5.2.3.4

The room where the talkbox and system under test microphone are located should be quiet.

D.5.2.3.5

An emergency command center or fire command center will not be free of noise during an actualemergency. However, for testing purposes, the room should be relatively free of extraneous noises thatcould affect the results. The purpose of the tests is to establish the baseline capability of the system andacoustic environment to support intelligible communications. Good design practice for an emergencycommand center is to isolate the space so that only emergency command personnel have access. Inaddition, the location of the microphone for manual input should be such that background discussions andnoise are minimized.

D.5.2.3.6

Set up the talkbox in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions.

D.5.2.4 Method 1 — Matching Recorded Message Level.

D.5.2.4.1

The intent of this method is to set the talkbox or audio source input level into the emergencycommunications system microphone so that the output at a location in the area under test is the same asthe level of prerecorded messages played by the system.

D.5.2.4.2

The sound pressure level produced by the talkbox while playing the STI or STIPA test signal should bematched with the sound pressure level of the pre-recorded voice message.

D.5.2.4.3

Two people will be needed to perform the calibration procedure. One person needs to be present at thetalkbox while the other person needs to operate the analyzer at a typical location in the facility.


1322 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

D.5.2.4.4

At a typical location in the facility, position the analyzer it so its microphone is approximately 5 ft (1.5 m)above the finished floor.

D.5.2.4.5

Set the analyzer (meter) to measure sound pressure level, A-weighted, fast.

D.5.2.4.6

Activate the pre-recorded voice message from the ECS.

D.5.2.4.7

The decibel reading at the analyzer will be somewhat erratic due to the nature of speech signals.

D.5.2.4.8

Record the highest dB reading the system produces.

D.5.2.4.9

Do not move the analyzer from the test location.

D.5.2.4.10

Turn off the pre-recorded voice message.

D.5.2.4.11

Place the microphone of the emergency communications system at a distance from the talkbox asrecommended by the microphone or ECS manufacturer.

D.5.2.4.12

Start the talkbox STI or STIPA test signal.

D.5.2.4.13

Adjust the talkbox sound level until the field measurement of the test signal is ±3 dB of the level generatedwhen the pre-recorded voice message was played and measured. This setting should not change for theremainder of the testing.

D.5.2.4.14

Begin field testing in accordance with Section D.6.

D.5.2.5 Method 2 — Matching Speech Level.

D.5.2.5.1

The intent of this method is to set the talkbox or audio source input level to the emergency communicationssystem microphone to match that of an average person speaking into the microphone.

D.5.2.5.2

Set the analyzer (meter) to measure sound pressure level, A-weighted, fast.

D.5.2.5.3

Start the STI or STIPA test signal and hold the meter at a distance of 39.4 in. (1.0 m) on-axis from thetalkbox or audio source.

D.5.2.5.4

Set the talkbox volume (level) so that the meter registers 65 dBA at a distance of 39.4 in. (1.0 m). Thissetting should not change for the remainder of the testing.

D.5.2.5.5

The distance from the microphone to the talkbox should be documented so that future tests can be set upconsistently. Most microphone manufacturers or ECS equipment manufacturers will state a recommendeddistance for a person to hold the microphone when talking. Some microphone use chin guards or somephysical means to help users know when they are holding the microphone at the correct distance. If themanufacturer has not recommended a talking distance, 4 in. (100 mm) is recommended as a guide.


1323 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

D.5.2.5.6

Place the microphone of the emergency communications system at a distance from the talkbox asrecommended by the microphone or ECS manufacturer.

D.5.2.5.7

A level of 60 dBA at one meter is required by IEC 60268-16, Sound system equipment — Part 16:Objective rating of speech intelligibility by speech transmission index, the standard that defines STI andSTIPA and is considered a normal speech level. While 60 dBA at 1 m is documented as “normal” speech, inareas where there is background noise, the Lombard effect causes a person to talk at an elevated volume.For this document, the committee chose to use 65 dBA as more representative of speech levels duringemergency situations. It is recommended that at least one field STI measurement be made at both 60 dBAand 70 dBA at one meter talking level to test the effects of elevated voice level.

D.5.2.5.8

Sound pressure level increases 6 dB whenever the distance is halved. So, the test could be set up so thatthe talkbox level achieves 65 + 6 = 71 dBA at a distance of 19.7 in. (0.50 m). Table D.5.2.5.8 showsdifferent dB levels at distances that would be equivalent to 65 dBA at 39.4 in. (1.0 m).

Table D.5.2.5.8 Audibility Equivalent to 65 dBA at 1-m Distance

r

(in.)

r

(m)

LP

(dB)

r

(in.)

r

(m)

LP

(dB)

r

(in.)

r

(m)

LP

(dB)

0.1 0 117 4 0.10 85 11 0.28 76

0.2 0.01 111 5 0.13 83 12 0.30 75

0.5 0.01 103 6 0.15 81 20 0.50 71

1.0 0.03 97 7 0.18 80 24 0.61 69

1.5 0.04 93 8 0.20 79 39.37 1.00 65

2.0 0.05 91 9 0.23 78 78.8 2.00 59

3.0 0.08 87 10 0.25 77

D.5.2.5.9

Begin field testing in accordance with Section D.6.

D.6 STI/STIPA Test Procedure.

D.6.1 General.

This test procedure permits testing during either occupied conditions or during unoccupied conditions. SeeD.3.8.

D.6.2 Power.

The system under test should be tested on secondary power for a minimum of 15 minutes and then onprimary power for the remainder of the testing.

D.6.3 System Operation.

Where two ADSs are adjacent to each other and not separated by physically barriers that significantlyprevent noise penetration from one ADS to another, the notification appliances in both ADSs should beoperating during the testing. It is acceptable for intelligibility testing to silence or disable other notificationzones that would not potentially interfere with each other. However, regular testing per NFPA 72 wouldrequire that all circuits be operated simultaneously at one point to ensure proper operation and to verifypower requirements.

D.6.4 Occupied Testing.

D.6.4.1

Testing should be done during a period of time when the area is occupied and is reasonably close to havingmaximum background noise.

D.6.4.2

Set up the talkbox in accordance with Section D.4 and start the STI or STIPA test signal.


1324 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

D.6.4.3

At each measurement point in each ADS measure the STI.

D.6.4.4

Document the results on plans or forms in a way that accurately describes the measurement point and thatpermits future testing at the same locations.

D.6.5 Unoccupied Testing.

D.6.5.1 General.

Testing of speech intelligibility in the presence of the occupied ambient sound pressure level is thepreferred method. However, for various reasons, including disruption of normal work, it might be desirableto only do “silent” testing during occupied periods and to do testing with the STI or STIPA test signal duringunoccupied or less occupied conditions.

D.6.5.2 Number of Tests.

This test method requires three different measurements at each measurement point, typically made duringtwo site visits. The data for each measurement is saved in a format in accordance with the instrumentmanufacturer’s requirements. The three data files are then post-processed to arrive at the final correctedSTI.

D.6.5.3 Occupied Ambient Sound Pressure Level Measurement.

D.6.5.3.1

At each measurement point in each ADS measure the occupied ambient sound pressure level.

D.6.5.3.2

Save the measurement data in accordance with the instrument manufacturer’s requirements to permitpost-processing of the data.

D.6.5.3.3

Document the results in writing on plans or forms in a way that accurately describes the measurementpoint and that permits future testing at the same locations.

D.6.5.4 Unoccupied Ambient Sound Pressure Level Measurement.

D.6.5.4.1

At each measurement point in each ADS measure the unoccupied ambient sound pressure level.

D.6.5.4.2


D.6.5.4.3


D.6.5.5 Unoccupied STI Measurement.

D.6.5.5.1

Set up the talkbox in accordance with Section D.4 and start the STI or STIPA test signal.

D.6.5.5.2

At each measurement point in each ADS measure the uncorrected STI.

D.6.5.5.3


D.6.5.5.4


D.6.5.6 Post Processing.


1325 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

D.6.5.6.1

The corrected STI is arrived at by post-processing of the occupied ambient sound pressure levelmeasurement, the unoccupied ambient sound pressure level measurement, and the unoccupied STImeasurement. In effect, the measured STI (uncorrected) is being corrected by adding in the effects theactual expected (occupied) ambient sound pressure level.

D.6.5.6.2

The post processing procedure or software provided by the instrument manufacturer should be used tocalculate the final corrected STI for each measurement point.

D.6.5.6.3


D.6.5.6.4

Documentation of the final results for each point should include the results of all three measurements andthe final corrected STI value. The manufacturer’s software revision should also be included in the resultsdocumentation.

D.7 Post Test Procedures.

D.7.1 Test Closure.

Upon completion of all testing, the emergency communications system should be returned to its normaloperating condition.

D.7.2 Results.

D.7.2.1

It is also not the intent of this test protocol to describe how to interpret results or how to correct systems orenvironments that contribute to poor speech intelligibility. However, depending on the instrument used, itmight be possible to have data retained by the instrument to determine possible causes and their effects onSTI results. Consult with the instrument manufacturer to determine if the instrument has the capability todisplay or save the intermediate STI modulation indices and octave band measurement results and forinstructions on how to interpret those data.

D.7.2.2

For each ADS, summarize the results in accordance with the performance requirements of D.2.4.

D.7.2.3

For an ADS that had multiple measurement points or that had multiple measurements at only onemeasurement point, calculate the average per D.2.4 and list the average and the minimum measurementper D.2.4 in the results summary.

D.7.3 Documentation.

D.7.3.1

The test results should be fully documented and provided to the building owner, the emergencycommunications system contractor, the system designer, the authority having jurisdiction, and any otherindividual or organization deemed appropriate.


1326 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

D.7.3.2

In addition to the requirements for test documentation contained in NFPA 72, Chapter 10, the test resultsshould include:

(1) Building location and related descriptive facility information

(2) Names, titles, and contact information for individuals involved in test

(3) Dates and times of tests

(4) A list of testing instruments, including manufacturer’s name, model, serial number, and date of mostrecent calibration

(5) Technical description of emergency communications system

(6) Identification of ADSs

(7) Locations of specific measurement points (in a list or on a set of drawings)

(8) Site definition of ambient sound pressure levels

(9) STI/STIPA measurements at each measurement point

(10) Final corrected STI/STIPA values where the post-processing procedure is used

(11) Indication of whether or not the test met the pass/fail criteria

(12) Record of system restoration

(13) Any additional information to assist with future evaluation of system performance

D.7.3.3

If appropriate, the plans and specifications addressed in D.3.3 should be updated based on the results ofthe test.


Removal of "in writing" reference. See PI 340 / PI 345



Public Input No. 340-NFPA 72-2016 [Sections 14.2.2.2.3, 14.2.2.2.4]






Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:



1327 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

Public Input No. 465-NFPA 72-2016 [ Section No. D.2.3.1.2 ]

D.2.3.1.2

All parts of a building or area intended to have occupant notification are subdivided into ADSs as defined.Some ADSs might be designated to have voice communication communications capability and require thatthose communications be intelligible. Other spaces might not require voice intelligibility or might not becapable of reliable voice intelligibility. Each is still referred to as an ADS.






Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:



1328 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM


D.2.3.1.7

Each ADS might require different components and design features to achieve intelligible voicecommunication. For example, two ADSs with similar acoustical treatments and noise levels might havedifferent ceiling heights. The ADS with the lower ceiling height might require more ceiling-mountedspeakers textual audible notification appliances to ensure that all listeners are in a direct sound field. SeeFigure D.2.3.1.7. Other ADSs might benefit from the use of alternate speaker textual audible notificationappliance technologies such as line arrays to achieve intelligibility.

Figure D.2.3.1.7 Illustration Demonstrating Effect of Ceiling Height. (Source: R. P. SchifilitiAssociates, Inc.)






Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:



1329 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM


D.2.3.1.8

An ADS that differs from another because of the frequency and level of ambient sound pressure level mightrequire the use of speakers textual audible notification appliances and system components that have awider frequency bandwidth than conventional emergency communications equipment. However, designersshould not use higher bandwidth speakers textual audible notification appliances in all locations unlessneeded to overcome certain acoustic and ambient conditions. This is because the higher bandwidthappliance will require more energy to perform properly. This increases amplifier and wire size and powersupply requirements.






Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:



1330 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM


D.2.3.1.10

There might be some areas of a facility where there are several spaces of the same approximate size andwith the same acoustic properties. For example, there might be an office space with multiple individualoffices, each with one speaker textual audible notification appliance . If one or two are satisfactorily tested,there is no need to test all of them for speech intelligibility.






Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:



1331 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

Public Input No. 236-NFPA 72-2016 [ Section No. D.2.3.6 ]

D.2.3.6 Talkbox.

An instrument usually consisting of a high quality audio speaker textual audible notification appliance anda CD player or other method used to play an STI or STIPA test signal.






Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:



1332 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM


D.2.5.1

Equipment designed in accordance with UL 864 and fire alarm speakers textual audible notificationappliances designed in accordance with UL 1480 are only tested for and only required to producefrequencies of 400 to 4000 Hz. Speech, however, includes a wider range of frequencies. Speechintelligibility measurements using STI and STIPA include octave band measurements that range from125 Hz to 8000 Hz. STI results are most dependent on the 2000, 1000, 500, and 4000 Hz octave bands (inorder of weighting) and to a lesser extent the 8000 and 250 Hz octave bands and to an even lesser extent,the 125 Hz band (again, in order of weighting).






Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:



1333 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM


D.2.5.2

While the lower and higher octave bands in STI calculations are weighted much less than the others, undercertain acoustic conditions, systems that do not produce the highs and the lows can produce speechintelligibility that is less than desired. This does not imply that all systems should use equipment capable ofgreater bandwidth sound reproduction. While the larger frequency response will probably sound better andbe more intelligible to a listener, it might not be necessary for the minimum desired performance. The use ofequipment with higher bandwidth will require an increase in power supplies, amplifiers, and wire sizes todrive the speaker textual audible notification appliances.






Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:



1334 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM


D.2.5.4

In areas where the ambient sound pressure level exceeds 90 dBA, speech satisfactory speech intelligibilityis difficult to achieve with conventional communications equipment and design practice. A better systemdesign might include alternate communications methods, such as signs and displays, or might involveproviding occupant notification but not voice / alarm communication at that location.


As part of the CC TG on terms, need to delete "speech" as shown and also add "alarm" and "voice" as shown.




Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:



1335 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

Public Input No. 467-NFPA 72-2016 [ Section No. D.3.2 ]

D.3.2 Emergency Communication Communications Equipment.

D.3.2.1

As discussed in D.2.3.1, not all ADSs will require or be capable of intelligible voice communications. It isthe designer’s job to define areas that will have voice communication versus those that might havetone-only signaling, as well as which spaces will have strobes, textual signage, or other forms of notificationand/or communication. This document intends that “notification” mean any form of notification, not justvoice communication, whether audible, visual, or using some other human sense.

D.3.2.2

There might be applications where not all spaces will require intelligible voice signaling (Ref: NFPA 72,2007, Section A.7.4.1.4). For example, in a residential occupancy such as an apartment, the authorityhaving jurisdiction and the designer might agree to a system that achieves the required audibilitythroughout but does not result in intelligible voice signaling in the bedrooms. The system would be sufficientto awaken and alert. However, intelligibility might not be achieved in the bedrooms with the doors closedand the sounder in the adjacent hallway or room. In some cases this can require that messages repeat asufficient number of times to ensure that occupants can reach a location where the system is sufficientlyintelligible to be understood. Systems that use tone signaling in some areas and voice signaling in otherareas would not require voice intelligibility in those areas only covered by the tone.

D.3.2.3 Emergency Communications System Control Panel.

The system under test for the emergency communications system should be located and identified prior totesting, and its operation features necessary for the testing clarified. Personnel who are authorized toaccess and service the control panel are necessary for the testing and should be included within the teamperforming the tests. If necessary, notification to locations beyond the facility that is being tested (e.g., firedepartment or a supervising station) should be notified of the tests, and if appropriate, their automaticnotification feature disabled. Upon completion of the tests the emergency communications system shouldbe returned to its normal operating condition.

D.3.2.4 Test Set-up.

The function and operation of the emergency communication system control unit should be reviewed withpersonnel authorized to access and operate this equipment. Information should be acquired on thefunctioning of the voice notification portion of the system, and whether it has zone capabilities that will allowminimal disruption to building occupants by testing each zone individually. The test plan should also specifywhether other functions of the system, such as elevator recall and air handler control, will be disabledduring the testing of the emergency communications system.

D.3.2.5 System Under Test Calibration.

The complete system under test audio path should be fully calibrated in accordance with manufacturer’sinstructions. On systems with adjustable technology, if manufacturer’s instructions are not provided, thealternate calibration procedure offered below can be employed to calibrate the system under test.

D.3.2.5.1 Alternate Calibration Procedure.

D.3.2.5.1.1

This calibration is to be performed with the system under test on normal AC power, then checked with thesystem on secondary power (if so equipped).

D.3.2.5.1.2

The system under test amplifier output or the circuit being calibrated should have a minimum of a 1-wattload during the calibration process.

D.3.2.5.1.3

Perform pre-test occupant and remote monitoring station notification requirements specified in NFPA 72,Chapter 14.


1336 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

D.3.2.5.1.4

Introduce a 1 kHz sine-wave tone (± 100 Hz) at 90 dBA-fast 4” (4 in.) to the system microphone on-axis,perpendicular to the face of the microphone.

D.3.2.5.1.5

Place the system under test into manual paging mode (microphone “live” and connected to amplifiercircuitry with notification appliance circuits active).

D.3.2.5.1.6

Using a 4-digit accuracy RMS meter, set on AC scale, set the output of the System Under Test audionotification appliance circuits to between 24 and 26 Vrms for 25.2 volt systems or between 69 and 71 Vrmsfor 70.7 volt systems.

D.3.2.5.1.7

Once system under test manual paging mode has been calibrated, pre-recorded tone (if so equipped)should then be tested by playing it through the system under test to ensure that there is no more than a 3dBA difference between manual paging using the system microphone and the pre-recorded message. ThedBA measurement should be made using an integrating/averaging meter and averaged over approximately10 seconds of voice announcement to compensate for voice amplitude modulation.

D.3.2.5.1.8

On a system under test with more than one emergency paging microphone and/or pre-recorded messageunits, the primary units should be calibrated, then secondary units tested to ensure that they producesignals throughout the system under test at the same amplitude as the primary units.






Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:



1337 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM


D.3.3.6

Notification appliance symbols should include the design wattage for each speaker textual audiblenotification appliance.






Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:



1338 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM


D.3.6.2.1

Possible reasons not to test speech intelligibility include the following:

(1) Distance listener to speaker the textual audible notification appliance less than 30 ft (9.1 m) in theroom (assuming proper audibility and low reverberation)

(2) Ambient sound level is less than 50 dBA and the average SPL of the voice message is 10–15 dBAfast greater

(3) No appreciable hard surfaces (e.g., glass, marble, tile, metal, etc.)

(4) No appreciable high ceilings (i.e., ceiling height equals speaker the textual audible notificationappliance spacing at a ratio of 1:1 optimal or 1:2 max)






Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:



1339 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM


D.3.6.3

In situations where there are several ADSs that have the exact same physical and system configuration, itmight be possible to test only a representative sample and then just check the others to confirm system andappliance operation — for example, hotel rooms with similar layouts or offices of similar size andfurnishings where each has a speaker textual audible notification appliance. In these cases there would beno expected difference in system intelligibility. The only possible problem would be one where an appliancewas not operational or tapped at the incorrect wattage. These problems would be apparent by a basic“listening” test.






Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:



1340 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM


D.3.6.5

By definition, an ADS is relatively uniform in acoustic characteristics. However, speech intelligibility will varyat different points within an ADS depending primarily on distance to noise sources and distance to speakertextual audible notification appliances. Generally, in smaller spaces up to about 40 ft × 40 ft (12.2 m ×12.2 m), one measurement location will be sufficient. The location should not be directly in front of a wallmounted speaker textual audible notification appliance or directly under a ceiling mounted speaker textualaudible notification appliance . Neither should it be in the far corner right next to walls or windows.Generally, try to stay about 5 to 10 ft (1.5 to 3.0 m) away from vertical surfaces that reflect sound. In largerspaces, a grid of about 40 ft × 40 ft (12.2 m × 12.2 m) can be used as a starting guide, then adjusted for thelocations of machines and other obstructions and for speaker textual audible notification appliancelocations. See D.2.4 for additional discussion on measuring points and the averaging of results in an ADS.






Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:



1341 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM


D.3.6.7

Testing of intelligibility might not be required in buildings and areas of buildings that are not acousticallychallenging and that meet the audibility requirements of NFPA 72. Spaces that are not considered to beacoustically challenging include traditional office environments, hotel guest rooms, spaces with carpetingand furnishings that reduce reverberation, and other, smaller spaces where a speaker textual audiblenotification appliance is installed in the space.






Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:



1342 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM


D.3.7.2

The number and location of measurement points in each ADS should be planned and based on the areaand volume of the space and the speaker textual audible notification appliance

location within the space. The location of noise sources, egress paths, and the locations of personnel in thespace should also be considered.






Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:



1343 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM


D.3.7.5

No more than one third of the measurement points within an ADS should be on the axis of aspeaker textual audible notification appliance .






Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:



1344 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM


D.4.2.7

Adjust the talkbox volume so that the STI analyzer’s reading is approximately 92 approximately 75-78dBA.


An STI of 0.91 at a sound pressure level of 92 dBA was achievable under previous versions of IEC60268-16, but is not theoretically possible under the current version of IEC60268-16 (edition 4.0, 2011). This is due to improvements in the STIPA measurement method to introduce level dependent auditory masking effects at higher sound pressure levels (above about 78 dB). At the 92 dBA sound pressure level identified for calibration check purposes, the maximum theoretical possible STIPA value is 0.88. Therefore, as written, the calibration check required by D.4.2.9 is impossible to comply with when using the current version of IEC60268-16.

The suggested alternative is to undertake the calibration check on site using a lower sound pressure level, to remove the effect of the auditory masking function. Another alternative would be to maintain the 92 dB level and reduce the required STI result to less than 0.88 to account for the effects of the auditory masking function included in the current IEC standards.


Submitter Full Name: Briony Croft

Organization: SLR Consulting (Canada) Ltd

Affilliation: None

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Thu Mar 24 16:38:49 EDT 2016


1345 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

Public Input No. 246-NFPA 72-2016 [ Section No. F.1 ]

F.1

Circuit class designations in this edition of the Code are Class A, B, C, D, E, R, S, and X. Definitions can befound in Chapter 12. Additionally, special circuits unique to supervising stations are designated as Types 4,5, 6, and 7 and definitions can be found in Chapter 26.

The wiring diagrams depicted in Figure F.2.1.1 through Figure F.3.14(k) are representative of typicalcircuits encountered in the field and are not intended to be all-inclusive.

The noted symbols are as indicated in NFPA 170.

An individual point-identifying (addressable) fire alarm initiating device operates on a signaling line circuitand is designated as a Class A, Class B, or Class X initiating device circuit. All fire alarm circuits must testfree of grounds because metallic conductors will cause failure of the circuit when a second ground conditionoccurs on the same power source.

Nonmetallic circuit paths, such as wireless and fiber-optic may still be designated as Class A, B, or X if theymeet the other performance requirements of those pathways.

Ground-fault detection is not required for all circuits that might be interconnected with the fire alarm system.Therefore, tests for ground-fault detection should be limited to those circuits equipped with ground-faultdetection. The Class R designation is for a redundant circuit that can use metallic conductors, but is notconcerned with ground fault detection. Class S is a single path supervised circuit that can use metallicconductors, but is not concerned with ground fault detection.

The following initiating device circuits are illustrative of either alarm or supervisory signaling. Alarm-initiatingdevices and supervisory initiating devices are not permitted to have identical annunciation at the fire alarmcontrol unit.

Directly connected system smoke detectors, commonly referred to as two-wire detectors, should be listedas being electrically and functionally compatible with the fire alarm control unit and the specific subunit ormodule to which they are connected. If the detectors and the units or modules are not compatible, it ispossible that, during an alarm condition, the detector's visible indicator will illuminate, but no change ofstate to the alarm condition will occur at the fire alarm control unit. Incompatibility can also prevent propersystem operation at extremes of operating voltage, temperature, and other environmental conditions.

Where two or more two-wire detectors with integral relays are connected to a single initiating device circuit,and their relay contacts are used to control essential building functions (e.g., fan shutdown, elevator recall),it should be clearly noted that the circuit might be capable of supplying only enough energy to support onedetector/relay combination in an alarm mode. If control of more than one building function is required, eachdetector/relay combination used to control separate functions should be connected to separate initiatingdevice circuits, or they should be connected to an initiating device circuit that provides adequate power toallow all the detectors connected to the circuit to be in the alarm mode simultaneously. During acceptanceand reacceptance testing, this feature should always be tested and verified.

A speaker textual audible notification appliance is an alarm notification appliance, and, if used as shown inthe diagrams in Section F.2, the principle of operation and supervision is the same as for other audiblealarm notification appliances (e.g., bells and horns).

The testing of supervised remote relays is to be conducted in the same manner as for notificationappliances.





1346 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM



Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:



1347 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM


F.1

Circuit class designations in this edition of the Code are Class A, B, C, D, E, R, S, N and X. Definitions canbe found in Chapter 12. Additionally, special circuits unique to supervising stations are designated asTypes 4, 5, 6, and 7 and definitions can be found in Chapter 26.

The wiring diagrams depicted in Figure F.2.1.1 through Figure F.3.14(k) are representative of typicalcircuits encountered in the field and are not intended to be all-inclusive.

The noted symbols are as indicated in NFPA 170.

An individual point-identifying (addressable) fire alarm initiating device operates on a signaling line circuitand is designated as a Class A, Class B, or Class X initiating device circuit. All fire alarm circuits must testfree of grounds because metallic conductors will cause failure of the circuit when a second ground conditionoccurs on the same power source.

Nonmetallic circuit paths, such as wireless and fiber-optic may still be designated as Class A, B, N, or X ifthey meet the other performance requirements of those pathways.

Ground-fault detection is not required for all circuits that might be interconnected with the fire alarm system.Therefore, tests for ground-fault detection should be limited to those circuits equipped with ground-faultdetection. The Class R designation is for a redundant circuit that can use metallic conductors, but is notconcerned with ground fault detection. Class S is a single path supervised circuit that can use metallicconductors, but is not concerned with ground fault detection.

The following initiating device circuits are illustrative of either alarm or supervisory signaling. Alarm-initiatingdevices and supervisory initiating devices are not permitted to have identical annunciation at the fire alarmcontrol unit.

Directly connected system smoke detectors, commonly referred to as two-wire detectors, should be listedas being electrically and functionally compatible with the fire alarm control unit and the specific subunit ormodule to which they are connected. If the detectors and the units or modules are not compatible, it ispossible that, during an alarm condition, the detector's visible indicator will illuminate, but no change ofstate to the alarm condition will occur at the fire alarm control unit. Incompatibility can also prevent propersystem operation at extremes of operating voltage, temperature, and other environmental conditions.

Where two or more two-wire detectors with integral relays are connected to a single initiating device circuit,and their relay contacts are used to control essential building functions (e.g., fan shutdown, elevator recall),it should be clearly noted that the circuit might be capable of supplying only enough energy to support onedetector/relay combination in an alarm mode. If control of more than one building function is required, eachdetector/relay combination used to control separate functions should be connected to separate initiatingdevice circuits, or they should be connected to an initiating device circuit that provides adequate power toallow all the detectors connected to the circuit to be in the alarm mode simultaneously. During acceptanceand reacceptance testing, this feature should always be tested and verified.

A speaker is an alarm notification appliance, and, if used as shown in the diagrams in Section F.2, theprinciple of operation and supervision is the same as for other audible alarm notification appliances (e.g.,bells and horns).

The testing of supervised remote relays is to be conducted in the same manner as for notificationappliances.


A Correlating Committee task group on language/terms reviewed the language of the Code for consistency and grammar. Delete Class R and S becasue thy are not used in the Chapter 12 of the Code



1348 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM



Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:



1349 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM


F.4 Batteries.

To maximize battery life, nickel-cadmium batteries should be charged as in Table F.4(a) .

To maximize battery life, the battery voltage for lead-acid cells should be maintained within the limits shownin Table F.4(b) .

The following procedure is recommended for checking the state of charge for nickel-cadmium batteries:

(1) The battery charger should be switched from float to high-rate mode.

(2) The current, as indicated on the charger ammeter, will immediately rise to the maximum output of thecharger, and the battery voltage, as shown on the charger voltmeter, will start to rise at the same time.

(3) The actual value of the voltage rise is unimportant, because it depends on many variables. The lengthof time it takes for the voltage to rise is the important factor.

(4) If, for example, the voltage rises rapidly in a few minutes, then holds steady at the new value, thebattery is fully charged. At the same time, the current will drop to slightly above its original value.

(5) In contrast, if the voltage rises slowly and the output current remains high, the high-rate charge shouldbe continued until the voltage remains constant. Such a condition is an indication that the battery is notfully charged, and the float voltage should be increased slightly.

Table F.4(a) Voltage for Nickel-Cadmium Batteries

Float voltage 1.42 volts/cell +0.01 volt High-rate voltage 1.58 volts/cell +0.07 volt −0.00 volt

Note: High- and low-gravity voltages are (+) 0.07 volt and (−) 0.03 volt respectively.

Table F.4(b) Voltage for Lead-Acid Batteries

Float

Voltage High-Gravity Battery (Lead Calcium) Low-Gravity Battery (LeadAntimony) Maximum 2.25 volts/cell 2.17 volts/cell Minimum 2.20 volts/cell 2.13 volts/cell High-ratevoltage — 2.33 volts/cell


Basis: This change is recommended by the IEEE Stationary Battery Committee and SIG-TMS Battery Task Group to delete battery types not used, (i.e., vented lead-acid and Nickel-cadmium) and the test methods do not align with IEEE standards and contains technical errors. Associated PI-133 refers to IEEE standards 450 and 1106 in Table 14.4.3.2 footnote q) for proper maintenance, testing, and replacement of other battery types.








1350 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM




Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:



1351 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM

Public Input No. 378-NFPA 72-2016 [ New Section after G.6 ]

Annex

Dangers of Carbon Monoxide

This annex is not a part of the requirements of this NFPA document but is included forinformational purposes only.

H.1 Carbon Monoxide. Carbon monoxide is an odorless, tasteless, colorless gas produced byincomplete combustion. Solid, liquid, or gaseous fuels can each, under certain conditions, producelethal concentrations in the home. (See Table H.1 and Figure H .1.)

CAUTION: The values in Table H.1 are approximate values for healthy adults. Children, theelderly, and persons with preexisting physical conditions might be more susceptible to the effectsof carbon monoxide exposure. Continued exposure after unconsciousness can cause death. Thedangers of carbon monoxide exposure depend on a number of variables, such as the occupant’shealth, activity level, time of exposure, and initial carboxyhemoglobin (COHb) level. Due to thesevariables, Table H.1 and Figure H.1 are to be used as general guidelines and might not appearquantitatively consistent.

The following equation for determining the estimated percent of COHb in the blood is from “Aproposal for evaluating human exposure to carbon monoxide contamination in military vehicles,”by Steinberg and Nielson and “Considerations for the physiological variables that determine theblood carboxyhemoglobin concentration in man” by Coburn, Forster, and Kane:



Table_B_1.docx Table

Figure_B_1.docx

Annex_Equation.doc


This Public Input (PI) is relocating existing material that is within the 2015 edition of NFPA 720 into the applicable section of NFPA 72. The PI is not changing the technical requirements of NFPA 720 but is relocating material from NFPA 720 into NFPA 72. This change is being made in response to a 2015 the NFPA Standards Council decision to merge NFPA 720 into NFPA 72 because the two standards have similar requirements and extracted material. The problem with maintaining two separate standards is with every new edition of NFPA 720 updating requirements and extracts from NFPA 72 has become a very time consuming effort that is prone to error for both NFPA Staff and the NFPA 720 Technical Committee. The scope and title of NFPA 72 was intentionally changed in 2010 to be broad enough to include CO as well as other signaling needs.

This PI is being submitted on behalf of the NFPA 720/72 Consolidation Task Group.


Submitter Full Name: Richard Roberts

Organization: Honeywell Fire Safety

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:


1352 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM



1353 of 1374 6/30/2016 11:10 AM